First of all, let me make the disclaimer that I do not have any favoured teams in the FIFA World Cup 2026. I’m not a particular football/soccer fan, nor an expert on this sport. Nevertheless, I have been watching every FIFA World Cup since the one held in Mexico, 1986 (during my childhood years), I still understand some basics of the football game.

Now the World Cup Final is over. Spain justifiably took the trophy. Argentina’s behaviour invoked a major backlash, with continuing aftermaths.

I will not conduct an in-depth technical analysis of the final match. Many should already be familiar with the styles and strategies of each team.

Spain is well known for its Tiki-Taka playing style, which emphasizes on possession and passing, and has proved its success in the prime years surrounding its last World Cup win in 2010. Its strategy has evolved in recent years, with more balanced defence and attacks. In this year’s World Cup, it was successful in keeping a near clean sheet throughout the matches, though there were comments that its attacks generally lacked acuteness.

Argentina, on the other hand, is known for its single superior player – Lionel Messi, who facilitates the whole team. Coupled with the traditional South American resilience and highly effective attacks, it stormed its way to the final.

Based on their matches before the final, and the two teams’ head-to-head statistics (roughly equal), one would expect a rather well-matched game.

Then came the totally unexpected final match. No matter watching it live or reviewing the statistics, many would conclude that it was an overwhelming one-sided match. However, more experienced football watchers would notice that it resembled a typical offensive – defensive game. In such game, the defensive side is not necessarily in disadvantage. With dense, air-tight defence, the opponent would have enormous difficulty to score the goals. The defensive side could surprise by organizing effective, sudden counter-attacks.

What made this final match so weird was that Argentina, while playing the defensive side, showed ZERO incentives for counter-attacks, which is essential in this type of game. Throughout the match, players were kept in back-half of the field, neither creating long shot opportunities nor counter-attacks down the wings, but showing the propensity to kick the ball backwards.

This was NOT Argentina football. This was EVEN NOT a normal football game.

The final match indeed strongly resembled a staged show. That’s the first conclusion.

While so many people highlight the one-sided goal attempts and emphasize Spain’s domination over Argentina, the objective result was far from a massive defeat (it was a draw 0-0 in the 90 mins regulation time, 0-1 in extra time, that’s with one player less for Argentina!), thanks to Martinez holding the fort with many great saves. Compare this to the disastrous Brazil vs. Germany (1-7) in the 2014 World Cup semifinal. That was a massive defeat!

Argentina’s defeat was disproportionately magnified. That’s the second conclusion.

Now let’s probe further into this weirdest World Cup final. Some glaring anomalies have been discovered, which occurred BEFORE the game started.

Leaked footages inside the locker room showed the Argentina players having solemn expression, some were even weeping. Team leader Messi was telling his fellows to “stay clam”, “forget about everything else”, “focus on playing”……Oh, what the hell happened?! When they entered the field, one could strongly feel that the players were in a highly distressed mental state, in stark contrast to the high spirits they showed at the start of earlier games.

[Tiktok photos]

There were more anomalies, just to list a few: (i) Messi, while practicing shots before the match, persistently missed the goal. This couldn’t have happened even if he was sick! (ii) many players requested to be substituted throughout the match, without obvious reasons such as injury, (iii) the abnormal anger of players during the game, manifested in frequent fouls and violence.

Apparently, something terrible had happened to the Argentina team before the match. That’s the third conclusion.

Whatever happened, might have forced the team to play the game the way they played.

When the match was over, Messi was seen crying on the field. Let’s be honest. Would a football player with such statue and glory, holding countless trophies, collapse with a single defeat? Were the tears for the losing game, or for the ‘spiritual death’ of his teammates? It was his sixth and last FIFA World Cup appearance. He gave his soul to it. Nothing would hurt more than being unable to play a real brilliant game (no matter win or loss) with his fellows!

The post-match brawl including the misconduct of Paredes and assistant coach Ayala, the players’ turning their back on the trophy during the ceremony and refraining from press conference, plus the emotional broke down of manager Scaloni in front of the camera, were widely reported by the media with the promulgated narrative of Argentina team behaving like sore losers.

They want to simply explain away the myriad anomalies by the superficial ‘lack of sportsmanship’! But IF there was a coercion which the team could not resist, it would fully explain the unspoken anger of the players, as well as every anomaly we saw.

Shortly followed was the tsunami of videos in the social media by KOLs (not necessarily football experts or sports commentators) condemning Argentina as “the dirtiest team ever”, “should be forever banned”, “stealing the World Cup in 2022”……, together with countless ad hominem attacks of Messi.

[Media photos]

Is Argentina a perpetual foul playing team? A quick research (for e.g. on the statistics of yellow and red cards in the past FIFA World Cup games) would prove otherwise.

What we have witnessed is a perfect example of operation mockingbird, i.e. a narrative (often false) being reinforced in the media, based on the idea that the mass population can surrender to a dominant media narrative. In this case, Argentina is being framed as the villain. In particular, Messi is forcefully humiliated. NEVER have we seen such a vast media campaign against a team and a player in the history of FIFA World Cup! This demonstrates how the elites control the collective psychological dynamics of the mass population via the media. That’s the fourth conclusion.

These four conclusions collectively point to a much darker picture – the FIFA World Cup 2026 was manipulated at the highest level, with a pre-designed, staged show and endgame.

But the whole orchestration ought to have a purpose. Who were the masters behind the scenes? What messages did they try to deliver, and for whom? Obviously, the show was not for us casual football watchers. We shall now go deeper.

Cryptic prefiguration – Replacement of the ‘messiah’

High Cabals such as the Rothschilds use different channels (e.g. cartoons) to hint their plans for the world through cryptic messages (discussed in previous pieces). For instance, The Economist cover this year reflects Satan’s counterfeit apocalypse program including the “End-of-the-World-Cup”, symbolized by “outpouring of the cup of wrath”. These high cabals are near the very top of the Luciferian hierarchy, high as the Great Druid Council (or Council of 13) which oversees the Committee of 300 [Note: one should differentiate Council of 13 from the 13 Illuminati families (see ppt), which represent the nephilim bloodlines with occult power, rather than an operational unit.]

[Source: The Economist]

Researchers of the occult have found that many global sports events with massive media coverage (for e.g. the Commonwealth Games, the Olympic opening ceremony, etc.) are used by the high cabals as a channel to expose their nefarious plans, and to serve as a ritual to their gods. The Economist cover has shown that the FIFA World Cup is a major channel this year.

A prominent hint of their fingerprint, during the final match, is that it was spotted in the FIFA live feed that the sun (symbolising sun worship) in the Argentina flag 🇦🇷 was replaced with the Masonic symbol. What cannot be said, can be shown.

[Tiktok photos]

Messi, Yamal and numerological coincidence

Lionel Messi is widely regarded as the G.O.A.T. in football. He is the person who brought Argentina football back to the golden age of Maradona. He led the national team 3 times into the FIFA World Cup final (2014, 2022, 2026), with legendary triumph in Qatar in 2022. He is considered as the saviour of the team in critical moments (he led the astonishing comebacks in the matches against Egypt & England when Argentina was down in goals).

Some researchers have found intriguing coincidences in the numbers 3, 13, 19, 39 surrounding Messi and events that happened during the FIFA World Cup 2026. While it’s not entirely convincing and requires some esoteric knowledge of numerology (which is occult practice), I shall list a few examples which are quite mind boggling.

Messi was born on Jun 24, 1987. In 2026, he turned 39 years old. The date June 24 is traditionally observed as the Nativity of John the Baptist, a Christian feast day. Coincidently, Freemasonry was founded on Jun 24, 1717, when the Grand Lodge of London was established. Jun 24, 2026 was its 309^th Anniversary. On the same date, twin earthquakes occurred in Venezuela (at 22:04:33 UTC and 22:05:12 UTC respectively). The time lapse between the two quakes was exactly 39 seconds. I’ve mentioned in the piece on Tatsuki prophecy about the use of dark technology by the occult to trigger earthquakes and volcanoes as hidden signals of their program.

Another intriguing coincidence is the hidden connection between Lamine Yamal and Lionel Messi. Before the World Cup, Yamal shared a photo of his No. 19 shirt next to Lionel Messi’s first World Cup shirt. Messi wore No. 19 during his first World Cup in 2006 when he was 19 years old. Yamal wore No. 19 during this World Cup and he had turned 19 years old before the final when he faced Messi. Yamal claimed that he wore No. 19 as a tribute to his idol Messi. But he also mentioned that the number 19 brings him good luck. More coincidentally, Argentina scored a total of 19 goals during the 2026 FIFA World Cup. Needless to say, the final match was held on July 19.

[Media photos]

In numerology, 19 means drive (starter) and completion (finisher), reflecting independence and self-determination. This characteristics are basically consistent with those of Messi and Yamal.

The real bombshell came when a photo went viral before the World Cup. The photo, dated 2007, shows the 20-year-old Messi bathing the 5-months old Lamine Yamal. During that year, the Yamal family won a raffle related to the international children’s charity Unicef, and the baby Lamine was randomly paired with Messi, a regular starter for Barcelona.

[Source: BBC Sport]

By his 19th birthday, Messi had scored 11 career goals and won La Liga and the Uefa Champions League once each. Having just turned 19, Yamal has already scored a whopping 56 goals and won La Liga 3 times and the Copa del Rey once, as well as Euro 2024. At the same age, Yamal’s achievements have surpassed those of Messi’s. Though it’s premature to conclude on the career success of Yamal, but the young star is indeed promising to become the next legendary player.

But what have the FIFA World Cup and football players to do with Donald Trump, a U.S. president?

The deep connection behind is spiritual. Similar to the Olympic Games and other global sports events, the FIFA World Cup is a tribute to the Greek gods. It is a form of pagan worship, a ritual. The first World Cup trophy awarded since 1930 was called Victory. It was renamed Jules Rimet Trophy in 1946 in honour of the then FIFA president. The trophy was designed as a tribute to Nike, the goddess of victory and heir of Athena (goddess of wisdom). During the England FIFA World Cup in 1966, the trophy was stolen in London, but was miraculously recovered by a dog. In 1970, the trophy was brought to Brazil by the legendary football player Pele, after leading the Brazil team to win the third World Cup, to be permanently kept. But the trophy was stolen in 1983 and never recovered. The trophy was replaced by the Hercules Cup in 1974 until now. In Greek mythology, Hercules is the son of the supreme god Zeus. He is renowned by his physical strength.

In the previous piece, I have questioned the religious faith of Donald Trump, warning the danger that a masquerade Christian faith could lead the nation into a false religion. That’s worse than atheism. Now let us probe deeper into his clandestine belief system, which is manifested nowhere but in his luxurious Manhattan home.

Donald Trump’s Manhattan penthouse on the 66^th floor of Trump Tower is the quintessence of grandiose design. It features a classical ceiling painting and decor depicting the Greek god Apollo riding his chariot across the sky, often described as ‘Apollo led by Aurora’ or ‘crossing the heavens’. Trump, a flat out narcissist, sees himself the mold of Zeus’s son Apollo, one of the most powerful gods.

[Media images]

There are other prominent examples of his idolatry, ego and self exaltation:

[Media images]

Donald Trump and FIFA President Gianni Infantino hailed the expanded North American 2026 FIFA World Cup as one of the greatest sporting events in history. The event culminated with Trump attending the final at MetLife Stadium in person, with a record-shattering attendance of over 6.6 million spectators. Trump praised the joint-hosted tournament as “one of the greatest events of any kind ever held,” highlighting the massive international attendance (see video).

There is no doubt in the symbolic significance of the FIFA World Cup event in Trump’s presidency. However, viewing from a spiritual perspective, it was the ultimate private secret worship translating into a public open ritual with massive media coverage!

Note it’s not only Trump and Infantino who put high regards to this grand event.

The Greek gods whom they tribute too!

The devil itself too!

What better platform could Satan show to the world what it is planning?

This time it is not at the opening ceremony like the Olympic Games. It is not during the half-time show like the Super Bowl.

It is in the epic, historical final match itself!

When the OLD KING plays against the NEW PRINCE.

The whole chaotic, catastrophic post-match brawl shows a vivid picture –

ONE KING FALLS. ONE KING RISES.

This brings us the the following premise, which echoes the counterfeit apocalypse program of Satan on which I’ve written a whole series.

PREMISE:

Program of God – He can appoint any king at His will. Example: King Saul was taken down and King David was anointed.

Satan’s counterfeit program – It can appoint any ruler of this world at its will. Trump is currently a tool. He could be taken down once his tasks have been finished and be replaced by a new supreme ruler.

In an interview, Messi said he was “chosen by God” when talking about his footballing talent, though he dislikes being called ‘God’ and be idolized.

After Trump survived the Butler rally assassination attempt two years ago (see this series), many people believed that he was ordained by God, an anointed saviour for America. This has galvanised the mindset of American patriots including many Christians, pushing forward the ideology of Christian Nationalism.

In the earlier piece, it was discussed that while Trump is not the Antichrist (hereafter AC), he may very well be playing the vital role of his forerunner, much like John the Baptist as a harbinger of Jesus Christ.

In the past year, Trump has evidently accelerated the set up of the infrastructure of the beast system (Revelation 13) by ushering in technocracy in the name of MAGA MAGA (coincidentally or not, MAGA/Magus, meaning magic/sorcery, represents the fifth degree in the Hierarchy of the Church of Satan, formulated by Anton LaVey) – inside the government through DOGE to facilitate AI governance by technocrats such as Elon Musk and Peter Thiel; the AI Action Plan including Project Stargate—the $500 billion AI infrastructure initiative announced in January 2025, precipitating the construction of energy and water consuming data centres; the Genesis Mission launched in November 2025 which combines supercomputing with AI systems and federal datasets; the control of supply chain of raw minerals and advanced semiconductors, access to the AI infrastructure through Pax Silica.

In the financial sector, his sons launched the cryptocurrency company World Liberty Financial in 2024, which had issued USD1, a dollar-pegged stablecoin backed by U.S. Treasury securities by March 2025. Only months later, Trump signed the GENIUS Act into law, creating the federal regulatory framework that legitimized his own family’s stablecoin.

In the political realm, the establishment of the Board of Peace, signed at the World Economic Forum in Davos in January 2026 — a new privately constituted international governance body with Trump as permanent chairman and permanent seats buyable for $1 billion each, and without Congressional authorization.

For those who are concerned with the war in the Middle East, take note of the revitalization of the India–Middle East–Europe Economic Corridor (IMEC), a planned multi-modal trade and infrastructure network. In particular, Jared Kushner’s $70 billion Gaza reconstruction vision that includes skyscrapers, data centers, advanced manufacturing facilities, and revitalized port economy. His breathtaking ambition is “One economic bloc linking the port of Haifa in Israel to Muscat in Oman”— and the corridor will be privately administered by a Board of Peace member whose investment fund is capitalized by the very Gulf states whose money will flow through the reconstruction. Its financial instrument is not the dollar circulating through the Federal Reserve system but the privately issued stablecoin USD1, settled by blockchain.

The IMEC is critically dependent on the Strait of Hormuz, which is now under the control of Iran as a leverage against the U.S.. But the evolution of the conflict is erratic and unpredictable. I believe that when the petrodollar has eventually been destroyed by the ‘engineered’ energy crisis triggering the economic great reset, the IMEC, with its governance run on Palantir and transactions settled in USD1, will ultimately become the economic lifeline. The major port on it would become economic centre of the world. Will it evolve into the future great city Babylon (Rev. 14:8, 16:9, 18:10, 21)?

The Messi-Trump connection

There seems to be traces of parallel between Messi and Trump.

In 2014, Messi led the Argentina team to the World Cup final.

In 2016, Trump was elected as U.S. President.

In 2018, Messi’s Argentina team was defeated in R16.

In 2020, Trump was defeated by Biden in the presidential election.

In 2022, Messi’s triumphal return to win the World Cup trophy.

In 2024, Trump’s return to defeat Harris and win the presidential election.

In 2026, Messi’s last appearance in FIFA World Cup, successfully led his team to the final, but ended with a condescending defeat.

In 2028, what would be Trump’s fate?

Trump has joked about running for a third term. This is ruled out by 22^nd Amendment in the Constitution which officially limits U.S. presidents to two terms. Normally, a new U.S. president has to be elected in 2028. However, black swan events might happen which could change everything. What IF:

1. World War III escalates, reaching climax by 2028?

2. Another pandemic, much deadlier than COVID-19, erupts?

3. Not joking – there is an alien invasion?

While it could not be covered in details here, the coming New World Order will be centered on the Board of Peace, which will ultimately replace the United Nations. One can envisage that upcoming wars and recession would lead to a decline of the U.S.. It’s dominance as the sole superpower in the post-WWII world order would come to the end. Yet Donald Trump might remain (or someone who will succeed him will emerge) as the most powerful person under the post-WWIII New World Order, not as the U.S. President, but the Chairman of the Board of Peace, where the latter would expand in scope and ultimately evolve into the One World Government.

Then at some point Trump might be taken down, brought down to his knees, totally humiliated by a greater leader who can bring peace and safety, who will succeed where he fails. That future leader might be a very young heir, once blessed and nurtured by Trump. He might be the true AC.

The media captured that Trump ignored Infantino’s gesture to step down from the stage during the award ceremony. Was this scene prefiguring that he would one day want to share the glory which does not belong to him?

[Tiktok photos]

During the FIFA World Cup final, the Spanish fans raised a banner showing “Blessed by GOAT”. In the occult, the goat is a powerful symbol of balance, primal energy, and hidden knowledge, most famously embodied by the Sabbatic Goat or Baphomet. The Church of Satan use the goat’s head inside an inverted pentagram.

[Tiktok photos]

The new prince must first seek blessing from his master.

He must first be ‘baptized’ by his forerunner.

Is this World Cup final match a prefiguration of the destiny of Donald Trump, plus an initiation for the future AC?

Part 1 – Deciphering Daniel’s 69 Weeks

Part 2 – The Chronology of the Crucifixion of Christ

Introduction

This is an exceptionally long piece. Readers may wish to jump to the summary table near the end which provides a synopsis of Part 1 –3 of this series, before going into details.

In Part 2, the weekday of Christ’s crucifixion was discussed. The years A.D. 30, A.D. 33 (the two major schools) and A.D. 34 (Issac Newton) remained the shortlisted candidates for the year of crucifixion.

To pinpoint the year of crucifixion is no easy task. It is believed that the best approach is to identify the years of Christ’s ministry, where we have the most biblical as well as historical information.

There are two pieces of information we need: (1) the year in which Jesus began His ministry, and (2) the length of His ministry.

In the research process, one would encounter myriad sources of information which might contradict with each other. So it is desirable to separate the information into two categories: (i) Information that is virtually certain (denoted by blue diamond🔹) as there is direct biblical evidence; (ii) Information that is in some doubt/subject of debate (denoted by green diamond🔸) as it is based on the church tradition or opinions of scholars.

Starting year of Christ’s ministry

Let’s start with point (1) above. We have taken it as biblical truth that John the Baptist started preaching in the 15th year of Tiberius [🔹2]. So the question is in which year was the 15th year of Tiberius, which is counted from his starting year of reign which is a subject of debate [🔸2]. There are two prevailing views:

1. Standard view: This view counts from Augustus’ death (A.D. 14), and places the 15th year in A.D. 28– 29.Proponents of crucifixion of Christ in A.D. 32 or 33 generally hold this view.

2. Co-regency view: This view was initially proposed by the 16^th century Catholic priest James Ussher [1]. It counts from Tiberius’ co-regency (A.D. 12–13), and places the 15th year starting in A.D. 26–27. Proponents of crucifixion of Christ in A.D. 30 generally hold this view.

In general Roman imperial history, A.D.14 is the standard start of Tiberius’s sole reign. The co-regency debate centers on whether Tiberius held effective joint rule (or significant shared powers) with Augustus before the latter’s death in A.D. 14, and if so, whether that period should count toward Tiberius’s “reign” or regnal years.

Here is a brief historical background. Tiberius was Augustus’s stepson, adopted heir (A.D. 4), and a highly successful general. Over time, he accumulated key powers. In A.D. 12–13, after a triumph for campaigns in Germania and Illyricum, a law passed by the consuls granted Tiberius joint governance of the provinces with Augustus and the right to hold the census with him. He was effectively made co-princeps with powers equal (not subordinate) to Augustus’s over the provinces [2]. Co-Regency is supported by coins (e.g. from Antioch) and documents from around A.D. 12 that sometimes associate Tiberius prominently, suggesting practical authority.

Yet there are counterpoints from ancient historians:

• Tacitus emphasizes that Tiberius was not fully emperor until after Augustus’s death. Senators treated him as successor but not yet co-ruler in the full sense.

• Josephus considers Tiberius emperor only after Cesar Augustus’ death.

• No broad ancient consensus treats the pre-A.D.14 period as the official start of Tiberius’s reign. Roman records, Senate actions, and most historians date his emperorship from A.D. 14.

• Cassius Dio and others align with the A.D. 14 accession.

The mainstream historical view is that Tiberius had significant delegated powers and was the clear successor of Augustus. But he was not emperor in the full constitutional sense until A.D. 14. after the death of Augustus. Though Tiberius exercised real authority over provinces (including Judea) from A.D. 12-13, making him functionally a co-ruler, this could be a deliberate design by Augustus to ensure smooth transition of power. This is reasonable. The modern example is a corporate CEO near retirement to arrange acting appointments for the second-in-command (2IC) who is the potential successor. Yet by no means the 2IC is the formal chief during the acting period.

Tiberius’s reign is conventionally dated A.D. 14–37. When Augustus died on August 19, A.D. 14, Tiberius faced no real interregnum or challenge, indicating a smooth succession. The Senate formally confirmed him as princeps on September 17, A.D. 14. Overall, ancient historians and the Senate did not reckon regnal years from the co-regency period.

Discussed in Part 1 & 2, there is the issue of ancient reckoning practices (calendar systems, accession year, inclusive vs. exclusive counting) which increases the complexity in calculations.

In Jewish calculation, the year starts with Nisan 1 (with inclusive counting in the Jewish tradition the 15th year of Tiberius would last from April 28, A.D. 28 until April 27, A.D. 29). According to the Julian calendar, which could take into account an accession year, the 15th year of Tiberius would be from January 1 to December 31, A.D. 29.

However in Luke’s case, only two calendar systems, both understandable and practically used by the Romans, are plausible: the Egyptian or the Syrian. In the Egyptian calendar (used in Newton’s text, to be discussed later), Tiberius’ first year began on Thot 1 (August 29, A.D. 14), and the 15th year lasted from August 29, A.D. 28 until August 28, A.D. 29. In the Syrian calendar (used in Josephus’ text), the regnal years of the Roman emperors begin on Tishri 1. The first year of Tiberius started on Tishri 1 (October 14, A.D. 14), and the 15th year would last from October 9, A.D. 28 until September 26, A.D. 29.

Therefore, the earliest date for the start of John’s ministry is the end of August, A.D. 28 (according to the Egyptian calendar), and the latest possibility shortly before September 26, A.D. 29 (according to the Syrian calendar).

Now let’s check [🔹4].

According to Jewish historian Josephus Flavius (Ant 15:380), the construction of the Herodian temple began “when the 18th year of Herod’s reign was completed” (Herod’s official reign was counted since the killing of Antigonus and conquest of Jerusalem in 36 B.C., details on this chronology to be discussed later), and therefore in late 18 B.C. For full 46 years to have lapsed since the building of the temple, the event reported in John 2:20 would have taken place after Jesus’s public ministry had begun, and before the Passover of A.D. 30 (17 + 29 = 46; there’s no year “0”).

The length of Christ’s ministry

The Gospel of John explicitly mentioned three Passover feasts that occurred during Jesus’s ministry (cf. John 2:13, 6:4, 11:55-12:1). This means the length of Christ’s ministry must span at least two full years. But note that there might be more Passovers not mentioned explicitly in John, which would allow for the length of ministry spanning three years or more.

Indeed, many scholars argue for a fourth Passover, often tied to the unnamed “feast of the Jews” in John 5:1, which Jesus attended in Jerusalem. This fits between the first and second explicit Passovers and helps account for the volume of Jesus’ travels, teachings, and miracles.

The work of Sir Isaac Newton (1733) on the chronology of Christ’s crucifixion was introduced in Part 2. Newton also provided a detailed account of the chronology of Christ’s ministry [3]. The relevant text is extracted below:

“At length Eusebius discovered four successive Passovers in the Gospel of John, and thereupon set on foot an opinion that he preached three years and an half; and so died in the 19th year of Tiberius.

The fifteenth year of Tiberius began Aug. 28, An. J.P. 4727. So soon as the winter was over, and the weather became warm enough, we may reckon that John began to baptize; and that before next winter his fame went abroad, and all the people came to his baptism, and Jesus among the rest. Whence the first Passover after his baptism mentioned John 2:13 was in the 16th year of Tiberius. After this feast Jesus came into the land of Judea, and staid there baptizing, whilst John was baptizing in Aenon, John 3:22-23. But when he heard that John was cast into prison, he departed into Galilee, Matthew 3:2. being afraid, because the Pharisees had heard that he baptized more disciples than John, John 4:1. and in his journey he passed through Samaria four months before the harvest, John 4:35. that is, about the time of the winter Solstice. For their harvest was between Easter and Whitsunday, and began about a month after the vernal Equinox.

Therefore was imprisoned about November, in the 18th year of Tiberius; and Christ thereupon went from Judea to Cana of Galilee in December, and was received there of the Galileans, who had seen all he did at Jerusalem at the Passover.

Matthew 6:28. So therefore the grass of the field was now in flower, and by consequence the month of March with the Passover was past. Let us see therefore how the rest of the feasts follow in order in Matthew’s Gospel: for he was an eye-witness of what he relates, and so tells all things in due order of time, which Mark and Luke do not.

Thus have we, in the Gospels of Matthew and John compared together, the history of Christ’s actions in continual order during five Passovers. John is more distinct in the beginning and end; Matthew in the middle: what either omits, the other supplies. The first Passover was between the baptism of Christ and the imprisonment of John, John 2:13; the second within four months after the imprisonment of John, and Christ’s beginning to preach in Galilee, John 4:35; and therefore it was either that feast to which Jesus went up, when the Scribe desired to follow him, Matthew 8:19; Luke 9:51, 57; or the feast before it. The third was the next feast after it, when the corn was eared and ripe, Matthew 12:1; Luke 6:1. the fourth was that which was nigh at hand when Christ wrought the miracle of the five loaves, Matthew 14:15; John 6:4, 5; and the fifth was that in which Christ suffered, Matthew 20:17; John 12:1. Between the first and second Passover John and Christ baptized together, till the imprisonment of John, which was four months before the second. Then Christ began to preach, and call his disciples; and after he had instructed them a year, sent them to preach in the cities of the Jews: at the same time John hearing of the fame of Christ, sent to him to know who he was.

John therefore baptized two summers and Christ preached three. The first summer John preached to make himself known, in order to give testimony to Christ. Then, after Christ came to his baptism and was made known to him, he baptized another summer, to make Christ known by his testimony; and Christ also baptized the same summer, to make himself the more known: and by reason of John’s testimony there came more to Christ’s baptism than to John’s. The winter following John was imprisoned; and now his course being at an end, Christ entered upon his proper office of preaching in the cities. In the beginning of his preaching he completed the number of the twelve Apostles, and instructed them all the first year in order to send them abroad. Before the end of this year, his fame by his preaching and miracles was so far spread abroad, that the Jews at the Passover following consulted how to kill him. In the second year of his preaching, it being no longer safe for him to converse openly in Judea, he sent the twelve to preach in all their cities: and in the end of the year they returned to him, and told him all they had done.

Thus have we in the Gospels of Matthew and John all things told in due order, from the beginning of John’s preaching to the death of Christ, and the years distinguished from one another by such essential characters that they cannot be mistaken. The second Passover is distinguished from the first, by the interposition of John’s imprisonment. The third is distinguished from the second, by a double character: first, by the interposition of the feast to which Christ went up, Matthew 8:19; Luke 9:57; and secondly, by the distance of time from the beginning of Christ’s preaching: for the second was in the beginning of his preaching, and the third so long after, that before it came Christ said, from the days of John the Baptist until now, &c. and upbraided the cities of Galilee for their not repenting at his preaching, and mighty works done in all that time. The fourth is distinguished from the third, by the mission of the twelve from Christ to preach in the cities of Judea in all the interval. The fifth is distinguished from all the former by the twelve’s being returned from preaching, and continuing with Christ during all the interval, between the fourth and the fifth, and by the passion and other infallible characters. Now since the first summer of John’s baptizing fell in the fifteenth year of the Emperor Tiberius, and by consequence the first of these five Passovers in his sixteenth year; the last of them, in which Jesus suffered, will fall on the twentieth year. of the same Emperor; and by consequence in the Consulship of Fabius and Vitellius, in the 79th Julian year, and year of Christ 34, which was the sabbatical year of the Jews.”

Note that Newton recognized five Passovers that spanned the ministry of Jesus. The chronology reconstructed from Newton’s text is summarised in the table below:

Newton’s chronology of the 15th year of Tiberius largely aligned with the Egyptian tradition discussed above. It was implied in the text that John baptized in the summers of A.D. 29 & 30, and Christ preached three summers from A.D. 31 to 33.

In order to satisfy all [🔹1] , [🔹3] & [🔹4], the chronology must be that Jesus started His ministry between His baptism in the warm season (i.e. summer) of A.D. 29 and Passover of A.D. 30.

The First, Fourth and Fifth Passover in Newton’s text match with the three Passovers explicitly mentioned in John. One can see the implicit Passover in John 5:1 suggested by scholars matches with the SecondPassover in A.D. 31 in Newton’s text. However, the Third Passover in Newton’s text is somewhat perplexing. I was unable to identify it upon careful cross checking with the gospels of Matthew and Luke. It seems that it was ‘invented’ by Newton himself. Neither could I find other scholars recognizing five Passovers throughout Christ’s ministry. If we remove that particular Passover, there would be a total of four, and Christ would have preached three summers from A.D. 30 to 32, consistent with the year of crucifixion in A.D. 33.

Based on the above analysis on the starting year and the length of ministry, A.D. 30 has been rejected for the year of the crucifixion of Christ. There remains two years in the shortlist, i.e. A.D. 33 and A.D. 34. These two years were also what Newton considered as the only possible years, as he wrote:

“Hence Luke tells us, that in the 15th year of Tiberius, Annas and Caiaphas were high Priests, that is, Annas till the Passover, and Caiaphas afterwards. Accordingly John speaks of the high Priesthood as an annual office: for he tells us again and again, in the last year of Christ’s preaching, that Caiaphas was high Priest for that year, John 11:49, 51; 17:13. And the next year Luke tells you, that Annas was high Priest, Acts 4:6. Theophilus was therefore made high Priest in the first year of Caius, Jonathas in the 22d year of Tiberius, and Caiaphas in the 21st year of the same Emperor: and therefore, allotting a year to each, the Passion, when Annas succeeded Caiaphas, could not be later than the 20th year of Tiberius, A.C. 34. Thus there remain only the years 33 and 34 to be considered;”

But how did Newton decide? He went on to say:

“and the year 33 I exclude by this argument – In the Passover two years before the Passion, when Christ went through the corn, and his disciples plucked the ears, and rubbed them with their hands to eat; this ripeness of the corn shows that the Passover then fell late: and so did the Passover A.C. 32, April 14. But the Passover A.C. 31, March 28th, fell very early. It was not therefore two years after the year 31, but two years after 32 that Christ suffered.”

To me, this can hardly be considered a strong argument. The date of corn harvest is influenced by the weather and various environmental conditions. Everyone knows the weather fluctuates from year to year. We can’t determine when the corn will become ripe solely based on the calendar date, not to say it’s only 2 ½ weeks difference. Just a slight variation in temperature or rainfall would have resulted in an earlier date of harvest. But whether Newton used this argument to align with his “five Passovers” spanning Christ’s ministry in support of A.D. 34 crucifixion, remains a mystery.

After all, I don’t have conclusive evidence to rule out the possibility of A.D. 34 crucifixion.

Evidence that cannot be used to support A.D. 33 crucifixion

Many researchers use the partial lunar eclipse visible from Jerusalem on the evening of April 3, A.D. 33 to support the crucifixion of Christ on that date. They refer to Peter’s reference to the sun being turned to darkness and the moon turning to blood (Acts 2:20). But this event indeed refers to the predictions of the prophet Joel (Acts 2:16) being fulfilled in the end times just before the Second Coming of Jesus Christ (Matthew 24:29–30), NOT during the crucifixion of Christ. They will be supernatural celestial signs, which cannot be linked to natural events such as solar and lunar eclipses. (See this piece for more discussion on the Day of the Lord)

The Gospels report darkness from noon to 3 p.m. (Matthew 27:45, Mark 15:33, Luke 23:44–45) and an earthquake (Matthew 27:51) during Jesus’ crucifixion. Some researchers try to explain this darkness as a total solar eclipse. But a total solar eclipse can only occur during the new moon. It is impossible to occur near Passover due to the full moon. The darkness might be explained by Khamsin dust storms, common in April in the Middle East, which could obscure the sun for hours [4]. But the Gospels suggest a divine, global scale event. Further research is needed to see whether there were reports of darkness elsewhere in the world during that period.

The Year of Birth of Jesus Christ

[Originally planned to publish in December 2025, substantially revised in 2026]

There is a lack of historical records on the birth of Christ, rendering the dating extremely difficult. Many scholars use the method of timeline constrain – the birth must take place (1) before the death of King Herod, who ordered the “massacre of infants” in order to kill all possible pretenders to the throne (Matthew 2:1-18) [🔹6]; and (2) during a census under the decree of Caesar Augustus (Luke 2:1-2) [🔹8]. Some scholars went on to set the date based on various astronomical phenomena, such as comet, supernova, and planetary conjunctions which could be linked with the Star of Bethlehem observed by the Magi in the East (to be discussed later).

If we do an online search or ask the AI, we would find it well established that Herod died in 4 B.C. This has become the benchmark in the date setting of Christ’s birth – it must have taken place BEFORE 4 B.C. I took this for granted for years. Basically, I wouldn’t give a glance to works that propose the birth of Christ took place later than 4 B.C.. Regarding the census, it’s widely accepted that it was conducted under the governor Quirinius.

It was only in last December (2025), when I was about to publish my study on Christ’s date of birth, that I found the issue was much more complex than one could imagine!

First, there is a conflict in the dating of Quirinius’s census [🔸8]. According to the primary historian Josephus, Quirinius conducted a famous census of Judea in A.D. 6, much later than the supposed year of Herod’s death. Many scholars tried to resolve this conflict by suggesting a pre-governorship role or earlier term for Quirinius in the region between 8 – 6 B.C.. On the other hand, according to historical records, Quirinius served as the governor of Syria on two separate occasions, in 4 – 1 B.C. and (firmly established) A.D. 6 – 9.

Second (more important), I discovered that an overwhelming number of early Church fathers/Christian historians suggested that Christ was born in the 3 – 2 B.C. timeframe. These authors include Julius Africanus, Clement of Alexandria, Epiphanius, Eusebius, Hippolytus of Rome, Hippolytus of Thebes, Irenaeus, Origen, Cassiodorus Senator and Tertullian [5].

These people are serious writers. It’s inconceivable how they could be all wrong. So I considered it necessary to conduct further research on the year of King Herod’s death.

Chronology of King Herod

According to Josephus, Herod died in his winter residence in Jericho (Ant 17:168ff.) shortly after a lunar eclipse (Ant 17:167: “and the moon failed/disappeared [darkened] that night”). Moreover, Herod died shortly after a Passover (Ant 17:213; Bell 2:10).

The lunar eclipse mentioned is largely understood to refer to the lunar eclipse in March 4 B.C..

Some researchers note that there was only a partial lunar eclipse on March 13, 4 B.C., and that the lunar eclipse mentioned might refer to the total lunar eclipse of January 10, 1 B.C. or the more conspicuous partial lunar eclipse on December 29, 1 B.C.. Among the three events, the total lunar eclipse of January 10, 1 B.C. most closely matched Josephus’s description of “the moon failed/disappeared [darkened] that night”.

With the latter two lunar eclipses, the death of Herod would be dated to 1 B.C. and A.D. 1, respectively. However, this will be in conflict with the general consensus of King Herod’s death in 4 B.C..

Comparison diagram of the 3 lunar eclipses [Source: NASA]

Josephus places Herod’s death between a lunar eclipse and Passover, with numerous events (requiring significant time and travel of many different people) in between. Advocates of a 4 B.C. death cite a partial lunar eclipse on March 13, 4 B.C., 29 days before Passover. The 29-day gap is considered too short to accommodate all the events and travel Josephus describes between the eclipse and Herod’s death (estimated minimum 40 days, more realistically 60–90 days). However, a total lunar eclipse occurred on Jan 10, 1 B.C., 89 days before Passover, which better matches Josephus’s description due to the sufficient time-gap.

Critical review of the consensus chronology

Upon research, it is found that of the consensus scholarship for the chronology of Herod is based on the paradigm set by historian Emil Schürer [6]. His chronology rests on these three pillars:

1. Josephus’s consular years for (a) Herod’s investiture by the Romans, (b) Herod and Sosius’s siege of Jerusalem;

2. The Sabbatical year calendar of Zuckermann;

3. (a) Nisan years and (b) Inclusive numbering in Josephus for the chronology of Herod.

Scholars Andrew Steinmann and Rodger Young, in a series of seminal papers (e.g. [7]), showed that the consensus view has produced a number of conflicts unresolved by its proponents. They argued that the death of Herod took place in 1 B.C..

1a) Herod’s year of investiture

The consensus view has Herod appointed as king by the Senate in the fall of 40 B.C..

Roman authors agree that the war against the Parthians did not commence until after the Treaty of Misenumwas signed. Antony, Octavius and the Senate should not have started a campaign against the Parthians (who had occupied Syria and Asia Minor) until peace had been negotiated between Antony and Octavius. This was accomplished by the Treaty of Brundisium in September, 40 B.C.. Then, they had to deal with the problem of Sextus Pompeius’s pirate operations, which was resolved temporarily at Misenum in the following year. Josephus [War 1.290, Ant 14.394] agrees with the Roman authors that Herod did not arrive in Ptolemais to raise a Judean army until the Treaty of Misenum had been signed (in late spring or summer, 39 B.C.). Then Ventidius, the Roman general chosen by Antony and the Senate to fight the Parthians, departed for Syria to confront the latter [Plutarch, Life of Antony 33]. Then Herod went there to support him militarily. Appian [V:75] wrote that it was after these events that Antony set up kings, including Herod in Judea and Samaria.

Hence there is remarkable evidence that Herod was made king no earlier than fall of 39 B.C., which is one year later than that of the consensus view.

The Roman Senate was in session with Antony and Octavius present during the inscription at Aphrodisias on October 2, 39 B.C., when Herod was appointed the king of Judea. This is supported by archaeological find from Aphrodisias [8].

Tishri 1 in 39 B.C. fell on September 20. Therefore Herod received his kingship in 39t (which runs from Tishri 1, 39 B.C. to Elul 29, 38 B.C.). This is important when addressing point (3) above.

1b) Herod’s siege of Jerusalem

The consensus view puts the siege and capture of Jerusalem by Herod and the Roman general Sosius in the summer of 37 B.C..

Roman historian Dio Cassius [History 49:23], after describing events he dates to 38 B.C., writes: “the Romans accomplished nothing of note in Syria...Sosius, because anything he did would be advancing Antony’s interests rather than his own…spent the time in devising means, not for some success and incurring Antony’s envy, but for pleasing him without engaging in any activity. (emphasis added)” [Note: “Syria” included Judea during the time.]. This is incompatible with the 5-month siege and capture of Jerusalem.

Note that the Jewish way of dating events was by the year of the reigning king, not by Roman consular years. In his first book, the War, Josephus gave the years of Herod’s reign but did not associate them with Roman consular years. When he wrote Antiquities, he added the consular years, but apparently made a mistake of one year too early for (1a), then since his regnal data indicated three years between Herod’s investiture and his siege of Jerusalem, he might have calculated a spurious consular year for (1b), i.e. 37 B.C. If Herod was appointed king by the Romans in the fall of 39 B.C. (or 39t B.C.), then adding three years would have the siege of Jerusalem taking place in 36 B.C. (or 36t B.C.), thereby resolving the conflict as written by Dio Cassius.

2) Sabbatical year conflict

In 1857, Benedict Zuckermann produced his landmark study [9] on Sabbatical and Jubilee years. In search for a sure date for one Sabbatical year, he found in Josephus’s mention [Ant. 14.16.2, 15.1.2] that a Sabbatical year was in progress when Herod and Sosius besieged Antigonus in Jerusalem [Treatise, p. 46]. Josephus’s consular year for this event put it in the summer of 37 B.C., implying that a Sabbatical year would have started in Tishri 1 of 38 B.C. (38t B.C.).

Sabbatical-year Earthquake in A.D. 748-749

A great earthquake, called “The Sabbatical-year Earthquake” occurred in Palestine in the 8^th century. Inscriptional, archaeological and numismatic evidence all point to the Sabbatical year in A.D. 748-749 (i.e. A.D. 748t) [10].

With the simple calculation: 748 + 37 – 1 (no year zero) = 784 years, divided by 7 gives 112 sabbatical cycles, after the Sabbatical year 37t B.C. This is in agreement with the revised view in (1b) that puts the siege of Jerusalem in the summer of 36 B.C. (37t B.C.).

There are other confirmed Sabbatical years (not to be discussed here) which show that Zuckermann’s Sabbatical year calendar was one year too early.

So far, the revised chronology puts Herod’s investiture by the Romans and his capture of Jerusalem in 39 B.C. and 36 B.C., respectively. But that’s only a one-year difference. How could one calculate Herod’s death to 1 B.C.?

3a) Nisan-based vs. Tishri-based regnal year

In Schürer’s chronology of Herod, it was assumed that Josephus [Ant 1.81/1.3.3] measured Herod’s years of reign according to a calendar that began the regnal year on Nisan 1, and that it is inclusive (non-accession). However, it is often overlooked that in his original Greek, Josephus makes it quite clear that he would be using Tishri-based years in discussing governmental matters such as the reigns of Herod and his successors.

3b) Josephus used non-inclusive (accession) years for Herod

Andrew Steinmann and Rodger Young quoted more than ten historical events which show that inclusive reckoning would give an inconsistent date, but non-inclusive reckoning would give a consistent date [11].

Herod ruled 37 years after his investiture and 34 years from the death of Antigonus. With Tishri-based, non-inclusive (accession) years reckoning, Herod’s final year would begin on Tishri 1 (October 1) of 2 B.C., which would be consistent with his death sometime between the lunar eclipse of January 10 and the Passover on April 8 of 1 B.C.

So the pillars which the consensus view (that King Herod died in 4 B.C.) rests on, namely Josephus’s consular dates; Zuckermann’s calendar of Sabbatical years; Nisan-based, inclusive (non-accession) counting of regnal years – have been shattered. A revised view (that King Herod died in 1 B.C.) emerges. Yet there remains a huge puzzle to be solved – the Star of Bethlehem observed by the Magi.

The Star of Bethlehem

“The heavens declare the glory of God; and the firmament sheweth his handywork.”

– Psalm 19:1, KJV

Matthew 2:1–16 recounts the story of the Magi (three wise men) from the east. After seeing a star they believed to be associated with the King of the Jews (Matthew 2:2), they traveled to Jerusalem to visit King Herod. Then guided by the star, they subsequently found infant Jesus in a hut in Bethlehem. The star is famously known as the “Star of Bethlehem”. Historically, there has been much debate on what the Star of Bethlehem is. Some believe it corresponds to a natural celestial event, whilst others believe it is supernatural phenomenon.

Review of theories

Various theories on the Star of Bethlehem have been proposed by researchers. The top candidates are reviewed as follows:

1. Comet

A prominent, visible comet between March–June, 5 B.C. has been recorded by Chinese astronomers. There was a recent revived discussion of this event in a 2025 NASA study [12] (see also this video). Some believe that the comet was the ‘star’ that guided the Magi’s visit, because a comet could appear to ‘go before’ of the Magi and ‘stand still’ near the horizon, i.e. ‘stood over’ where the child was (Matthew 2:9).

The biggest problem for this theory is that people in the ancient world traditionally view comets negatively (as symbols of omen or impending doom). So it’s hard to imagine that the Magi would interpret a brightly shining comet as a joyful sign of a new king.

2. Nova/Supernova

From Chinese and Korean chronicles which recorded ancient extraordinary celestial phenomena, there was an outburst of a bright Nova star in the spring of 5 B.C. in the vicinity of the star ρ constellation Capricorn. This Nova could be seen on the eastern side of the sky before sunrise for 70 days. Some British astronomers believed that this Nova is the “Christmas star” [13]. This event was less likely to be a supernova, because no remnant could be detected by astronomers.

The major problem with this theory is that there was no established tradition for the Magi to interpret a nova/supernova event. Even if they saw it, they could find no meaning in the event. Moreover, a nova/supernova could not appear to ‘go before’ or ‘stand still’ like a comet as discussed.

3. Planetary conjunctions

3.1 Triple Conjunction of Jupiter and Saturn

A triple Jupiter–Saturn conjunction occurred in constellation Pisces on May 29, September 27 and December 20 of 7 B.C. it was a significant astrological event. The triple conjunction of Jupiter and Saturn is a very rare event. It happens only once every 136 to 140 years on average.

While studying the Great Conjunction of Jupiter and Saturn in 1603, the great astronomer Johannes Kepler put forward the idea that the Star of Bethlehem could also be the Great Conjunction of Jupiter and Saturn. He calculated that in 7 B.C. there was a triple conjunction of Jupiter and Saturn, from spring to the end of the year, and this phenomenon should have been observed in the Middle East at the winter solstice after sunset [14]. The particular conjunction in December, 7 B.C. is interpreted by some as announcing Jesus’ conception.

Kepler’s hypothesis on the Star of Bethlehem has gained high popularity within the esoteric circles since the 17th and 18th centuries, in a cultural context where Christian institutions sought to demonstrate the compatibility between revealed faith and modern science.

The theory has its criticisms. Scientifically, it’s quite a stretch to call the conjunction of Jupiter and Saturn in 7 B.C. ‘a star’, because even at their closest approach in longitude in December, 7 B.C., the two planets were visible separately in latitude, differed by 1°. Note that a difference of 1° in the sky is about two diameters/disks of the Sun (which has a diameter of 1919.26ʺ = 31.98ʹ = 0.53°, so two disks of the Sun is 0.53 ° x2 = 1.06°). In that case, the planets were observed as one above the other – the larger (brighter) Jupiter over the smaller (dimmer) Saturn. Nevertheless, it was still a bright celestial event visible in the night sky from Bethlehem to as far east as Tehran throughout 7 B.C.. On December 24, it could be noticeable immediately after sunset at 17:00 L.T. at a height ~51° from the horizon.

One critique of this theory is related to the symbolic meaning of the planets in the culture of Babylon during the 1st century B.C., which is crucial for the Magi’s (who are Babylonian astrologers) interpretation of the event. There are three important elements in the Magi’s description of ‘the star’: (i) it is a ‘king’, (ii) it is ‘Jewish’, (iii) he is ‘rising/new born’. While the planet Jupiter is identified with Marduk, the “king of the gods” and is a symbol of sovereignty (which matches the characteristics of ‘king’), the symbolic meaning of the planet Saturn is complex. It was identified with the god Ninurta, a deity who represented the “principle of order imposed on chaos”. Ninurta was a god of war, etc., and also symbolized the cyclical nature of time. Moreover, both Saturn and Mercury were linked to autumn, often seen as a “malefic” season as opposed to the “benefic” planets of spring. Overall, Saturn was seen as a celestial entity embodying a blend of preeminence, constancy and justice (on the positive side); but also martial power (neutral), cyclical time, and malefic influence (on the negative side). It has a dual character, embodying both the imposition of cosmic order and the potential for disruption and calamity. I’ve written elsewhere that the secret societies and New Agers use Saturn to represent the malevolent god of chaos (as opposed to Jupiter which represents the benevolent god of order).

This theory put heavy weight on Kepler’s hypothesis, possibly due to his strong influence on the academia, bridging science with faith. However, a great astronomer is not necessarily a knowledgeable historian who understands different ethnic traditions. Could Kepler have the idea of planetary conjunction right but have the wrong planet?

3.2 Triple Conjunction of Jupiter and Venus

The triple conjunction of Jupiter and Venus has no simple fixed frequency. A “triple conjunction” event specifically refers to a unique cycle where an Earth-Sun-Venus geometry causes three Venus-Jupiter conjunctions to bunch together in a cluster within a short period. A new cluster cycle begins every 24 years, which can be considered a rare event.

A triple Jupiter-Venus conjunction occurred from 3 – 2 B.C.. The first conjunction was seen in constellation Leo on August 12 of 3 B.C., when Jupiter and Venus were 0.1 degree apart in the dawn sky, which is about 1/5 the diameter of the full moon. The second conjunction occurred again in Leo on June 17, 2 B.C., when the conjunction was visible as a single, intensely bright ‘star’ (Venus itself is the brightest planet). In December of 2 B.C., Jupiter reached its stationary point before its retrograde motion. Viewed from Jerusalem, this stationary Jupiter would have appeared to hover above the town of Bethlehem, which is located just a few miles southwest of Jerusalem. The last conjunction occurred in Virgo on August 20-21, 1 B.C..

This series of conjunctions, when compared to the Jupiter–Saturn conjunctions, would have appeared brighter and closer, which more resembles a ‘star’. But what is the symbolic meaning of Venus in the Babylonian tradition?

Venus is primarily identified with the goddess Ishtar of Love and War – the deity of sexual passion, fertility, and procreation; but also of battle, aggression, and political power. More so than Saturn, Venus carried a strongly dualistic symbolism, which is rooted in its appearance as both the morning star (associated with youth, light, and renewal of life), and evening star (associated with dusk, love and desire).

So the symbolic meaning of both Saturn and Venus is mixed, and they can hardly satisfy the ‘Jewish’ element in the Babylonian culture.

Jupiter-Venus conjunction captured in southern China on June 10, 2026 (the one to the bottom left is Mercury.

3.3 Triple Conjunction of Jupiter and Regulus

The triple conjunction of Jupiter and Regulus is a rare event which occurs only 2 to 3 times per century. There was such a triple conjunction from 3 – 2 B.C., contemporary with the triple Jupiter-Venus conjunction which made it extraordinary. The first conjunction occurred on September 14, 3 B.C., followed by February 17 and May 8, 2 B.C..

Regulus was called Sharru, meaning “King”, and was the “king star” marking the heart of constellation Leo. The Jupiter-Regulus conjunction is the symbolic coronation of the “star king”. It symbolises the “king planet crowning the king star” in the constellation of Leo, representing the Lion of Judah, which can be associated with Jewish messianic prophecies, conveying a strong celestial message of an imminent “new, powerful king”. While both Saturn and Venus can hardly be associated with the important ‘Jewish’ element as described by the Magi, Regulus does seem to satisfy this element. So it is a better candidate if the Star of Bethlehem was indeed a planetary conjunction.

The Magi weren’t casual stargazers. They have deep knowledge of astrology (such as the zodiac, etc.) and astronomy (including the motion of the sun, moon and planets). Furthermore, their ancestors might well have been trained to watch the sky for signs of a coming Messiah by the prophet Daniel, a devout Jew brought to Babylon by Nebuchadnezzar. That might explain why the Magi took special notice of the triple conjunction of Jupiter and Regulus in the constellation Leo.

Diagram of Jupiter-Regulus triple conjunction, 3-2 B.C. [Credit: Liberato De Caro, Italian National Research Council]

5. Supernatural

The primary challenge with all natural astronomical explanations (discussed above) is that they do not perfectly align with the Gospel of Matthew’s description of a “star” that: (i) “Moved ahead” of the Magi from Jerusalem to Bethlehem, (ii) “Stopped and stood over” a specific place.

Distant astronomical objects including stars and planets move across the sky from east to west slowly and continuously due to Earth’s rotation. They do not move ahead of travellers and then stop over a particular location on Earth. For this reason, some theologians and scholars view the Star of Bethlehem as a symbolic, theological narrative or supernatural sign rather than a literal or natural celestial event.

New theory – Juxtaposition of the natural and supernatural?

Upon thinking, whether the view of the Star of Bethlehem is a natural or supernatural phenomenon might not be mutually exclusive.

First, let us reconstruct the journey of the Magi. After seeing the “star” in the east, they already knew that it is about a new Jewish king. They did not need any astronomical objects to guide their way to Jerusalem. When they met King Herod, they were told that Christ should be born in Bethlehem. They knew the direction going to Bethlehem. On their way, when they suddenly saw the “star” which they had seen in the east, it came with a shock and amazement (Matthew 2:10). That means the “star” is unlikely a recurring astronomical phenomenon, such as stars and planets which could be seen every night looking at the sky throughout their journey. It was the “star” that guided the Magi during their final leg to the exact location of the hut where Mary and Joseph stayed with Jesus.

Bethlehem is located 9 km south-southwest of Jerusalem. With average walking speed of adults (4 – 6 km/h), it should take no more than a couple of hours for the Magi to reach the hut where Jesus was born. With such distance and bearing, no distant astronomical objects could be consistent with the motion as described.

Some have suggested that the “star” guiding the Magi might be a UAP/UFO. But if it was the same “star” that they saw in the east, then it wouldn’t make sense to them in the first place, because they couldn’t find any meaning upon viewing a UAP/UFO in their place of origin (i.e. in the east).

But imagine, if the “star” first appeared in the east was superimposed on the background of the Jupiter-Regulus triple conjunctions, then it would have been meaningful to them! The “star” must have some unique characteristics such that they were later able to identify it during their final leg to Bethlehem.

What could the “star” be? A near-Earth object (NEO) might do the job! A NEO is by definition “any small Solar System body orbiting the Sun whose closest approach to the Sun is less than 1.3 times the Earth-Sun distance; it must have an orbit that brings to within ~45 million km of the Earth’s orbit”. It can enter intersecting orbits with Earth after experiencing gravitational perturbations from other planets. NEOs are being constantly searched, studied and monitored in an observation program under NASA’s Planetary Defense Program due to their potential threat (though slim) of striking the Earth. Currently there are over 30,000 NEOs discovered (many not visible by naked eyes). The 3I/ATLAS which generated so much hype last year is one example.

A NEO, if put in a specific orbit, perhaps supernaturally or miraculously, might display the various characteristics as seen by the Magi. This could also satisfy the third element (a new “star” symbolising a “new/rising king”).

In what season was Jesus born?

While the birth of Jesus is celebrated in Christmas (December 25) in the Church tradition [🔸7], many researchers note the impossibility that Jesus was born in the winter. It’s because the weather is too cold (typically below 10°C during night time) for shepherds out in the fields with their flocks (Luke 2:8). According to local shepherds, the lambing season in the Bethlehem regions runs from winter to spring (November/December till April/May). During this season, the lambs need extra protection and are normally kept in shelters rather than in open fields where they would be exposed to various risks. Therefore, both winter and spring can be ruled out. Furthermore, the female sheep are more fertile during autumn (August to October) due to their pituitary gland’s exposure to an optimal sunlight. With mean temperatures near 20–25°C, it is the ideal season when they are put in the fields.

The month of Elizabeth and Mary’s pregnancy

Luke 1:5–27 mentions Zechariah’s service in the Abijah course when the angel Gabriel proclaimed to him of John the Baptist’s birth. Elizabeth conceived soon after Zechariah’s return from service (Luke 1:23–24), then Gabriel proclaimed to Mary in the sixth month of Elizabeth’s pregnancy (Luke 1:26). Calculation would show that Jesus was born roughly half a year after John the Baptist. [🔹7]

In the major view, the priestly calendar starts with Passover on Nisan 14. Abijah is the 8th of 24 courses (1 Chronicles 24:10) which falls in the tenth week, normally in late May to early June. So according to the timeline, John the Baptist should be conceived around mid-June, born in March, thereby Jesus’s birth should have taken place in September.

This is consistent with the discussion on the shepherds with flocks out in the fields during the autumn season.

Herod’s order of infanticide

Matthew 2:16-18 describes King Herod, after being tricked by the Magi, orders the slaughter of all male children two years old and under in Bethlehem and its vicinity, fearing a prophesied rival “king of the Jews” (i.e. Jesus, born in Bethlehem).

Intriguingly, one can hardly find any historical record of this supposedly cataclysmic event. For instance, Josephus, who provides the most detailed account of Herod’s reign in Antiquities of the Jews and The Jewish War, and catalogs many of Herod’s atrocities, including the execution of his own family members and numerous political rivals, plus other cruelties, says nothing about a massacre of infants in Bethlehem. The event is also absent in other contemporary sources, including the works of Nicolaus of Damascus (Herod’s friend and biographer), Philo of Alexandria, and Roman historians like Tacitus or Suetonius.

Most modern historians and scholars view the story as lacking historicity — it is widely seen as a personal construct by Matthew, while some Christian defenders of the story’s historicity argue that it matches Herod’s cruel, paranoid and ruthless character, yet a small-scale event might not have merited mention by the historians.

Though Bethlehem was a relatively small town, it is hard to believe that the massacre of infants would have been dismissed by the rigorous historian Josephus as a small-scale event.

In view of Joseph being warned by the angel on the coming massacre and their fleeing to Egypt, Herod’s order of massacre should be taken as real. However, could it be for some reasons the order was subsequently not executed?

One plausible reason might be that shortly after the massacre order, Herod’s health deteriorated rapidly till his death. The officials, either due to sympathy or fear of backlash from the people, procrastinated the execution of the order until Herod’s death. When Herod’s son Archelaus succeeded his reign, he did not inherit his father’s paranoid and thereby cancelled the order. From the Christian perspective, it could well be God’s mercy on the innocents.

The above is just a conjecture. But it has profound implications on dating of birth of Christ.

First, Herod specifically ordered the slaughter of infants up to age two, which was based on the Magi’s account of when they first saw the “star”. When Herod learned that date, he must have in mind a timeframe in which the “king of the Jews” was born. He had to strike a balance between making sure no infants would be missed out, while not killing too many in excess. If his best estimate was that the child was about 1-1.5 years old then, it makes sense that he included the infants up to age two.

Second, what might be the time lapse between the Magi’s visit in Jerusalem and Herod’s noticing of being tricked, thereby issuing the massacre order? It couldn’t be long. Given the short travelling time between Bethlehem and Jerusalem, and that the Magi was supposed to return soon after finding the child, the time lapse should be at most a few weeks but definitely not months.

Now, if Herod died in early 1 B.C., it can be inferred from the above discussion that the Magi’s visit probably took place near the end of 2 B.C.. The absence of planetary conjunction during that time is irrelevant because the Magi was then guided by the NEO (the “star”) to Bethlehem. Their decision to travel to Jerusalem might be made after they had enough confirmation — had seen the triple Jupiter-Regulus conjunction (completed in May, 2 B.C.), and the second Jupiter-Venus conjunction (in June, 2 B.C.), juxtaposed with the NEO as discussed. To avoid the extreme summer heat in Iraq (Babylon) which can exceed 40°C. they might have set off their journey in early fall, reaching Jerusalem in the winter.

If we trace back 1-1.5 years, then the birth of Christ should have taken place in the fall of 3 B.C.. This would be in line with the discussion on the climate and Mary’s timing of pregnancy, and most importantly, with the early Church fathers/Christian historians!

Luke 3:23 states, “Jesus was about thirty years old when he began his work.” [🔹5]

Resolving the age conflict

Many proponents of A.D. 33 crucifixion could not resolve the conflict if they hold the consensus view that King Herod died in 4 B.C., as that would constrain Jesus’s birth to earlier than 5 B.C.. If Jesus was crucified in A.D. 33 following 3.5 years of ministry, even if we put His birth late in 6 B.C., He would have been 34 years old when starting ministry and 37 years old when crucified.

Many scholars argue that the age of 30 should be taken symbolically [🔸5]. The age of 30 corresponds with Levitical expectations for the priesthood (Numbers 4:3). Some interpret it (with a stretch) as a reference to Joseph’s age when he started his service at the Pharaoh’s court (Genesis 41:46), or David’s age when he became king (2 Samuel 5:4). If these are taken to be literal, why shouldn’t Luke 3:23 be?

Since the Greek term ὡσεὶ (translated to ‘about’) implies approximation, some scholars interpret that ‘30’ has to be taken as a rounded number. Even so, it would seem quite a stretch if the difference is more than a couple years. [15]

If Jesus was born in September, 3 B.C., He would be 30 years old in September, A.D. 28, attaining Levitical priesthood, before starting ministry the following year (autumn) at the age of 31, which corresponds well with Luke 3:23 and the Greek term ὡσεὶ.

Summary – Proposed Chronology of Events

The following is a table showing the chronology of events which is a summary of the discussions in all three parts of this series.

References

[1] Howard Marshall, The Gospel of Luke: A Commentary on the Greek Text. The New International Greek Testament Commentary (Exeter: Paternoster Press, 1978), 133.

[2] Suetonius, Lives of the Caesars, Volume I: Julius. Augustus. Tiberius. Gaius Caligula (Translated by J. C. Rolfe. Introduction by K. R. Bradley.), Loeb Classical Library 31. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1914.

[3] Sir Isaac Newton, Observations Upon the Prophecies of Daniel and the Apocalypse of St. John (1733), Chapter 11.

[4] Pliny the Elder (1979). Natural History. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

[5] Jack Finegan, Handbook of Biblical Chronology, 1964.

[6] Emil Schürer, A History of the Jewish People in the Time of Jesus Christ (5 volume set), trans. John Macpherson (1891; reprint, Peabody, MA: Hendrickson, 2009)

[7] Andrew E. Steinmann and Rodger C. Young, Consular And Sabbatical Years In Herod’s Life. Bibliotheca Sacra, Vol.177 (Oct 2020), 442-61.

[8] Joyce Reynolds, Aphrodisias and Rome (1992).

[9] Benedict Zuckermann, The Chronology of Sabbatical Cycles (1857).

[10] Y. Tsafrir & G. Foerster, The dating of the ‘Earthquake of the Sabbatical Year’ of 749 C.E. in Palestine, BSOAS 55 (1992), 231-235.

[11] Andrew E. Steinmann and Rodger C. Young, Elapsed Times for Herod the Great in Josephus. Bibliotheca Sacra, Vol.177 (Jul 2020), 308-28.

[12] Mark Matney, The star that stopped: the Star of Bethlehem & the comet of 5 BCE, Journal of the British Astronomical Association, Volume 135, Issue 6, P. 387–406 (2025).

[13] Rapov O. When was Jesus Christ born and crucified? On the frontiers of

knowledge of the Universe (Historical and astronomical research. Iss. XXIV).

M.: Science (1992), P. 274-288.

[14] Burke-Gaffney, W. Kepler and the Star of Bethlehem. Journal of the

Royal Astronomical Society of Canada (1937), V. 31, P. 417-425.

[15] Luke J. Wilson, Rethinking the Age of Jesus at His Death: A Reassessment of Biblical, Patristic, and Historical Evidence, Academia (2025).

Further Readings

Flavius Josephus, The Antiquities of the Jews.

Flavius Josephus, The Jewish War.

W. E. Filmer, “Chronology of the Reign of Herod the Great,” Journal of Theological Studies ns 17 (1966): 283-98.

Introduction

In Part 1 of this series it was concluded that the terminus a quo of the first sixty-nine weeks in prophet Daniel’s great prophecy of seventy weeks (Daniel 9:24-27) was on the Decree of Artaxerxes in 444 B.C. and ending terminus ad quem was on the date of Christ’s triumphal entry into Jerusalem in A.D. 33, in line with the view on the year of crucifixion of Christ in A.D. 33. In this and upcoming piece, we shall examine textual and historical evidence on the chronology of Lord Jesus Christ.

We shall work on the reverse chronological order, starting with the crucifixion and ending with the birth of Christ. It is because the latter is the most difficult part. Indeed, I’ve prepared a piece discussing the possible date of birth of Christ [i.e. September 13 (Rosh Hashanah) in 6 B.C.] and almost published it last December. But while it was in the pipeline, I somewhat had a feeling that something was not right so I withdrew it in the last minute. Following months of further research, to my own surprise, I have discovered some crucial information which would radically change my view.

The work of the great scientist Sir Isaac Newton, who conducted extensive biblical research including a study on the chronology of Christ in his late years, will be reviewed in this series.

The Date of Crucifixion

It is basically unequivocal that the resurrection of Jesus took place early on Sunday, the “first day of the week” following the Saturday Sabbath as confirmed by all four Gospels (Mark 16:9, Luke 24:1; Matthew 28:1 & John 20:1 further confirmed the resurrection was before sunrise). Since Luke 24:21 affirms that it is the third day since Jesus’ crucifixion, which is also prophesied by Jesus Himself (Mark 8:31), many scholars conclude that Jesus was crucified on Friday, using the Jewish inclusive method of counting days. Notable scholars who uphold or defend the ‘crucifixion on Friday’ view include Harold Hoehner (see Part 1), Darrell Bock and John Walvoord to name a few.

The early church tradition supports the idea that the crucifixion of Christ took place on the 14th of Nisan, the day when the Passover is celebrated as prescribed in the Old Testament (Leviticus 23:5). It is also widely believed that on the evening before, Jesus took the Last Supper with His disciples.

With this premise, one can identify the year of Christ’s crucifixion by checking the Jewish Calendar for the year(s) in which Nisan 14 fell on Friday.

Sir Isaac Newton (1733) [1] and J.K. Fotheringham (1934) [2] were two of the major scholars who have rigorously worked on the chronology of crucifixion. Based on their work, we shall assign weekdays to the Jewish Calendar date of Nisan 14 for the range of years considered by most scholars as possible candidates for the crucifixion (see table below).

Table showing the Julian date equivalents and weekdays for Nisan 14 for the years A.D. 28 to A.D. 34; (F) – Fotheringham, (N) – Newton

From the table, A.D. 30 (for Fotheringham), A.D. 33 (for both) and A.D. 34 (for Newton) meet the requirement of Nisan 14 falling on Friday.

It should be noted however that Newton recognized a Jewish rule known as ‘Adu’, in which the Jews postponed their months a day, as often as the first day of the month Tishri, or which is all one, the third of the month Nisan, was Sunday, Wednesday or Friday. The rule was to avoid two consecutive sabbaths which prohibited burying the dead such that the meat might corrupt. Due to his observation of this rule, the day of Nisan 14 was postponed for one day in A.D. 31 and A.D. 34. Moreover, Newton made no mention of the Julian dates for the year A.D. 30 and earlier because those years were ruled out by him (more on this in the next piece).

Was the crucifixion really on Friday? Is Thursday or Wednesday possible?

While there is a general consensus that the crucifixion of Christ took place on Friday, this view has been challenged by some scholars. Indeed there are two major problems with the view of ‘crucifixion on Friday’.

Firstly, Jesus made the “Three days and three nights” prophecy (Matthew 12:40) that His time in the “heart of the earth” (meaning in the hades) was likened to Jonah’s time in the belly of the great fish. This is impossible if Jesus was crucified on Friday. If the crucifixion took place at 3 p.m. (confirmed by Scripture) on Friday, even using the inclusive method of counting (partial day/night counted as one day/night), there would only be two days and two nights before His resurrection took place.

The second problem is the difficulty to reconcile with the timing of Mary Magdalene’s buying sweet spices to anoint Jesus. On the evening after the crucifixion (that day was the preparation, the day before the sabbath, cf. Mark 15:42), Mary Magdalene and others witnessed the burial of Jesus by Joseph of Arimathaea (Mark 15:43-47). Then Luke 23:55-56 mentioned that they returned and prepared spices and ointments, and rested the sabbath day. Then Mark 16:1 stated that they had bought the spices when the sabbath was past. But the Jewish weekly sabbath was from Friday sunset to Saturday sunset (bear in mind that the Jewish day of the Judean calendar ran from sunset to sunset). So if Jesus was buried on Friday evening, there would be ‘no time window’ for Mary Magdalene and others to buy and prepare the spices and ointments!

A number of scholars propose the ‘crucifixion on Wednesday’ theory (e.g. Michael Rickman, R.A. Torrey). Proponents of the ‘crucifixion on Wednesday’ theory hold that there is a requirement of full 72 hours between the crucifixion and resurrection of Christ. They note that ‘preparation day’ is not limited to the weekly sabbath but can also refer to any day preceding a High Sabbath—a special Sabbath associated with Jewish feast days (the Passover in this case). So the conflict could be resolved if there were two sabbaths in that week, and that the women bought the spices (on Friday daytime) between the special Sabbath (Wednesday sunset to Thursday sunset) and weekly sabbath (Friday sunset to Saturday sunset when they rested).

To look more closely, the ‘crucifixion on Wednesday’ theory doesn’t really resolve the first problem, because that would result in “four days and four nights” if inclusive counting is used. To make it exactly “three days and three nights” and full 72 hours, some (for e.g. Torrey) argue that the counting should start at sunset on Wednesday (when Jesus was buried), and that the resurrection took place right after Saturday sunset (that would be the beginning of ‘first day of the week’ in the Jewish calendar). But this has difficulty because if the resurrection occurred right after sunset when people are normally still active, at least some of them should have noticed the event, yet there were no eyewitnesses on that. If the resurrection took place on Sunday before sunrise, then there would be another conflict, because the guards requested by the Pharisees’ to Pilate were supposed to secure the tomb until the third day (Matthew 27:62-64). That means their duty would have finished by Saturday evening if we take the maximum of 72-hour duty. This is in conflict with the fact that the guards were still present early Sunday morning, when the angel rolled away the stone (Matthew 28:1-4). Finally, in Jewish timekeeping, any portion of a day was counted as a full day. This means that the fulfillment of “after three days” does not require a literal 72-hour period but must conclude within the third day.

The third theory is ‘crucifixion on Thursday’. This would truly fulfill the “Three days and three nights” prophecy. Besides, this would also resolve the second problem above. Let’s suppose Mary Magdalene and others, after watching how Jesus’ body was laid on Thursday evening, waited until the next morning (Friday), and bought the spices during the daytime when shops run their business as usual, and then rested by the evening (the weekly sabbath starts at Friday sunset). Moreover, the theory could still fulfill the “third day” requirement (Luke 24:21), because the resurrection would still be well within the 72-hour window.

So the ‘crucifixion on Thursday’ theory seems to resolve the conflicts. It doesn’t need to invoke an extra sabbath. But there are still a couple of hurdles here – (1) wouldn’t that require Nisan 14 to fall on Thursday instead? (2) wouldn’t that be in conflict with the ‘preparation day’ as stated in the Gospels?

We shall now need a more thorough analysis of the context as well as historical texts.

The Old Testament prescribes that the Passover lamb must be slain and eaten on the evening of Nisan 14 (Exodus 12:6). In the Jewish tradition, Nisan 14 is the day when they prepare to celebrate Passover, hence it’s called the ‘preparation day’. In practice during the first century, the Passover lamb was killed before twilight and eaten in the evening, which would then be the start of Nisan 15.

Double calendar system – Judean calendar vs. Galilean calendar

A more in-depth study on the Hebrew calendar system in relation to the Jewish custom and tradition will find that there existed a double calendar system: (1) the Judeans and the Sadducees considered a day to be from sunset to sunset (using Judean calendar), (2) the Galileans (including Christ and His disciples) considered a day to be from sunrise to sunrise (using Galilean calendar). The start of a day in the Galilean calendar was twelve hours earlier than the Judean calendar. Therefore Nisan 14 started at sunrise (6 a.m.) for the Galileans, and started at sunset (6 p.m.) for the Judeans. The result is that the two groups took the Passover Seder in two separate evenings – the Galileans took it (unofficial but genuine Seder) during their Nisan 14 (when it was just the start of Nisan 14 for the Judeans), whereas the Judeans took it (the official Seder) the next evening during the start of their Nisan 15. This differentiation is acknowledged by eminent Bible scholar Julian Morgenstern [3].

Back to our discussion, we can now see that Nisan 14 was from Thursday sunset to Friday sunset for the Judeans, but Thursday sunrise to Friday sunrise for the Galileans. Many scholars believe that the crucifixion of Christ is the fulfilment of the Passover feast when Jesus ended His life as the sacrificial lamb. In the custom of the Galileans including Christ, the crucifixion on Thursday afternoon would be in line with the OT prescription in Exodus 12:10 that the Passover lamb must be slain on Nisan 14 (Friday afternoon would be Nisan 15 in the Galilean calendar).

So we have overcome the first hurdle. What about the second one?

When Mary Magdalene and others witnessed the burial of Jesus by Joseph of Arimathaea (Mark 15:43-47), if it was on the evening of Thursday, then it would be consistent with the ‘preparation day, the day before the sabbath’ (Mark 15:42). This is true whether the Judean or the Galilean calendar is used (if it was on Friday evening, Mark should have written ‘the day of sabbath’, or ‘Passover Day’). However, another problem arises when Mark 14:12 describes Jesus preparing for the Last Supper on ‘preparation day’, which is in contradiction with Himself having been crucified on the same day!

While it has been mentioned that Nisan 14 is the ‘preparation day’, some historical texts seem to indicate that the preparation for Passover might begin as early as Nisan 13. The Jerusalem Talmud Pesachim 1:1 indicates that preparations for Passover proper began with the removal of the leaven on the night of Nisan 13 at sundown: “On the night preceding the fourteenth [of Nisan] they search for leaven by the light of a lamp [the single wick oil lamp]”. On this basis, the apparent self-contradiction in the preparations for the Passover described in the Mark’s chronology might be explained by the preparations required of Jews for two days (Nisan 13–14), with Nisan 14 constituting so-called in Judaism the Erev Pesach, or “eve of Passover.” [4]

The Last Supper that Jesus had with His disciples thereby took place on Wednesday late evening (Nisan 13), when early preparations such as the removal of the leaven for the Passover Seder (especially for the Galileans) had already begun. In this view, the Last Supper would not be a genuine Passover Seder but only a symbolic, private meal which preceded it. To me this view can be endorsed, as it is unreasonable to expect Jesus to have a genuine Passover Seder (which should be eaten AFTER the lamb killing) with His disciples while going to sacrifice Himself as the “true” Passover lamb.

Intriguingly, the ‘Last Supper on Wednesday’ view is proposed by Professor Colin Humphreys of the University of Cambridge [5], who also recognized a double calendar system, with a pre-exilic calendar established by Moses on the basis of a modified Egyptian lunar calendar which was used by certain Jewish sects including the Samaritans and Galileans, co-existing with the official Jewish lunar calendar which had been adopted by Judean Jews when in exile in Babylon. The new day in the pre-exilic lunar calendar began at sunrise, and the new month started in the morning with the first invisibility (at conjunction) of the lunar crescent. He suggests that this calendrical difference in the dating for the Passover meal can reconcile the discrepancies between the Synoptic gospels and John’s accounts of the Last Supper.

However, Humphreys maintains that the crucifixion of Christ took place on Friday. He cites John 19:14, which stated that Jesus’ trial before Pilate occurred on the Preparation Day of the Passover, which is Friday, Nisan 14. To fill the gap between the Last Supper and the crucifixion, Humphreys contends that Jesus underwent two separate trials before the Sanhedrin, which extended the legal proceedings over two days (Thursday to Friday) rather than being completed on a single day.

The timeline of events based on the ‘crucifixion on Thursday’ theory is summarized in the diagram below. The year and day of the month have not been specified as this part has not yet been discussed.

Timeline of events Nisan 13-16

With the terminus ad quem (ending) of Daniel’s first sixty-nine weeks, i.e. Christ’s triumphal entry into Jerusalem (see Part 1) assumed to be on Nisan 10 (Sunday daytime in the Galilean calendar), the timeline of events from Nisan 9-13 in the year of crucifixion is proposed in the following table:

Summary

This piece purports to resolve the various issues concerning the day of the week for the crucifixion of Christ. It makes no claims that it must be the truth, but is only suggested to be a viable way to connect the dots. Rather than repealing the ‘Nisan 14 on Friday’ requirement, the theory of ‘crucifixion on Thursday’ indeed reaffirms it due to the calendrical difference discussed. Therefore, A.D. 30, A.D. 33 and A.D. 34 (for Newton) remain the shortlisted candidates for the year of crucifixion. To pinpoint the year in order to verify Daniel’s first sixty-nine weeks in his great prophecy, we need to further investigate in details the years of ministry and even the year of birth of Jesus. We shall also have a more in-depth review of Newton’s work. This will be the subject of upcoming piece.

References

[1] Sir Isaac Newton, Observations Upon the Prophecies of Daniel and the Apocalypse of St. John (1733), Chapter 11, pp. 115-116.

[2] J.K. Fotheringham, “The Evidence of Astronomy and Technical Chronology for the Date of the Crucifixion,”Journal of Theological Studies, vol. 35, 1934, pp. 155-158,160-161.

[3] Julian Morgenstern, The Calendar of the Book of Jubilees, Its Origin and Its Character (1955)

[4] André Reis, The Chronology of the Crucifixion – An Updated Adventist View (2025)

[5] Colin J. Humphreys, The Mystery of the Last Supper: Reconstructing the Final Days of Jesus (2011)

The first sixty-nine weeks in prophet Daniel’s great prophecy of seventy weeks (Daniel 9:24-27) is discussed, in support of the proposal of the starting terminus a quo on the Decree of Artaxerxes in 444 B.C. and ending terminus ad quem on the date of Christ’s triumphal entry into Jerusalem in A.D. 33 by various scholars. The seminal works of Sir Robert Anderson and Harold Hoehner on the calculation are critically reviewed.

Interpretation of Daniel’s “70 Weeks”

There are two broad categories of views held by scholars in the interpretation of Daniel’s 70 weeks. The first category is the “Liberal interpretation.” Holders of this view (e.g., R.E. Brown, J.A. Montgomery and J. H. Walton to name a few) believe that Daniel 9 is a historical recollection made by an author other than Daniel, instead of a literal prophecy by Daniel himself. They argue that the book of Daniel was written in the 2^ndcentury B.C. (i.e. AFTER all the historical events had occurred). They view the entire book of Daniel as representing the author’s interpretation of past history, and believe the fulfillment of Daniel 9:24-27 is found in the events that led up to the persecution of the Jews by Antiochus Epiphanes IV in the 2^nd century B.C.

The second category is the “Literal interpretation.” This approach views that Daniel 9 is a literal prophecy, and that Daniel 9:25-26 is a prophecy of the Messiah. There are two camps of views on the 70 weeks in the prophecy. Both camps share the same view of the first 69 weeks but diverge in view of the 70^th week:

Camp 1: The 70 weeks have been fulfilled in history through the work of Jesus and culminated with the destruction of the Jewish temple in A.D. 70. They interpret the “he” in Daniel 9:27 as a reference to the Messiah or Jesus Christ. Holders of this view include John Calvin, John Gill and Matthew Henry to name a few. Most of the holders of this view are amillennialists who don’t believe in the literal one thousand (millennial) year reign of Christ on earth.

Camp 2: The first 69 weeks (Dan. 9:25-26) have been fulfilled in history through the crucifixion of Jesus, with the final week (70^th week, Dan. 9:27) still in the future (i.e. there is a ‘gap’ between the 69^th and 70^th week). They interpret the “he” in Daniel 9:27 as a reference to the Antichrist. The 70 weeks will be culminated with the return (second coming) of Jesus. Holders of this view include Sir Robert Anderson, Thomas Ice, Dwight Pentecost and John Walvoord to name a few. Primarily dispensationalists and premillennialist (who believe in the future millennial year reign of Christ on earth), including this author, hold this view.

Some opponents of Camp 2 challenge the idea of the existence of ‘gap’ in Scripture. But Walvoord has observed that such gaps/parentheses exist in many passages of Scripture. He wrote:

“Dr. Ironside shows a number of instances of parentheses in God’s program: (1) The interval between the ‘acceptable year of the Lord’ and the ‘day of vengeance of our God’ (Isa. 61:2 - a parenthesis already extending more than nineteen hundred years). (2) The interval between the Roman empire as symbolized by the legs of iron of the great image of Daniel 2 and the feet of ten toes. Confer also Daniel 7:23-27; 8:24, 25. (3) The same interval is found between Daniel 11:35 and Daniel 11:36. (4) A great parenthesis occurs between Hosea 3:4 and verse 5, and again between Hosea 5:15 and 6:1. (5) A great parenthesis occurs also between Psalm 22:22 and 22:23 and between Psalm 110:1 and 110:2. (6) Peter in quoting Psalm 34:12-16 stops in the middle of a verse to distinguish God’s present work and His future dealing with sin (I Pet. 3:10-12). (7) The great prophecy of Matthew 24 becomes intelligible only if the present age be considered a parenthesis between Daniel 9:26 and 9:27. (8) Acts 15:13-21 indicates that the apostles fully understood that during the present age the Old Testament prophecies would not be fulfilled, but would have fulfillment ‘after this’ when God ‘will build again the tabernacle of David’ (Acts 15:13). (9) Israel’s yearly schedule of feasts and a wide separation between the feasts prefiguring the death and resurrection of Christ and Pentecost, and the feasts speaking of Israel’s regathering and blessing. (10) Romans 9-11 definitely provide for the parenthesis, particularly the future of the olive tree in chapter 11. (11) The revelation of the Church as one body requires a parenthesis between God’s past dealings and His future dealings with the nation Israel. (12) The consummation of the present parenthesis is of such a nature that it resumes the interrupted events of Daniel’s last week.” – [1]

There are more arguments supporting the ‘gap’ view of Camp 2 not to be covered here. For now, this piece is based on the view of Camp 2 of the “Literal interpretation” category. Discussion of other views is out of scope here.

Calculation of Daniel’s 70 Weeks – Terminus a Quo (starting point)

Traditionally, there have been three different dates proposed as the starting point to the countdown by Gabriel: (1) 537 B.C. (cf. Ezra 1:1-4), (2) 458/457 B.C. (cf. Ezra 7:11-26), and (3) 445/444 B.C. (cf. Neh. 2:1-9).

(I) 537 B.C. (Ezra 1:1-4) – the problem with this date is that Cyrus’ command focused exclusively on “the house of the Lord God of Israel” (v. 3), or rebuilding the temple. But according to Gabriel, the decree must result in the rebuilding of the overall structure of the city (cf. Dan. 9:25 - “to restore and to build Jerusalem... the street shall be built again, and the wall”). Thus Cyrus’ decree in 537 B.C. didn’t quite fulfil the requirements predicted by Daniel’s prophecy because it made no reference to the city.

(II) 458/457 B.C. (Ezra 7:11-26) – Artaxerxes I reigned as king of Persia in 465 B.C. after his father, Xerxes I, was assassinated. In the seventh year of his reign, he issued a decree that allowed the Israelites to collect and utilize resources for the reinstitution of temple services.

This date of decree is favoured by some scholars because if Gregorian years were used, then 69 sabbaticals or weeks (7) of years from the decree of Artaxerxes in 458/457 B.C. would bring it to A.D. 26/27, and then half way through the 70^th week (i.e. A.D. 30/31), the Messiah is cut off, as noted by NT scholar Peter Gentry. This is consistent with the popular view that Jesus Christ was crucified in A.D. 30.

Advocates of this date typically hold the view of Camp 1 mentioned above. They believe that (1) there is no gap between the 69^th and 70^th week, (2) the divine anointing/baptism of Christ in Luke 3:22 fulfills the terminus of Daniel’s first 69 weeks, and (3) the crucifixion of Jesus fulfills Daniel’s prophecy that “in the midst of the [70^th] week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of abominations he shall make it desolate.” An underlying assumption is that the 70 weeks of years constitute Gregorian years instead of 360-day biblical years (a subtopic to be discussed later).

First of all, this decree as the starting point of Daniel’s 70 weeks suffers from a deeper problem than the decree in 537 B.C. It focuses solely on the reinstitution of temple services by means of precious metals and animal offerings, and makes no mention of the construction of the temple, even less the building of the physical structure of Jerusalem, as explicitly stated in Dan. 9:25.

Note this interpretation implies that Jesus’ baptism (point 2 above) took place in A.D. 26/27. This has profound implications on the chronology of the birth and ministry of Jesus, a subject to be discussed in the next piece.

The most significant problem with this interpretation is point 3 above, that it views “Messiah the Prince” (v. 25) and “the prince that shall come” (v. 26) as the same figure. Whilst the cutting off of Messiah the Prince is portrayed as a sacrificial and noble act which is done “not for himself” (v. 25), the latter “prince” (in v. 26) is depicted with a series of sinister actions including ‘destroying Jerusalem and the temple’, ‘causing the cessation of sacrifices’, and ‘giving rise to the abomination of desolations’. Daniel clearly casts such events in a negative light, as does Jesus Himself in the Olivet Discourse (Matt. 24:15).

(III) 445/444 B.C. (Neh. 2:1-9) [Note: the slash will be explained later] – The third possibility is the decree given by Artaxerxes I to rebuild the city of Jerusalem, which is recorded in Nehemiah 2. The text is clear that the decree granted to Nehemiah by Artaxerxes I had the sole purpose of rebuilding the physical structure (including the wall) of the city of Jerusalem, therefore is most congruent with Daniel’s prophecy (Neh. 2:8; cf. Dan. 9:25).

Julian years, Gregorian years and Biblical years

Just a brief history. The Julian calendar was introduced in 45 B.C. by Julius Caesar to replace the less accurate Roman calendar. It was based on the approximation of the solar year as 365.25 days, and every year divisible by 4 is a leap year with 366 days (other years have 365 days). Its weakness is that the Julian year is slightly longer than the real solar year of approximately 365.2422 years. This results in a gradual drift of about 11 minutes per year (or 1 day every 128 years). By the 16^th century, the spring equinox had drifted backward by about 10 days, which had impact on the calculation of agricultural seasons. As such, the Gregorian Calendar was introduced in A.D. 1582 by Pope Gregory XIII, purported to correct the accumulated drift of the Julian calendar. It largely fixed the problem by: (1) skipping 10 days in October 1582, (2) revising the leap year rule such that Century years (divisible by 100) are not leap years (e.g. 1900), unless also divisible by 400 (e.g. year 1600 and 2000).

Since prophet Daniel lived centuries before even the Julian calendar was introduced, it is problematic to use the modern standard (Gregorian years) in an ancient context (as did advocates of 458/457 B.C. decree). Noting this problem, Sir Robert Anderson promoted the use of lunar-based biblical years (with 360 days) instead of Gregorian years. Indeed, the books of Genesis and Revelation appear to both incorporate 360-day years.

The use of a 360-day year has subsequently been adopted by a number of renowned scholars (e.g. Harold Hoehner, John Walvoord, Mark Hitchcock, etc.) to interpret this prophecy.

Intriguingly, the great scientist Sir Isaac Newton also recognized Daniel’s “reckoning [of] a time for a Calendar year of 360 days.” The monumental biblical research of Newton will be discussed in the next piece.

Review of Sir Robert Anderson’s Calculations

Sir Robert Anderson set the benchmark for the calculation of Daniel’s first sixty-nine weeks in The Coming Prince (see excerpt below).

“From the going forth of the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem unto Messiah the Prince shall be seven weeks and threescore and two weeks.” An era therefore of sixty-nine “weeks,” or 483 prophetic years reckoned from the 14th March, B.C. 445, should close with some event to satisfy the words, “unto Messiah the Prince.”. . .

No student of the Gospel narrative can fail to see that the Lord’s last visit to Jerusalem was not only in fact, but in the purpose of it, the crisis of His ministry...now the twofold testimony of His words and His works had been fully rendered, and His entry into the Holy City was to proclaim His Messiahship and to receive His doom. . .

And the date of it can be ascertained. In accordance with the Jewish custom, the Lord went up to Jerusalem upon the 8th Nisan, “six days before the Passover.” But as the 14th, on which the Paschal Supper was eaten, fell that year upon a Thursday, the 8th was the preceding Friday. He must have spent the Sabbath, therefore, at Bethany; and on the evening of the 9th, after the Sabbath had ended, the Supper took place in Martha’s house. Upon the following day, the 10th Nisan, He entered Jerusalem as recorded in the Gospels.

The Julian date of that 10th Nisan was Sunday the 6th April, A.D. 32. What then was the length of the period intervening between the issuing of the decree to rebuild Jerusalem and the public advent of “Messiah the Prince,” – between the 14th March, B.C. 445, and the 6th April, A.D. 32? THE INTERVAL CONTAINED EXACTLY AND TO THE VERY DAY 173,880 DAYS [emphasis added], OR SEVEN TIMES SIXTY-NINE PROPHETIC YEARS OF 360 YEARS OF DAYS, the first sixty-nine weeks of Gabriel’s prophecy. – [2]

Here is how Anderson calculated:

The 1st Nisan in the twentieth year of Artaxerxes (the decree to rebuild Jerusalem) was 14th March, 445 B.C.

The 10th Nisan in Passion Week (Christ’s entry into Jerusalem) was 6th April, A.D. 32.

The intervening period was 476 years and 24 days (the days being reckoned inclusively, as required by the language of the prophecy, and in accordance with the Jewish practice).

But 476 X 365 =........................................................................………..173,740 days

Add (14 March to 6th April, both inclusive)..................................24 days

Add for leap years..................................................................………….116 days

Total: 173,880 days

Add 69 weeks of prophetic years of 360 days (or 69 x 7 x 360) = 173,880 days.

Thus Anderson shows that the sixty-nine weeks started with the decree to rebuild Jerusalem on 1^st Nisan and terminated at the triumphal entry into Jerusalem on the Sunday (10^th Nisan) of the week of the Lord’s crucifixion.

Schematic of Sir Robert Anderson’s interpretation of Daniel’s 70 weeks

The Issue of Accession Year

Most online sources indicate that Artaxerxes officially started his reign in 465 B.C. As Nehemiah notes that the decree was issued “in the twentieth year of Artaxerxes the king” (Neh. 2:1), Anderson naturally calculated Artaxerxes’ twentieth year of reign as 445 B.C. However, he has apparently overlooked the standard practice during the time of Nehemiah, which distinguished between a king’s year of accession and his official first year of reign.

During the fifth century B.C., the Persians used the accession-year system, calling the interval between the accession of a king and the next New Year’s Day “accession year”. The Egyptians called the interval between the king’s accession and the next Egyptian New Year’s Day “year 1.” Therefore the Egyptians began any regnal year of a Persian king several months earlier than the Persians themselves did. [3]

Hence, the time between a king’s accession and the end of that same calendar year was considered his ‘accession year’ because it could not be classified as a full year of reign. Therefore, the first full calendar year would be considered the king’s ‘first year of reign.’ A modern example of this sort of dating would be to label January 20, 2021 (Donald Trump was still in office during January 1-19, 2021) to December 31, 2021 as former U.S. president Joe Biden’s ‘accession year’, and to label January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022 as his official ‘first year of reign/presidency.’

An ancient document known as the Ptolemaic Canon, which records the reigns of various kings, indicates that Artaxerxes began his rule directly after his father’s death on December 16, 465 B.C. Although the orthodox Hebrew year begins in the Jewish month Nisan (March/April), extra-biblical records indicate that the Jews of Nehemiah’s time and location started their year in the month of Tishri (September/October). Since Artaxerxes began his reign several months after the Jewish year had already started in 465 B.C., Nehemiah would have classified his first year of reign as occurring in [Tishri of 464 B.C. to Elul of 463 B.C.]. Hence, his 20^th year of reign would have been Tishri of 445 B.C. to Elul of 444 B.C.], such that Nisan of the 20^th year of Artaxerxes’ reign would have been around March of 444 B.C.

Therefore, Anderson has assigned a date (in 445 B.C.) one year too early for Artaxerxes’ decree to rebuild Jerusalem and thereby the incorrect terminus a quo or starting point in his calculation. The outcome was his mistaken conclusion that “the Passover of the crucifixion therefore was in A.D. 32, when Christ was betrayed on the night of the Paschal Supper, and put to death on the day of the Paschal Feast.”

Scholar Harold Hoehner noted that, “the A.D. 32 date for the crucifixion is untenable. It would mean that Christ was crucified on either a Sunday or Monday.”

The Jewish calendar (Source: Britannica)

Review of Harold Hoehner’s Calculations

In his research, Hoehner recognized Artaxerxes’ twentieth year of reign as being 444 B.C. instead of 445 B.C., and that “the month Nisan, in the twentieth year of Artaxerxes the king” (Neh. 2:1) would correlate to March of 444 B.C. [4]. His calculation shows the terminus ad quem or ending point in March of A.D. 33, which is believed by a number of scholars to be a valid year for the crucifixion of Christ. Hoehner’ calculation method is as follows:

“Multiplying the sixty-nine weeks by seven years for each week by 360 days gives a total of 173,880 days. The difference between 444 B.C. and A.D. 33, then, is 476 solar years. By multiplying 476 by 365.24219879 or by 365 days, 5 hours, 48 minutes, 45.975seconds, one comes to 173,855.28662404 days or 173,855 days, 6 hours, 52 minutes, 44 seconds. This leaves only 25 days to be accounted for between 444 B.C. and A.D. 33. By adding the 25 days to March 5 (of 444 B.C.), one comes to March 30 (of A.D. 33) which was Nisan 10 in A.D. 33. This is the triumphal entry of Jesus into Jerusalem.”

The calculation by Hoehner is considered by some to have provided a bulletproof of the precision of Daniel’s 69 weeks to the exact day! But there is a caveat here. Firstly, we only know that the decree was issued by Artaxerxes in the month of Nisan (Neh. 2:1). But the exact date is not specified. It is an assumption by Hoehner that the date was Nisan 1, or March 5 [Note: Based on the work of historians such as Richard Parker and Waldo Dubberstein, many scholars find that Nisan 1, 444 B.C. was on March 4 or 5. This was corroborated by astronomical calculations that a new moon would have become first visible on the evening of March 4, when a Jewish month would have started on or shortly after this date.].

Then Hoehner states that the triumphal entry of Jesus into Jerusalem took place on March 30, which was Nisan 10. This is another assumption, though a reasonable one where the date Nisan 10 was shared by Anderson.

But the most questionable part of Hoehner’s calculation was his using solar (Gregorian) year of 365.24219879 days, instead of Julian year of 365.25 days which was the practice during that era. If Julian years were used, the equation would become 476 x 365.25 which gives 173,859 days. So one would need to add 21 days to make it equal to the biblical years of 173,880 days. But since there are 25 days from March 5 to March 30, for the prophecy to be accurate to the exact day, either the decree was issued on a date later than Nisan 1 (March 5), or the triumphal entry took place on a date earlier than Nisan 10 (March 30), or both. Unfortunately we don’t have further information on these.

Conclusion

It is truly amazing that centuries before Christ was born, Daniel prophesied the exact year in which He would present Himself as Israel’s Messiah (cf. Dan. 9:25; Zech. 9:9; Luke 19:29-40) and then “be cut off, but not for himself” (Dan. 9:26; cf. Luke 23:33). The study of this prophecy, together with others, may help to reinforce Christians’ conviction of biblical authority and inerrancy.

In Part 6 of my previous series, it was argued that if we subscribe to the theory of ‘one day equals a thousand years’, and that the prophetic timeline in Hosea 6:2 will unfold perfectly, then it would be very interesting and important to pinpoint the year in which Jesus was crucified and the Church Age started in order to estimate when it will end.

Among the three dominant views on the year of crucifixion of Christ (namely A.D. 30, A.D. 32 and A.D. 33), the second candidate A.D. 32 has been rejected in this piece. However, there is still a foremost candidate (A.D. 30) promoted by many scholars. The year is crucial for verifying Daniel’s prophecy (Dan. 9:24-27). To avoid confirmation bias, one needs to examine other historical, scientific and textual evidence on the chronology of birth, ministry and crucifixion of Christ. This will be subject of upcoming piece.

References

[1] Walvoord, John F., “Is the Seventieth Week of Daniel Future?” Bibliotheca Sacra BSAC 101:47-48 (Jan 1944).

[2] Anderson, Robert, The Coming Prince (1900), pp. 124-28.

[3] Siegfried H. Horn & Lynn H. Wood, the Chronology of Ezra 7 (1953).

[4] Hoehner, Harold, Chronological Aspects of the Life of Christ, Zondervan, 1978.

Further reading

Thiele, Edwin R., The Mysterious Numbers of the Hebrew Kings (1951).

February 17, 2026 was the Lunar New Year’s Day in the Chinese lunisolar calendar, which marked the beginning of the Year of the Horse. This year has grabbed the attention of many Chinese people since it is no ordinary year but the Year of the Fire Horse, or Red Horse.

Mathematical Structure of Chinese Lunisolar Calendar

To get an idea of how this Red Horse came about, let’s first have a brief review of Chinese astrological calculations, which were applied in its calendar system.

In Chinese astrology, each year is associated with one (of the 10) “Heavenly Stem/Tian-gan 天干”, one (of the 12) “Earthly Branch /Di-zhi 地支”, one (of the 12) “zodiac animals 生肖” , paired with one of the “five elements五行”: metal金, wood木, water水, fire火 or earth土, as well as two energetic qualities “yin陰” or “yang陽” . As briefly discussed in my previous piece, the five elements complement 相生and clash相尅 with one another. In the esoteric knowledge of I-Ching易經, the interplay of yin-yang with the five elements creates a metaphysical framework for understanding time and cosmic energy balance, and is believed to promote harmony and order in the natural world.

The formulation of this astrology-based calendar system can be illustrated by the following table:

For easy illustration, the ten Tian-gan are represented by the letters ‘A to J’, whereas the twelve Di-zhi are represented by the numbers ‘1 to 12’. Each Di-zhi is uniquely matched with one zodiac animal (both 12 in total). Due to the mismatch of the number of Tian-gan (10) and Di-zhi (12), one can visualize a cycle of 60 years in the ganzhi combination. For example, we can conventionally take “A1甲子” to be the first year, then “B2乙丑” will be the second year……the 11th year will be “A11甲戌”…… the 21st year will be “A9甲申”……Simple extrapolation will show that the next “A1甲子” will be in the 61st year, hence the 60-years ganzhi cycle.

Now let’s look at the second table below. Each of the five elements is matched with yang (higher energy) and yin (lower energy) in alternating order, making a total of ten combinations. There is again a mismatch with the twelve zodiac animals. Hence the same combination only occurs every 60 years. For instance, it happens that this Lunar Year of 2026 has the ganzhi of 丙午, i.e. C7 in our symbol, and the yang-Fire Horse must fall on 丙午(symbolized C7) [Note: Year of the Horse can only be yang]. The last Year of the yang-Fire Horse was 1966, then the previous was 1906. In retrospect, the previous Year of the Horse in 2014 (甲午, symbolized A7), was the Year of the yang-Wood Horse; and 2002 (壬午, symbolized I7), was the Year of the yang-Water Horse.

The pairing of yang with fire, plus horse which is viewed as an energetic animal, would make the year 2026 associated with“double fire”, representing exceptional masculine energy. It is believed by many to be conducive to drastic change and transformation.

In Chinese culture, fire is represented by the colour red, so this year is also being referred to as the Year of the Red Horse. Next year (2027, 丁未symbolized D8) will be the Year of the Fire/Red Sheep. These two consecutive “Fire/Red” years, which recur every 60 years, are known by the superstitious and promoted by fortune-tellers as the “Red Horse and Red Sheep Calamity 赤馬紅羊劫” – which is expected to bring much social disruption or even warfare.

Furthermore, according to the study of feng shui 風水 , we are now in the so-called “Cycle 3, Period 9下元九運”, the final 20-year phase (2024 to 2043) of a 180-year elemental energy cycle, which is divided into 3 cycles and 9 periods. “Period 9” is associated with 離卦(☲) in I-Ching, which is linked to fire. This ‘final’ period is believed to signify both destruction and creation.

Intriguingly, it was discussed in my previous piece that according to the calendar of the Essenes, the world has just entered the final Jubilee of our age in the Hebrew Year 5785 (AD 2024-25). Note that this coincides with “Cycle 3, Period 9” mentioned above! The Essenes’ prophetic timeline has a striking resemblance to that of the early Church Fathers including St. Barnabas, Ireneaus, Hippolytus etc.. Both camps seemed to predict that the world is now entering a significant transition zone in human history.

Back to the “Red Horse and Red Sheep Calamity”. Is it trustworthy? Or is it just a myth? To understand its real meaning, one must first trace its historical origin.

Many commentators believe “Red Horse and Red Sheep Calamity” to have been originated from the Neo-Confucian or philosopher Chai Wang 柴望 in the Southern Song Dynasty 南宋 (1127-1279 CE), who reviewed the Chinese history from the 52nd year of King Zhao of Qin 秦昭王 (255 BC) to the 12th year of Tianfu in Later Jin 後晉天福and systematised it in his publication “Bing Ding Gui Jian”「丙丁龜鑑」. He documented that in every successive 丙午、丁未years, there tended to be major calamities in the country. The most devastating event was the “Jingkang Incident” 靖康之難 (1126-1127 CE), which marked one of the most painful pages in the history book of China. During the event, the emperor Huizong 宋徽宗 , who had an exceptional talent in art and strongly endeavoured in the study of Taoism 道教, ignored premonitions on the invasion of the Jin troops 金兵 and was subsequently captivated together with his son/ successor Qinzong 宋欽宗, as well as thousands of royal relatives, palace maids (who suffered from mass raping) and court officials, leading to the siege of capital Bianjing 汴京 and ultimate fall of Northern Song Dynasty 北宋 (960-1127 CE).

柴望「丙丁龜鑑」

However, 柴望 was not the one who invented the idea of “Red Horse and Red Sheep Calamity”. The idea was first coined by an enigmatic figure Zhang Jixian 張繼先, born in 1092 CE during the Northern Song Dynasty. He was a 30th generation wizard (天師) equipped with extraordinary powers (for e.g. exorcism) who was recruited to the palace at young age in 1105 CE. Though 張繼先 was highly valued by the emperor 宋徽宗, when he prophesied on the impending “Red Horse and Red Sheep Calamity”, the emperor didn’t take it seriously, resulting in the most calamitous and humiliating captivation event.

The idea of “Red Horse and Red Sheep Calamity” was popularised in the Southern Song Dynasty by 柴望 in his 「丙丁龜鑑」. Yet it should be noted that 柴望 was no prophet. He was merely a historian or a scholar, whose writing purported to advise the emperor, especially of potential threats. In the historical context, the Southern Song Dynasty formed an alliance with the Mongolians, who helped them defeat the Jins. However, 柴望 was well aware of the power of the Mongolians, and wished to warn the emperor of their ambition – Today’s ally could become tomorrow’s enemy. So the real objective of 「丙丁龜鑑」 was to remind the emperor not to be complacent with ostensibly peace and safety!

This idea of calamity was quoted in a number of ancient poems ever since, including「李節度平虜詩」by 殷堯藩in Tang Dynasty 唐朝 –「太平從此銷兵甲，記取紅羊換劫年。」；「百字令 投袁大琴南」by 龔自珍in Qing Dynasty清朝 – 「無奈蒼狗看雲，紅羊數劫，惘惘休提起！」(“Red Horse” in bold). This shows that some scholars did take the idea seriously.

In the modern history of China, one can identify two significant events that might be associated with the idea. The first was the rising revolution by Sun Yat-sen 孫中山. He wrote in the poem「詠志」 pointing to the year 1907 (Year of Red Sheep 丁未年)

–「萬象陰霾打不開，紅羊劫運日相催。頂天立地奇男子，要把亁坤扭轉來。」. In contrary with the earlier poems, which used the idea as premonition to the emperor, this poem by Sun Yat-sen was highly provoking, calling for revolution. That’s why it was also known as the Song of Revolution/Revolt 革命歌/起義歌. This subsequently led to the Guangzhou/Huanghuagang Uprising 黃花崗起義 in 1911, shaking the declining Qing Dynasty profoundly and was a major political and military turning point in the modern history of China.

In the most recent past Year of the Red Horse (1966), the Cultural Revolution 文化大革命erupted and it plunged China into a decade of chaos and violence. The calamity was documented in 「丙午丁未紀事」by the playwright and author Yang Jiang 楊絳 as the first person witness. The voices of revolution and uprising quickly spread. In the following Year of the Red Sheep (1967), riots broke out in Hong Kong (SCMP report), echoing the voices in mainland China.

(Above) A squad of Red Guards rally in Beijing in 1966 at the beginning of China’s Cultural Revolution. [Photo: AFP]

While the Sun Yat-sen revolution led to a regime range in China, the Cultural Revolution brought mass destruction and deep suffering of humanity. But there is one thing in common – it is the galvanising of the minds of people in a single direction. On the negative side, it can be viewed as a preconditioning mind control program. I wrote about this effect in the series on Trump assassination, which galvanised the mindset of American people to view Donald Trump as the God-anointed saviour, or designated disruptor of the Luciferian agenda, which is indeed a great deception.

Here we can see there has been a progressive shift in the textual meaning of “Red Horse and Red Sheep Calamity” throughout the history. During its inception by 張繼先, it was a pure prophecy. The wizard apparently had the power to make accurate predictions, though the source of power might have been demonic in nature, in similar way as Tatsuki 竜樹諒 (see this piece). Then the idea was utilised by various scholars who served to advise the emperors based on historical lessons. In the modern era, however, the idea has evolved into a form of propaganda, provoking the minds of people, which tends to trigger social unrest, uprising and revolt.

Some commentators found that the “Red Horse and Red Sheep Calamity” is not unique to China. They identified major catastrophes elsewhere in the world. For instance, in 1846 (Year of the Red Horse), the Mexican-American war broke out. It was an armed conflict triggered by a border dispute following the U.S. annexation of Texas, resulting in a decisive U.S. victory which ultimately forced Mexico to cede over 500,000 square miles—including California and the American Southwest—to the U.S. Some researchers found a glaring similarity in the recent U.S. – Venezuelan conflict, in which the Venezuelan President Maduro was captured (historical parallel of Song emperor Huizong 宋徽宗?!), reflecting the initiative of President Trump in geopolitical reshaping and the ambition of territorial expansion of North America, in which Cuba, Canada and Greenland are becoming the next target!

Other commentators identified major natural disasters in the Year of the Red Horse. In 1906, the U.S. suffered its deadliest earthquake. Striking San Francisco with a magnitude of 7.9, it resulted in more than 3,000 deaths. In the same year, Hong Kong suffered from the worst typhoon in history (丙午風災). Due to insufficient warning, the population was caught off guard, resulting in over 10,000 deaths.

With President Trump gathering military force in the Middle East, signaling readiness to strike Iran and Israel bracing for retaliation, the drums of war get increasingly louder. We are no doubt living in perilous times. Whether the next “Red Horse and Red Sheep Calamity” would materialise hinges on the cool heads of world leaders.

Dreadful Horses in the Book of Revelation

As I have written in previous pieces, there have been many false prophets leading people astray in the chaotic world. Some of them make use of astrology and psychics (e.g. Abhigya Anand, Craig Hamilton-Parker, Tatsuki), others misquote or ‘reinvent’ the predictions made by deceased ‘prophets’ including Nostradamus, Edgar Cayce and Baba Vanga. They attempt to haunt the world by making sensational predictions on world war or major natural disasters. One thing in common is the working of the demonic spirit behind. It’s the generation of fear resulting in the yearning for a saviour. In short, it is part of the counterfeit apocalypse program of Satan preparing the way for the Antichrist and the False Prophet.

What caught my attention is the emerging false teaching regarding the four dreadful horses in the Book of Revelation, relating them to current and past events. As discussed in the previous piece, the dreadful horses are part of the Seals judgements in the 7-year Tribulation period, which is yet to come. What we have been witnessing were counterfeit Seal or Dreadful Horses judgements, which kicked off with COVID-19 (coronavirus) – white horse, followed by Russian-Ukraine War and Gaza War – red horse, global famine and inflation – black horse, excess deaths or depopulation, abortion included – pale horse). It is the Luciferian agenda which was hinted on the cover of The Economist in 2019 (before the outbreak of COVID!).

One major problem is the conceptual intermingling of the Red Horse in the Book of Revelation with that in the “Red Horse and Red Sheep Calamity”. This confusion stems from the false teaching that we are now under the Seals (namely the dreadful horses) judgment of God.

Researchers would find that the engineered crises and controlled conflicts over the world are Hegelian dialectics (see the series). When the people cry for peace and safety, they are setting the stage for the final empire or One World Government, which will vow to provide the solution. The high cabals such as the Rothschilds are the masterminds of the chessboard. Strikingly, they are even the principal architect of the occultism behind the Epstein files (out of scope here). With the disclosure of the files (now it’s just tip of the iceberg), the veil of spiritual darkness is getting thin. When evil on earth is as the days of Noah (Matt. 24:37), the Wrath of the Lamb is near (Rev. 6:16)!

“For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape.” (1 Thessalonians 5:3).

• The Apostasy in Christendom

• False Teachers and False Prophets

• Rapture of the Church

• The Day of the Lord and Prophetic Timeline

• The Great Reset, Agenda 2030 and New World Order

There will be a special topic on Asteroid Apophis and Wormwood Prophecy. The piece will conclude with a wrap up of the whole series, and some further reflections on Zionism, Antisemitism, AI and Technocray.

Quick links to Part 1 to 5 (with topics covered) are provided herewith.

Part 1 – Is the Current Apocalypse a Massive False Flag Operation?

Topics: Operation Apocalypse, Hegelian Dialectics, U.S. Presidential Election and Trump Prophecy

Part 2 – Wars in the End Times and Bible Prophecies

Topics: Ezekiel 38 (Gog & Magog) War, Psalm 83 and Isaiah 17 Prophecies, Daniel’s 70^th Week Prophecy, The Case for a Two-stages Peace Treaty

Part 3 – Masterplan of the Order

Topics: The Deep State, Building of the Third Jewish Temple, The Order of the Temple of Solomon, Order Out of Chaos

Special topics: Mystery of Golan Heights, Notre Dame Cathedral

Part 4 – Grand Chessboard for the Final Empire

Topics: St. Malachy Prophesy and the Deep Church, The Rise of Ten Kings, Antichrist and False Prophet, The Great Economic Reset, Restoration of Atlantis, The Fall of Rome

Special topics: The Curious Case of Elon Musk, The Antichrist Kingdom – A Revived Roman Empire?, The Occult Symbol of X

Part 5 – The Golden Age Delusion

Topics: A Brief History of Golden Age/New Age, New Man and Transhumanism, New Earth and Cataclysmic Pole Shift, New Law and Project 2025, UAP, Aliens and New Knowledge, The Case for a Staged Alien Invasion

Special topics: The Philosophical Root of Transhumanism, The Gospel in the Stars

Reflections on the Charlie Kirk assassination

Less than a couple weeks after the publication of Part 5 the assassination of Charlie Kirk happened. The event was truly shocking and tragic. To many Americans this was no more than the culmination of the conflict between the woke leftist and conservative rightist. Yet very few people might have realized its profound spiritual significance. I shall spend some length discussing this case due to its high relevance to the subsequent sections of this piece.

I conducted an in-depth analysis (published in another report) of the attempted assassination of Donald Trump in the Butler Pa. rally in July last year, and concluded that it was a staged assassination in which highly sophisticated phantom snipers were involved and that the gunman Thomas Crooks was used as a patsy. There was a glaring similarity in the Charlie Kirk case that Tyler Robinson played the role of the patsy. But the stark contrast was that Donald Trump ‘miraculously’ survived while Charlie Kirk was literally killed.

Contrary to the Butler case which required subtle analyses, there was overwhelming evidence that the lethal shot at Charlie Kirk couldn’t have been taken by Tyler Robinson. Many exerts have well demonstrated this. The assassination was immediately followed by myriad conspiracy theories, most notably the eerie foreshadowing by the 1998 movie ‘Snake Eyes’. It was another example of predictive programming which I’ve discussed before. No doubt an evil spiritual force was involved. Yet in this case I was not most concerned with the technical aspect of the shooting which was rather obvious, but most intrigued with the spiritual impact of the case, which could be covertly nefarious like the Butler case.

Turning Point USA (TPUSA) has been a significant influence on the young conservatives in America. In the Butler series I’ve emphasized the grave danger of galvanising the mindset of people in a single direction (in that case it was the mindset that Trump was the “saviour” ordained by God). For TPUSA it is the intermingling of religion and politics, namely Christian Nationalism, that was solemnly warned in Part 5. TPUSA is an organization that advocates conservative politics in university campuses etc., targeting students. I believe Charlie Kirk is a true evangelical Christian, a faithful and zealous servant of Christ. Having said that, TPUSA is by no means a Christian organization. It is a political organization that shares many values, particularly the conservative views with Christianity. However, in leveraging political support, Charlie Kirk was not without compromise. Many should have noted that Utah is the Headquarter of Mormonism. In the university campus, he openly praised the Mormon or Latter-Day Saints (LDS) Church, claiming that it “is more historically accurate than Protestantism”, and even that “we need the strong Mormon church back in this country.” One can still find this footage showing the ecstatic response of the crowd. Mormonism do share some values with Protestantism, such as pro-life. Yet this is minuscule compared to its heretical teachings and historical root in Freemasonry (out of scope here). It is one thing we love all our neighbours including Mormons (which is absolutely right), but quite another thing to endorse their doctrines!

More problematic was Charlie Kirk’s embracing the Seven Mountain Mandate (7MM), lauding President Trump’s realisation of its cultural influence. Briefly, 7MM is a formulated strategy for Christians to conquer seven areas of the society, namely art & entertainment, business, church, distribution (media), education, family and government. Doesn’t it sound good? It is important to note that 7MM entails comprising biblical doctrines and truth at the expense of successfully merging into each mountain’s culture. Moreover, it is promoted by the New Apostolic Reformation (NAR), a notable heresy led by Peter Wagner, who published the book ‘The Great Transfer of Wealth’, advocating a form of prosperity gospel shared by false teachers such as Paula White, a new ager and spiritual advisor of Donald Trump whom I have warned against earlier. Theologically, 7MM is consistent with post-millennialism. It is a false doctrine that the whole world would be “christianalized”, that the kingdom of God would be established by we human Christians, before the return of Jesus Christ. No wonder it rejects the eschatological teachings of the Rapture of the Church and Great Tribulation, topics to be covered in this piece.

Another significant aftermath of this case was the framing of public opinion by Candace Owens, a popular commentator and close working partner of Charlie Kirk. Candace Owens has become exceptionally high profile and vocal about the assassination. Her provoking remarks have sent shock waves across the social media. While she deserves credit for exposing the various anomalies surrounding the assassination, it doesn’t smell right when she started fingerpointing Israel as the culprit. Firstly, she rests her accusation on a leaked exchange within a private chat group of TPUSA two days before the assassination. In the conversation, Charlie Kirk mentioned about losing a huge Jewish donor ($2M per year) for inviting Tucker Carlson, a popular rightist who is also anti-Zionist, for an interview. He felt that he was bullied and thereby was left “no choice but to leave the pro-Israel cause.” If properly read in context, it was no more than an emotional statement made upon an unjustified threat. The big picture is that Charlie Kirk had unequivocally always been very supportive of Israel and standing with the Jews, and this has been clearly acknowledged by the State of Israel. Could a mere single financial bully have radically changed his life-long position? I don’t think so!

But Candace Owens was fanning the flames! By making this shaky accusation, she was literally steering the young generation supporters of TPUSA towards an anti-Israel cause. One could feel her bitterness for not being invited to the interview, then the memorial service of Charlie Kirk. Was she deliberately doing this to promote herself? Candace Owens was keen on making unwarranted associations, such as alluding that Charlie Kirk was on the brink of converting to Roman Catholicism, merely due to his attending mass with his wife Erika Kirk. But TPUSA has made it very clear that it was not the case, though he loved Catholics (in the same sense that he loved Mormons?) and their rituals including the mass. Charlie Kirk himself had asserted that “the goal was to bring people to Jesus, not Catholicism”, and commented on Mariology that he “would not be able to enter into a faith that believes that anybody except Jesus Christ our Lord was without sin”.

There is no guarantee that true servants of God can’t have an inaccurate theology. It is not about criticism on Charlie Kirk. The gist of this section is that an organization so influential as TPUSA, if hijacked by the devil, can have profound consequences. Many Christian commentators solely focus on the positive side of the case, that the death of Charlie Kirk has sparkled a major revival in Christianity. Often overlooked was the potential that various poisonous elements, including the aforementioned 7MM, NAR, and the more subtle Ecumenism, would be smuggled into the Christian churches through this organization.

The Trump administration is exceptionally friendly to Christians. It is so successful in merging Christian faith with American patriotism. It is under this seemingly benign political environment that Christian Nationalism, the harbinger of Church & State merger (see Part 5 on Project 2025), flourishes. The church perseveres when it is under persecution, but often weakens while it’s in a state of complacency. The powerful tactic of the enemy, since the Gnosticism in the early church (discussed in earlier pieces), is infiltration and corrupting from within. While many Christians have been cheering for the apparent revival, I’m afraid to say that the long term direction is NOT right. The now leader of TPUSA, Erika Kirk, is an enigmatic figure. A number of vigilant observers have pointed out the strangeness of her behaviour throughout the assassination event. While it is a stretch to speculate that she took part in the murder plot, it remains possible that she is being controlled by the high cabals behind the scene to facilitate the aforementioned movement.

The incorporation of various poisonous elements by the church could result in its departure from true doctrines, ultimately leading to the apostasy in the end times.

The Apostasy in Christendom

Apostasy is the falling away of the churches from faith in the Bible to faith in the ancient wisdom texts and secret doctrines (I Tim. 4:1-3; II Tim. 4:3-4).

The apostasy of God’s people started in the Old Testament (OT) period, during which God severely judged the apostasy of Israel (II Chron. 36:16; I Cor. 10:1-11).

During the Church Age, the Greek word “apostasia” is used in II Thessalonians 2:3 to describe the falling away from the faith that immediately precedes the day of Christ (Day of the Lord). Strong’s Concordance defines apostasia as “defection from the truth”.

Some Bible scholars take a ‘weak’ form of the word, and opine that apostasia is a long term, gradual trend of falling away of the church. However, other scholars find the word more likely of a ‘strong’ form, in terms of magnitude and duration. The discrepancy in interpretation might be due to the translation issue.

Many bibles have mistranslated the Greek word apostasia, thereby removing reference to a last days “falling away” from the faith. Also, the failure of the KJV to translate the definite article for “the” in the Greek Textus Receptus minimizes the magnitude of the last days falling away, which will surpass any other apostasy in Church history. The NKJV was careful to translate the definite article for “the” preceding apostasia in the Greek Text.

Translation of 2 Thessalonians 2:3 in different bibles

NKJV – Let no one deceive you by any means; for [that Day will not come] unless the falling away comes first, and the man of sin is revealed, the son of perdition

KJV – Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day shall not come, except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition.

NIV, RSV, NLT, CEV, Good News – ...until the rebellion occurs...

Cranmer, Coverdale – ...the departynge first...

Tyndale, Geneva, Breeches, Beza – ...a departing first...

Wycliffe, Vulgate – ...dissencioun, dissencio

By the definite translated “the” in front of both “apostasy” and “man of sin.”, Paul is indicating that the apostasy will be something that has specific, time-bound qualities, just like the man of sin’s coming has such qualities.

False teachers deny there will be an end-time apostasy or limit the falling away. Their various false teachings include:

(i) The falling away of II Thess. 2:3 is the Rapture of the Church (which distorted the meaning).

“The Work of the Restrainer in 2 Thessalonians 2… The Thessalonian Christians were concerned for fear that the rapture had already taken place and they were in the day of the Lord… Paul writes to show them that such a thing was impossible. First he shows them in verse 3 that the day of the Lord could not take place until there was a departure. Whether this departure be a departure from the faith or a departure of the saints from the earth, as already mentioned in verse 1, is beside the point here.” – [J. Dwight Pentecost. THINGS TO COME, Zondervan Publishing House, 1958.]

On this point, Bible scholar Lee Brainard wrote an excellent book [1] refuting that apostasia meant physical departure in Koine Greek, and that the only tradition in translation was ‘apostasy’ or ‘rebellion’.

(ii) The apostasy is limited to Evangelicals falling away to Roman Catholicism (which changed the scope).

(iii) The apostasy occurs after, not before, the man of sin, the Antichrist, is revealed (which changed the timing). This is clearly contradictory with the sequence stated in the Bible.

(iv) The apostasy is of the Jews, not of the Church (which changed the subject). It is their confirmation of a covenant with the Antichrist. The main problem with this teaching is that the Jews are deceived. They wouldn’t know the person is the Antichrist, but genuinely believe that the covenant will allow them to worship and offer sacrifices to the true Messiah in the Third Temple (more on this later). This teaching has also implied (iii) which is false.

(v) There will be a spiritual ‘revival’ or ‘reformation’ in the Church preceding the return of Christ. One keyword in this false teaching is ‘great awakening’.

“Given the firm grip that dispensationalism and its expectation of growing apostasy had on fundamentalists, these hopes of revival had to be reconciled with the predictions of an imminent apocalypse. Was revival still possible in these ‘last days’? Nearly everyone who called for a great awakening addressed this question. An Irish evangelist, J. Edwin Orr, expressed his exasperation with Americans who claimed that ‘a Revival is impossible before the Lord comes.’ Orr argued that while the Bible did indeed predict apostasy, ‘every period of apostasy has been paralleled by a period of intense witness’. Apostasy and spiritual renewal would coincide, like the wheat and the tares of Jesus’ parable. Orr insisted that ‘the truest preparation for the coming of Christ is a quickening in the Body of Christ.’ Furthermore, he argued, the Bible predicted a ‘latter rain’ before God’s final harvest (James 5:7); there would be a great revival just preceding the Second Coming.

“Orr’s expectation ran contrary to the standard dispensational interpretation, which held that the ‘latter rain’ prophecies were promises of blessing to the Jews that would be fulfilled after the rapture of church. Nevertheless, not one eminent fundamentalist denied the possibility of another great revival.” – [Carpenter, Joel A., REVIVE US AGAIN: THE REAWAKENING OF AMERICAN FUNDAMENTALISM, Oxford University Press, 1997.]

Apostasy results from loss of faith in sound doctrine and embrace of gnostic scriptures and doctrines, whose core heresy is pantheism, the New Age belief discussed in Part 5. The apostasy has been facilitated by a new theology centered on the Holy Spirit instead of Jesus Christ. This new theology has added momentum to the ecumenicaland interfaith movement.

“The changes thus far are in the right direction and should contain the germs of a new theology. Every age must produce its own theology. Such a theology will prepare the way for the reunion of Christendom.” – [Schaff, David S. THE LIFE OF PHILIP SCHAFF New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1897.]

The apostasy has been facilitated by the Bible revisers. This apostasy from the traditional Scriptures is promoted in Evangelical Bible schools and seminaries. The apostasy has long since spread through entire denominations through the agency of false prophets and teachers.

“The evangelicals...are beginning to provide the philosophical components that are vital in developing a reformulated theological doctrine for a NEW ORDER and a new covenant. Their success in building an educational infrastructure and an organizational base for social action will be crucial in determining whether they will be able to sustain a mass movement for fundamental change.” – [Rifkin, Jeremy with Ted Howard. THE EMERGING ORDER: GOD IN THE AGE Of SCARCITY. New York: G.P.Putnam’s Sons, 1979.]

“Ronald F. Cook, a professor of religion at the University of Southern California, said that since the 1970s, ‘There has been a shift away from New Testament scholars being solely interested in the New Testament.’ He added that in terms of historical research, ‘The distinction between canonical and noncanonical has disappeared, at least among scholars.’”

“Dr. Funk, founder of the Jesus Seminar...said that when speaking to church groups, he finds people open not only to non-biblical texts but also to discussion of theological questions far beyond Christianity’s conventional bounds.” – [Niebuhr, Gustav. “Apocrypha Sidle Up to the Sacred” NEW YORK TIMES, 12-27-17.]

It has been emphasized that the apostasy has specific, time-bound qualities rather than being a gradual trend. What might trigger that? It was discussed in Part 5 that UAP and aliens/extraterrestrials is the New Age great deception. This has started with the meticulously planned soft disclosure of classified files, followed by staged alien threats including 3I/ATLAS and other interstellar objects. People will be led to believe in the lie that (both good and bad) advanced civilisations exist in other parts of the universe and that humans were seeded by some of them. One can envisage that when the full disclosure comes, many so-called Christians and churches will totally collapse in faith. Meanwhile, new agers have been pushing forward the ecumenical and interfaith movement, which is another principal New Age agenda. This agenda was greatly advanced by (now deceased) Pope Francis when he issued the heretical statement that “All religions are paths to God” (see Part 4). Now we can see another breakthrough when a Muslim prayer room has been set up inside Vatican, the global headquarters of the Roman Catholic Church (PNW report). Recently, this dangerous ecumenical movement was taken a step further the King Charles III joined Pope Leo XIV in a worship service, the first time for such kind of joint worship in 500 years, further blending Protestanism with Roman Catholicism (PNW report). Was this event signifying an upcoming monumental change?

With the impending threats of global wars and staged alien invasion, the world will spiral into a path toward universalism, a new global religious system where there will ultimately be a blending of faiths under the banner of peace and unity. In my view the Christendom that follows this path will be the apostasy as described in Scripture.

False and True Church

In the end of the Church Age, the entire Christendom will divide into the true Church and the false (apostate) Church. The apostate Church will enter the Tribulation. It will be large and materially prosperous, but spiritually bankrupt as described for the church of the Laodiceans (Rev. 3:14-17). As it rejects the truth, it will believe in the New Age lie and prepare the way for the Antichrist (II Thes. 2:9-12). On the other hand, the true Church, symbolized by the church in Philadelphia, will be raptured before the Tribulation (Rev. 3:7-10, 4:1-3). The topic of Rapture will be discussed later.

Discerning False Teachers and False Prophets

Different types of false teachers/false prophets

It is easy to make accusations against false teachers and false prophets. But one should be cautious in differentiating between them. There are teachers who know the true doctrine but deliberately teach the false doctrine. These are the worst type of false teachers. However, I believe in most of the cases, the so-called false teachers are godly people who genuinely believe what they teach is true. Most teachers teach what they have learned. Perhaps they were already brain-washed by false doctrines in Evangelical Bible schools and seminaries, as mentioned in the previous section. By accusing each other it would only cause resentment and destroy the unity in Christ.

There are more subtle differences between false prophets. First of all, true or false prophets are not solely defined by their predictions being right or wrong. Indeed it is often practically difficult in judging whether they make correct predictions, especially when they are vague.

One often hears people saying: “the Lord told me that…”. The (…) can range from a specific event to a vague picture like what one might see in a dream. Here, three scenarios emerge:

(1) the person genuinely received a message from God and carries out the responsibility to convey the message to the people. This is the case of the true prophets in the Bible;

(2) the person did hear a message, thought that the message was from God but indeed it was not;

(3) the person did not hear any message from any source, and was just pretending that.

One can find hundreds of videos in the social media with people claiming to be delivering prophetic messages. My experience is that in many cases, the so-called prophetic messages are so vague that it is hard to comprehend and virtually impossible to verify whether they are true or false. It’s hard to believe that these are of scenario (1) above, for which it must be crystal clear when God uses His prophet to deliver an important message to the world. There are also many ‘prophetic messages’ that are merely repackaging what the Bible already prophesied. But why not directly refer to the Bible? One can see certain YouTubers including pastors promoting themselves with these ‘prophetic messages’ rather than directing people to the Word of God.

There are also people making predictions of specific events with either a rough or precise timing (say a market crash, natural disaster, etc.). These messages do seem prophetic. But in many cases these events can equally be predicted by objective economic or scientific analyses. I wrote in the earlier piece that demons do deceive people with dreams and visions. Sometimes the predictions could be very accurate. These cases might fall into scenario (2) above, and would draw people toward the individuals under deception. It’s exactly for this reason that it would be a grave danger to seek specific prophetic guidance from certain individuals.

False vs. True prophets

During the Church Age, the belief system of false prophets is occult mysticism. The Prieuré de Sion reveals and promotes its agenda through false prophets and the monastic movement.

Satan plants false prophets and teachers so that people will look to heretical/occultic movements instead of God’s Word for the truth (II Tim. 4:3-4). One prominent movement of such is the New Age Movement which was discussed in Part 5.

“The church needs to recognize that cults are only part of a much larger and more seductive deception known as the New Age Movement ... based upon religious experiences and beliefs that have their roots in Eastern Mysticism ... most Christians are so uninformed about occultism that they wouldn’t recognize it except in its most blatant forms.” – [Hunt, Dave and T. A. McMahon. THE SEDUCTION Of CHRISTIANITY: SPIRITUAL DISCERNMENT IN THE LAST DAYS, Eugene, OR: Harvest House Pub., 1986.]

Other heretical movements include the Pentecostal Movement, Faith-Healing Movement, Charismatic Movement, and Hebrew Movement.

“On Sunday morning, April 13, 1986, I heard the following prophecy: At the beginning of the twentieth century, when God looked down from heaven at the church, what He saw looked like a giant 747 airliner, but with no engines. He then set out to attach four giant engines of faith and power to the body of the plane, so that the church would have the power to come to Him where He is, up in the realms of glory. Each of these four engines represents one of the four major moves of God’s Spirit ordained for this century: 1) The Pentecostal Movement, 2) The Faith-Healing Movement, 3) The Charismatic Movement, and 4) The Hebrew Movement. All four are sovereignly ordained of God and coordinate and interrelate in His mind. Each successive move builds upon the last, but each has its own distinctives. None are perfect, but they all have something from God to contribute to His plan. The prophecy said that God was now beginning to attach the fourth and final ‘engine’ -- the Hebrew Movement.” – [”The Hebrew Movement,” Dean Cozzens, Open Church Ministries, 12/3/97]

For prophecy enthusiasts who are interested in Nostradamus as well as other astrologists and psychics, note the following:

“Many of Nostradamus’ prophecies...may not have been prophecies at all. They may have been cryptic messages, cyphers, schedules, timetables, instructions, blueprints for action.... According to Gerard de Sade, as well as to popular legend, Nostradamus, before embarking on his career as a prophet, spent considerable time in Lorraine. This would appear to have been some sort of novitiate, or period of probation, after which he was supposedly initiated into some portentous secret... He is said to have an ancient and arcane book, on which based all his own subsequent work. And this book was reportedly divulged to him at...the mysterious Abbey of Orval...where our research suggested the Prieure de Sion may have had its inception.” – [Baigent, Michael, Richard Leigh & Henry Lincoln. HOLY BLOOD, HOLY GRAIL; Dell Publishing, 1983.]

During the last days and Tribulation period, God will have his witnesses, the true prophets, instruct and warn many about Satan’s end-time deception. Whereas Satan will use false prophets and new movements to lead the masses into the Satanic one world religious system.

God’s prophets will instruct many concerning the Tribulation events and many of these prophets will be killed (Dan. 11:33).

In the first half of the 7-year Tribulation, God’s two witnesses will prophesy for 1,260 days before being killed (Rev. 11:3,7).

During the first half of the 7-year Tribulation period, Rome will persecute God’s prophets (Rev. 18:24), false prophets will deceive many people (Matt. 24:11). False prophecy teachers will make false applications of Bible prophecy (e.g. that the Pope or a Muslim leader is the Antichrist) to mislead the apostate Church, and new religious movements will deliver many into the One World Religion. In the second half of the 7-year Tribulation, the False Prophet will perform miracles and cause many to worship the Antichrist and receive his mark (Rev. 13:11-17, 19:20).

How to identify false prophets/teachers?

(i) False prophets/teachers cause apostasy. (Acts 13:6-10)

(ii) False prophets/teachers do speak some truth. (Matt. 7:15, 21-23)

(iii) False prophets/teachers labor for personal gain (e.g. wealth) rather than the welfare of God’s people. (Micah 3:11; 2 Peter 2:1-3; John 10:12-13)

False vs. True Ecumenism

“At a recent meeting of evangelical Lutheran and Roman Catholic traditionalists, Bishop Graber (the RC Bishop of Regensberg) drew our attention to the famous ecumenical vision of the Russian Orthodox philosopher Wladimir Solowjew, who in 1899 - shortly before his sudden death - wrote his remarkable ‘Short Narrative of the Antichrist’. Ever since then I have heard confessing Christians from different churches refer to the same vision when confronted with the vexing problem of uniting the three main confessions within Christianity: The Roman Catholic, the Orthodox and the Protestant churches. Solowjew in his narrative tells us in a blending of prophetic and poetic style about the coming appearance of that ominous biblical figure – ironically enough at a final ecumenical council in Jerusalem – who by his fascinating offer to restore the three historic confessions to their former glory will cause both the final polarization within Christianity and its re-unification at the same time, a re-unification in a contradictory way: There will be majority groups from each of the three confessions who enthusiastically hail this religious world ruler as the true Saviour of Christianity, and who by accepting his offer find their corporate unity in their loyalty to him as their sole protector. At the same time there will be three minority groups within those confessional blocks - each one represented by a symbolical reincarnation of the three Apostles Peter, John and Paul - who by spiritual discernment realize the fraud of his offer and recognize him as the predicted Antichrist. In the moment, when the wrath of him turns against them, they also realize their basic oneness amongst themselves that consists in the unfainting loyalty to the biblical Christ, who is the eternal Son of God incarnate in the Son of Mary. Thus the utter persecution of Christianity will be the fiery test by which the genuineness of faith in its threefold confessional expression will be revealed and realized in the unification of the true flock of Christ.” (Peter Beyerhaus) – [”What the Spirit is Saying to the Churches,” Peter Beyerhaus, 1996]

It would seem that alongside the apostate ecumenical structures of the false church, and the futile dreams of the New Evangelicalism, there is a realignment of genuine Christians taking place today which transcends manmade denominations and secondary belief systems. It is regarded as the true ecumenism. This realignment of the Church embraces those who may not previously have fellowshipped together precisely because of the sectarianism of denominational structures and the division occasioned by superficial beliefs, but who are now prepared to do so on the basis of the great foundations of Holy Scripture and a common desire unequivocally to denounce heresy. And surely that is what the Church is really all about — a people of the Book, a little flock sheltering under the Cross, sitting at the feet of Jesus, who may differ superficially but who know what must stand lest the entire structure falls.

“It has been the same throughout the whole of Church history: While true doctrine is continually hammered out on the dark anvil of heresy, so true fellowship is discovered through the inevitable exposing of false brethren (I Cor. 11:19; I John 2:19). For the Lord, through a dramatic sifting process, is presently gathering His children — not into cosy ecumenical committees, organisations and camaraderie-based steering groups, but into powerful and meaningful spiritual alliances. Only through such organisms can true unity come. How else will we withstand the time of severe tribulation which is surely close at hand, and through which we are Divinely called to be unflinching witnesses.” (Alan Morrison) – [”Evangelical Unity: Possibility or Fantasy,” Alan Morrison, Diakrisis, Spring 1998]

Rapture of the Church

For many Christians the term “Rapture” is a total stranger. I hadn’t really learned this in three decades as a believer until in recent years. The simple reason is that the church (in my home town) never teaches it. Nowadays many pastors are derisive of the teaching of pre-Tribulation Rapture. They often accuse it as a form of escapism from test by God. We shall come back to this issue later.

Though the word “Rapture” is not found in the Bible, it is indeed the Greek word “Harpazo” which Jesus used multiple times with the same meaning. The word was translated by Jerome in the Latin Vulgate which later became a theological term [2]. The word literally means “catching away” or “caught up” as read in I Thess. 4:17.

Rapture events have occurred in history. In the OT period, there were the rapture of Enoch (Gen. 5:24) and the rapture of Elijah (2 Kings 2:1).

At the start of the Church Age, there was the resurrection of Jesus Christ at the Feast of Firstfruits (i.e. Easter). (Psalm 47:5; Matt. 27:52-53; Acts 1:10-11; I Cor. 15:20)

At the end of the Church Age, there will be the resurrection (for those already dead)/rapture (for those still alive) of redeemed humanity out of every tongue, people and nation, i.e. ALL believers in the Church Age who have accepted Christ for salvation, BEFORE the Tribulation period (Rev. 5:9-10).

The Rapture is the Blessed Hope of the Church (Titus 2:13). The Church will be glorified and Christians will be completely conformed to the image of Christ at the Rapture (I John 3:2; Rom. 8:29; Eph. 4:13; Phil. 3:21; Matt. 22:30; Rev. 15:3-4).

“The Church is made up of such as are called out of the world of Adamic life and are made partakers of the last Adam’s new life by the new birth. This ‘calling out’ process will continue until the Body is complete. When it is completed it will be raptured for its final judicial perfecting at the Reward Seat of Christ. After this the Lord Jesus will return with His Bride to establish His Millennial Kingdom (Acts 15:14-16; Col. 3:4). The hope of the Church is not back to Pentecost, nor the Garden of Eden, but to that Blessed Hope, which is the goal of its perfection and the hope of its manifestation.” – [”The Place of the Church in Prophecy,” William R. Newell]

The Lord Jesus Christ will consummate His marriage with His Bride, the resurrected Church, in heaven. (Rev. 19:7-8)

“The marriage symbolism is beautifully fulfilled in the relationship of Christ to His church. The wedding contract is consummated at the time the church is redeemed. Every true Christian is joined to Christ in a legal marriage. When Christ comes for His church at the rapture, the second phase of the wedding is fulfilled, namely, the Bridegroom goes to receive His bride. The third phase then follows, that is, the wedding feast. Here it is significant to note that the bride is already the wife of the Lamb, that is, the Bridegroom has already come for His bride prior to His second coming described in Rev. 19:11-16. That which is here announced is not the wedding union but the wedding feast... The third phase of the wedding is about to take place, namely, the feast which presumes the earlier rapture of the bride.” – [Walvoord, John F. THE REVELATION OF JESUS CHRIST: A COMMENTARY, Moody Bible Institute of Chicago, 1966.]

There will be the following manifestations during the end times:

(i) The sons of God (i.e. the true Church), will be manifested to the world at the Rapture.

(ii) The apostate Church will be manifested after the Rapture and will enter the Tribulation period. (Rev. 3:14-19)

(iii) The Tribulation saints will be manifested as sons of God because they reject the Mark of the Beast.

(iv) The Bride of Christ will be manifested to the world at the Second Coming of Christ.

Nature of the Rapture

To understand the nature of the Rapture, one should first note that there are two purposes of the Tribulation. The first is the judgement of the unrighteous world in the outpouring of God’s wrath (Luke 21:22-23). The second is to bring Israel back to God for salvation, according to the OT promises (Zech. 12:10).

The nature of the Rapture can be illustrated by the historical parallels in Noah’s great flood (Gen. 6: 16-22) and the destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah (Gen. 19:12-29). Both events were the judgement of the wicked. The respective deliverance of Noah and Lot while the wicked faced destruction (Matt. 24:37-39; Lk. 17:28-30) perfectly illustrates the nature of the Rapture, when the Church or all redeemed believers will be removed from the sphere of judgment BEFORE the outpouring of God’s wrath. In this view, it makes no sense to accuse the Rapture as escapism, because the Tribulation is NOT purported to be a test of faith or endurance of the true believers, but to deliver them from His wrath (I Thess. 5:9; Rev. 3:10).

Rapture in the Feast of Trumpets?

Every year there tends to be a hype or ‘high watch’ among some Christians for the potential Rapture in September, on which the Jewish Feast of Trumpets (or Rosh Hashanah) normally falls. The main reason for this belief in a ‘Trumpets Rapture’ is that the ‘trumpet’ is mentioned in Paul’s prophecy regarding the Rapture: “In a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trump: for the trumpet shall sound, and the dead shall be raised incorruptible, and we shall be changed” (I Cor. 15:52).

The other reason is that when the disciples asked Jesus “what would be the sign of your coming,” Jesus replied, “But of that day and that hour no one knows; not even the angels which in heaven, nor the Son, but the Father” (Mark 13:32). Then there is the old Hebrew idiom that no one knows the day or hour Rosh Hashanah will occur. It is because this Feast is set on the day of Tishri 1 that would start in the 7^th month of the Jewish calendar when the crescent moon (after the first new dark moon of Fall, i.e. the ‘new moon’) was first observed in the evening sky, or the following evening. But supposedly, no one should be able to predict when the waxing crescent moon will first become visible to the naked eye. Therefore no one can know in advance when the day of Tishri 1, Rosh Hashanah (Feast of Trumpets) will occur.

However, this line of reasoning is very problematic. First of all, the day of the new moon can in principle be predicted due to the regularity of the moon’s orbit around the earth. The only uncertain factor is that the crescent moon might be invisible due to overcast sky. But this situation could perhaps only persist for an evening or two. The day of Tishri 1 can never be far off the astronomical date of new moon. With technological advancement in weather prediction, it can even be rather confidently forecasted when there would be cloud breaks such that the crescent moon would become visible. So what used to be ‘unknown’ in the old days can hardly still be considered ‘unknown’ in the modern times.

But the most powerful refutation of the ‘Trumpets Rapture’ conjecture is its violation of the doctrine of imminenceregarding the Rapture.

The doctrine states that the Rapture event will be sudden, unforeseen and unexpected. It will come like ‘a thief in the night’ (Matt. 24:43; Luke 12:39-40; Rev. 3:3). Hence the concept of imminence entails that the Rapture can happen at anymoment, such that everyday throughout the year should have equal probability for the event to occur. There is no ‘elevated’ probability on any particular dates. The followers of Christ are told to watch and wait for the Lord at anytime.

For those who believe in the ‘Trumpets Rapture’ by utilising the old Hebrew idiom, they’re like saying: “We believe the Rapture will occur on Monday or Tuesday, though we don’t know exactly on which day.” This is obviously in conflict with the concept of imminence.

There are some respected scholars who believe that the Pentecost is a more likely date of the Rapture, for it is known to be a festival of harvest which can be associated with the completed redemption of humanity. The Pentecost shares the ‘fluid’ nature with Rosh Hashanah because its date is fixed by counting 50 days after the Feast of Firstfruits, and the latter is determined by Nisan 1, which is also ‘unknown’ due to the possible addition of an intercalary month depending on the ripeness of the crops at the end of the 12^th month. Yet the same logic applies. Indeed every attempts in ‘date setting’ of the Rapture would be completely futile.

The doctrine of imminence also poses problems with proponents of mid-Tribulation, post- Tribulation, or pre-wrath Rapture, because for them certain prophetic events must have to occur first before the Rapture, thereby weakening the ‘imminence’.

Physical phenomenon of the Rapture

The Rapture event is occasionally depicted in the media or movies, which often show the sudden disappearance of people on the streets and in different venues. However, this picture of “secret rapture”, unfortunately promulgated in some Christian media, is a misrepresentation of the event that is totally at odds with what is described in the Bible. The people won’t simply vanish without a trace.

In contrast with the “secret disappearance”, the Rapture will be a highly audible and visible event. Firstly, it will be announced with the sound of a trumpet (I Thess. 4:16; Rev. 4:1). Note that it is the trumpet of God, not the trumpet of man blown in different occasions including the Rosh Hashanah. This renders another weakness in the reasoning for a ‘Trumpets Rapture’. Then, the Rapture will have a sequence. The first step will be a bodily resurrection of deceased believers, taken to meet the Lord in the air (I Cor. 15:52). Then, the living believers will experience an instant physical transformation into an incorruptible body (I Cor. 15:52-53), immediately followed by an ascension to join the Lord in the air (I Thess. 4:17). Hence, the Rapture will indeed be a resurrection-rapture event.

The ascension will be visible by people on earth. The resurrected and transformed bodies will have trans-medium capabilities, just like the resurrected body of Jesus which can walk through walls. Therefore it doesn’t matter if the body is located indoors, in underground facilities or under the water. One can also imagine that only such transformed bodies can withstand the G-force in the ascension.

The Counterfeit Program of Satan for the Rapture

“We go up. They show up!” – L.A. Marzulli

The mystery of the Church, more properly termed “the called-out ones” or ekklesia in Greek, is that the Bride of Christ holds a special position in dispensational history and will reign with Christ on earth during the Millennium. Modern translations try to obscure the special relationship of Christ to His Bride and her catching away prior to the Tribulation period, at which time the dispensation of God’s dealings with Israel will resume. When the resurrection-rapture of the true Church occurs, the occult will do damage control by claiming that this event was the removal of the wicked from the earth.

“The Odes of Solomon is an apocryphal book of songs believed to be written by newly baptized Christians of the First Century. It is interesting to note that in one of the songs, it speaks of the Saints, i.e. the Elect going out to meet Jahshuwah. Odes of Solomon 7:18-23
“The Most High will be known in His Saints, to announce to those that have songs of the COMING OF JAHSHUWAH…So that they may go forth TO MEET HIM, and may sing to Him with Joy and with the harp of many tones. The seers will come before Him and they will be seen before Him, And they will praise Jahshuwah for His love because HE IS NEAR and beholdeth. Thus hatred will BE TAKEN FROM THE EARTH, (rapture of the wicked), along with jealousy it will be drowned. For ignorance hath been destroyed, BECAUSE THE KNOWLEDGE OF JAHWAH HAS ARRIVED (arrived on earth.) Jahshuwah is the Living Word, i.e. wisdom and knowledge of Jahwah, thus the knowledge or the Word of Jahwah has arrived on earth when Jahshuwah arrives. All ignorance is gone.” (emphasis in original) – [”Rapture of the Elect or the Wicked” by Deborah Taylor]

One can imagine that people on earth witnessing the resurrection-rapture will freak out. With the sudden removal of millions of people from work places, homes, etc., cities will turn into chaos. Researchers knowledgeable of the occult have noted that the latter has well formulated plans to explain away the event as an extraterrestrial intervention, taking the ‘wicked’ people to other parts of the universe for ‘spiritual transformation’.

As discussed in Part 5, Satan’s counterfeit program is a great deception. The Rapture event will be celebrated on earth as God’s removal of the wicked. This might be closely followed by the real alien invasion (i.e. by demonic entities), as the restraining force by the true Church with the Holy Spirit has been removed (II Thess. 2:6-7).

To counterfeit the Rapture, Satan will have a false rapture at the beginning of the Golden Age (second-half of the Tribulation period). This is related to the occult initiation rites since the OT period.

During the OT period, the initiation rites of cultures which worshipped the sun, sunrise was regarded as the time of resurrection.

“A symbol both of the rising sun and of the dead sun god Osiris, from whom it sprang and to whom it was sacred...the Benu [the phoenix] not only typified the new birth of the sun each morning, but...became the symbol of the resurrection of mankind...” – [Budge, E.W. GODS OF THE EGYPTIANS, Dover Publications, 1969.]

During the Church Age (NT), Jewish mystics developed the system of Kabbalah that teaches initiates to ‘ascend’ to the Throne of God to attain divinity (they think). Masonic initiation rites occur at sunrise in homage to the Sun god and to imitate Jesus’ resurrection. Occultists believe the false teaching that the ‘goats’ go to heaven but the ‘sheep’ remain on earth.

“Freemasons today are ritually ‘resurrected’ under the light of the morning star.” – [Knight, Christopher and Robert Lomas. THE SECOND MESSIAH: TEMPLARS, THE TURIN SHROUD AND THE GREAT SECRET OF FREEMASONRY, Element, 1997.]

In the last days of the Church Age, false teachers claim that the removal of the wicked precedes the resurrection of the righteous who must endure the Tribulation period. They also promote the deception that the rapture will be a physical transformation that Christians experience while they remain on earth.

“’As it was in the days of Noah’, and we all know that then it was the wicked who were taken away and the righteous left to inherit a purified earth. Such a concept of the removal of the wicked is in keeping with the clear teaching given by our Lord in two of His Kingdom Parables. In that of the Wheat and the Tares, we are told that the harvest is the end of the age, when the angels will gather out of the kingdom, the tares which represent the wicked or those who offend. Again in the same thirteenth chapter of Matthew’s Gospel, we find the Parable of the Dragnet. In its symbolism it is the bad or evil ones who are removed out of the Kingdom for Jesus says:

“’So shall it be at the end of the world (age), the angels shall come forth and sever the wicked from the just.’ Matt. 13:49.

“If a third witness were needed the Old Testament prophet Isaiah tells us:

‘Behold the day of the Lord cometh, cruel both with wrath and fierce anger, to lay the land desolate, and He shall destroy the sinners thereof out of it.’

“Let me ask you to consider very carefully just who the Lord will ‘rapture’ or remove. Surely it is His intention to give this earth into the possession of the righteous as He said in His Sermon on the Mount.” (Bill Randles) – [Randles, Bill. WEIGHED AND FOUND WANTING, 1995]

“Jahwah will soon shake the earth in tribulation, in order to throw down all man-made systems and in order to REMOVE ALL THE WICKED FROM THE EARTH. This shakedown will be so great in the day of Jahwah that only those things, which support Jahwah’s Kingdom, will remain standing. Jahwah will cleanse His earth and rule all nations in righteousness...
“PEOPLE GET PREPARED! YOU WILL BE GOING THROUGH TRIBULATION. THERE IS NO RAPTURE ESCAPE! It is a lie of Satan. You most certainly don’t want to be among the wicked that are removed from this earth. This is a false Tradition of Man - A tradition which makes void the Word of Jahwah.” (caps in original) – [”Rapture of the Elect or the Wicked” by Deborah Taylor]

The false teachings include allegorical interpretation of Scripture:

“It is stated that the Son of Man will be seen ‘coming in clouds with great power and glory’ (Mark 13:26). These clouds are almost certainly a reference to the clouds of the glory of God to which we have already alluded in our discussion of the ark of the covenant. Several of the above quotations intimate that we, also, will be partakers in the glory that is to be revealed at Christ’s coming... In Ephesians 2:2, Satan, or the ‘spirit that is now working in the sons of disobedience,’ is called ‘the prince of the power of the air.’ The ‘air’ in this context is a place, or atmosphere, of spiritual authority. At the time of Christ’s coming, we will be caught up into this place of spiritual authority...
“To be ‘caught up’ in the ‘air’ [raptured] in the clouds of glory to meet the Lord in this atmosphere of spiritual authority does not necessarily entail a literal bodily removal from the earth. ... But the entire thrust of Scripture is that we will have a resurrected body on earth, and that the heavens and the earth will both be regenerated, or renewed (Acts 3:21, Matt. 19:28).” (Richard Riss) – [”Preparing for the Coming of the Lord”, Richard Riss, New Wine Archive, Aug 1994.]

In the Golden Age, Astrology and Grail mythology will be used to promote and determine the timing for a false rapture. The false rapture will be an initiation rite (called the Transfiguration) overseen by the False Prophet and 144,000 monastics, who will be counterfeit of the 144,000 sealed servants of God (Rev. 7:3-4).

Demons will be summoned to teach mankind how to ascend, i.e., astral travel, out-of-body experiences, transcending the material world. The ascension rites will produce altered states of consciousness in which the initiates imagine they see God and become deified. The counterfeit ‘ascension’ will be a levitation rite that is performed through the combined agency of musical instruments and the ingestion of white powdered gold as part of the Grail Mass and Luciferic Initiation. It was briefly discussed in the piece on Tatsuki prophecy that levitation is being practised by Tibetan Buddhism. Hence there is a strong possibility that Tibetan Buddhism (which would evolve into the One World Reglion) might play a crucial role on the ascension rites, and that the False Prophet and 144,000 monastics might emerge from it.

“In ‘Genesis of the Grail Kings’, Laurence Gardner describes the exotic anti-gravitational properties of the white powder of gold and other orbitally rearranged monatomic elements (ORMEs). Our collective work in this field has led us to postulate on the potential of the three combined forces: the single-atom powder, acoustics and architecture - and that, without this triple and holistic conjunction to facilitate an inter-dimensional state known as the Plane of Sharon, the superconductive forces inherent in levitation may not be possible. We do not know at this stage whether the Tibetan stones contained a monatomic substance, but it is becoming possibly apparent in other architectural structures around the world.” – [”The Realm of the Holy Grail: The Music of Adrian Wagner: Hidden Elements in Music and Sound” Adrian Wagner, September 1999]

The Day of the Lord and Prophetic Timeline

The ‘Day of the Lord’ is understood by scholars of Eschatology to be a period which encompasses the Rapture, the gap of time between the Rapture and the 7-year Tribulation (i.e. the 70^th week in Daniel 9 prophecy), the Tribulation period, and the Second Coming of Jesus Christ. There must be a definite date for the commencement of Daniel’s 70^th week. As discussed in Part 2, the start date is the confirmation of a 7-year covenant with Israel or the Jewish people by the coming ‘Roman prince’ (i.e. the man of sin or the Antichrist) according to Dan. 9:26-27.

The length of time gap between the Rapture and the Tribulation is often a topic of debate. I’m inclined towards a short gap (say no more than a few months). It is because if the Church is viewed as the restrainer of the revealing of the Antichrist (II Thess. 2:6), it makes no sense that the latter would still ‘wait’ indefinitely when the restraining force has been removed. Moreover, a long gap would seem to be a ‘wasted’ window of time where more souls could have been saved.

Matthew 24 is also known as the Olivet Discourse, where Jesus responded to the questions of the disciples of when He would set up His kingdom and how they would know when that was going to take place (Matt. 24:3-4). One can find parallels between the Olivet Discourse and the first five Seals judgements of the Tribulation in Revelation 6: False Christs (Matt. 24:4-5) vs. White Horse/1^st Seal (Rev. 6:1-2); War (Matt. 24:6-7) vs. Red Horse/2^nd Seal (Rev. 6:3-4); Famine/3^rd Seal (Matt. 24:7) vs. Black Horse (Rev. 6:5-6); Death/4^th Seal (Matt. 24:9) vs. Pale Horse (Rev. 6:7-8);Martyrdom (Matt. 24:9-13) vs. Martyrdom/5^th Seal (Rev. 6:9-11); whereas the 6^th Seal in Rev. 6:12-17 corresponds to the ‘great earthquakes and celestial signs’ described in Luke 21:11. From this correspondence, one can infer that the Antichrist’s confirmation of the covenant with Israel is the First Seal of the Tribulation being opened by Jesus in heaven. It is also the time-bound event when the Antichrist is revealed.

Evangelism will not cease after the Rapture. During the Tribulation, there will be the Two Witnesses on ministry for 1,260 days (Rev. 11:3-7), leading many people to salvation. In the early part of the second half of the 7-year Tribulation, the Two Witnesses will be killed by the beast that comes out from the bottomless pit, then resurrected 3 days later and taken into heaven (Rev. 11:7-12). The bottomless pit is to be opened by an angel and this will also release the demonic locusts which will torture mankind for five months in the 5^th Trumpet judgement (Rev. 9:1-10).

It has been mentioned that one purpose of the Tribulation is the redemption of Israel or the Jewish people. It is also known as the Time of Jacob’s Trouble (Jer. 30:7). Many Jews living in Israel today are secular and have no faith in Christ. But the Jews (denoted as the ‘elect’ in Matthew 24) will turn to the Lord during the Tribulation. However, many of them will be deceived by false Christs and false prophets who will show great signs and wonders (Matt. 24:24).

The building of the Third Jewish Temple has been discussed in Part 3. In the Church Age, the Church is the temple of God. During the Tribulation period, the Church will already have been raptured to heaven. The temple of God will then be the physical Third Temple, where believers will worship and offer sacrifices to the Messiah (Rev. 11:1), which is facilitated by the confirmed covenant in Dan. 9:27. A radical change will occur in the mid-point of the 7-year Tribulation, when the Antichrist will sit in that temple and declare himself god. This will precisely be the ‘Abomination of Desolation’ because the Antichrist usurps the temple of God to be his own, taking God’s name and honor.

During the second half of the 7-year Tribulation, the Jews will be heavily prosecuted by the Antichrist (Rev. 12). Upon this severe trial, the one third ‘remnant Jews’ will reach the ultimate reconciliation with God through their recognition of Jesus as the Messiah and confession of their national sin (Zech. 13:8-9). This will conclude God’s salvation program for Israel. It can also be viewed as the fulfilment of another Jewish fall feast, Yom Kippur (or Day of Atonement), which is on Tishri 10 (Lev. 23:26-32), normally in early October. The Yom Kippur is a national day of cleansing and repentance from sin.

Toward the end of the 7-year Tribulation, there will be celestial signs (Matt. 24:29). Note that these signs are supernaturalphenomena. One should not look into naturally occurring events such as solar and lunar eclipses for date setting, as discussed in the special topic of Part 5. This will be followed by the Second Coming of Jesus Christ (Matt. 24:30).

Then the angels will gather the elect (Matt. 24:31). There will also be the resurrection of the Old Testament saints, and Tribulation saints who had not received the mark, worshipped the beast and were beheaded (Rev. 20:4). They will all join the resurrected/raptured Churge Age believers and reign with Christ in the Millennium (Rev. 20:5-6; Hosea 6:1-3).

Jesus was resurrected on the Feast of Firstfruits, the early spring feast of barley harvest. In connection, it is often believed that His Second Coming will be on the final fall feast of olive harvest, the Feast of Tabernacles which is on Tishri 15. This is also the 7^th feast, and seven is God’s number of completion.

Is the Rapture pre-Tribulation or pre-wrath?

There are proponents of the pre-wrath Rapture who think that the Rapture should only occur right before God’s outpouring of His wrath. So the point of interest is exactly when God’s wrath commences. Few would dispute that God’s wrath would have been outpoured in the Trumpets judgment, or even earlier in the 6^th Seal judgement, when ‘wrath of the Lamb’ is mentioned (Rev. 6:16). So some pre-wrath proponents put the Rapture during the 6^th Seal. For proponents of pre-Tribulation Rapture, they believe that God’s wrath would have been outpoured in the Seals judgment. It seems that the two views are in conflict with each other. Here another perspective is proposed which might reconcile the conflicting views.

In close reading of the Seals, Trumpets and Bowls judgments by God, one would find an escalating intensity in the judgments. As discussed in Part 1, Satan’s counterfeit program starts 3.5 (or more) years before God’s program. So for the humans the encounter of ‘tribulation’ would last for 10.5 years or more. In the same way with God’s program, we could expect an escalating intensity in Satan’s counterfeit program. But the latter reflects man’s wrath unleashed by the Luciferians, which would trigger devastations on earth in the form of wars, famines and pestilence (we have been witnessing). In both programs there is a crescendo of wrath.

The timelines of God’s program and Satan’s counterfeit program

In juxtaposition of the two programs, one would find predominantly man’s wrath before the start of Daniel’s 70^th week (7-year Tribulation), which can also be considered as a tribulation, thereby the whole tribulation encountered by humans spans 10.5 (or more) years. Note that man’s wrath is not mutually exclusive with God’s wrath. The complexity enters in the first half of the 7-year Tribulation, when man’s wrath will escalate toward its climax, while the inception of God’s wrath would superimpose on it. Man’s wrath was supposed to reach its climax in mid-Tribulation, where the Golden Age (the counterfeit of God’s millennium reign) would follow according to Satan’s counterfeit program (see Part 5). However, that program is to be disrupted by God, whose wrath will reach the climax in the second half of the 7-year Tribulation.

From this view, the Rapture BEFORE the onset of Daniel’s 70^th week could still be considered by pre-wrath (of God) proponents to be mid-trib or within-trib, if the meaning of ‘Tribulation’ is reconsidered in a broader perspective which incorporates the first half (i.e. predominately man’s wrath) part of Satan’s counterfeit program. In this way, the Church would still have to go through part of the tribulation that spans longer than 7 years. This will also resolve the issue of escapism from the perspective of pre-Trib opponents, because the Church would not be spared from man’s wrath. After all, one should note that ‘7-year Tribulation’ is a convention of Dispensationalism, which theologically is equated with Daniel’s 70^th week.

Timeline of the Seals, Trumpets and Bowls Judgements

There are different views among Bible scholars on the timing of Seals (Rev. 6:2-14, 8:1), Trumpets (Rev. 8:7-9:21, 11:15) and Bowls (Rev. 16:2-17) judgments. Some major views are presented below. Note that they are by no means exhaustive.

🟢 – Seal; 🎺 – Trumpet; 🥣 – Bowl/Vial

The first view thinks that the first four Seals judgements (or the four dreadful horses) come BEFORE the 7-year Tribulation (or Daniel’s 70^th week). This is not possible unless one rejects the premise that the White Horse/1^st Seal is the arrival of the Antichrist, which is at odds with the above discussion. The second problem is that the first six Trumpets judgements occur BEFORE the 6^th Seal, such that they are concurrent with the 5^th Seal. The rationale behind this order of judgements is that the 6^th Seal looks more terrible than the six Trumpets judgements, therefore it should come later to reflect the escalation of intensity. But what’s the problem with this?

According to many Bible scholars, the book of Revelation has a chiastic narrative structure with the apex in Chapter 12. With such narrative structure, the three sets of judgments above were not listed in consecutive chapters, thereby obscuring the timeline of events. However, there is general consensus among scholars that the whole book largely follows a chronological order. That means the Seals, Trumpets and Bowls judgements should occur in successions and should not overlap with each other. The view that the 6^th Seal has a higher magnitude than the six Trumpets judgements is rather subjective.

In the second view, the three sets of judgments are in successive order. The first six Seals judgements occur in the first six years of the Tribulation, whilst ALL the Trumpets and Bowls judgements occur in the 7^th or last year of the Tribulation. This view looks quite compelling because it signifies a compressive escalation, which means in addition to the increase of magnitude, there is also an increase of frequency in the catastrophes. The second rationale behind this view is that the Martyrdom in the 5^th Seal is interpreted as the Tribulation saints who reject the Mark of the Beast and are beheaded, and that the Mark of the Beast is to be enforced in the second half of the Tribulation.

Firstly, the definition of martyrdom is quite subtle. The death must be directly for the sake of the gospel, or testimony of Christ. While it’s possible that a person becomes a believer in Christ and thereby rejects the Mark of the Beast, it’s also possible that a non-believer would reject it as a sole expression of refusing to worship the beast. So martyrdom cannot be directly associated with the act of rejection. Secondly, it is certainly possible that the vast number of people who turn to Christ in the first half of the Tribulation will be persecuted and become martyrs. It is clear from Rev. 6:11 that there will be more martyrs to come after the 5^th Seal, which will probably last until the second half of the Tribulation.

Besides, it must be stressed that the mid-point of the 7-year Tribulation, when the ‘Abomination of Desolation’ occurs, is a very significant turning point in the whole Tribulation period. Yet the second view is rather ambiguous in which judgement is occurring before and after this crucial point.

The third view is the one that I subscribe to. The rationale exactly hinges on the events right before and after mid-Tribulation, which is the 4^th and 5^th Trumpet. It is not obvious, but a deep study of the meaning of the 4^th Trumpet (out of scope here) indicates that it is related to a warfare in the angelic realm. Concisely, the fallen angels or demonic entities inspire worship by masquerading themselves as gods of the sun, moon and stars (Deut. 4:19-20; Is. 24:21-23). This judgement hints that these entities will fight but lose the battle, and then casted down to the earth where they will wreak havoc.

Part 5 discussed about the Nordics presenting themselves as benevolent superior beings coming to earth to save mankind from various catastrophes, and that the Antichrist who would have healed his deadly wound (Rev. 13:3) would return to earth as UAP or in a spaceship counterfeiting the Second Coming of Christ. Could these be the masquerade of the fallen angels/demonic entities, including Satan (who will then possess the body of the Antichrist), who have just lost the battle in the heaven and casted down to the earth? It will be such a great shock to the people on earth as everyone thinks that the Antichrist has already died! What closely follows is the 5^th Trumpet, that ‘a star fallen from heaven opens the bottomless pit’, which is in line with another fallen angel being casted down to the earth. This timeline does fit with the ‘resurrected’ Antichrist who will have full control of the world during the second half of the Tribulation (Rev. 13:5).

The Dispensation of Ages

A number of early Church Fathers, including St. Barnabas [3], Ireneaus[4], Hippolytus [5] etc., believed in seven millennia (i.e. 7,000 years) in the calendar of God since the Creation (the young/old earth controversy is beyond the scope of this piece). They perceived the early part of the 7^th millennium to usher in end-time events, culminating in the Second Coming of Christ and the millennial reign, based on God’s work as described in Genesis 2:2-3. There is also the key notion that for God one day refers to a thousand years (Psalm 90:4; 2 Peter 3:8).

Many Bible scholars believe that the world is now approaching the 7,000^th year since Creation, based on chronological calculations from the Bible. This is in line with many Church Fathers placing the start of the 7^th millennium around AD 2030-2060.

Readers familiar with the Dead Sea Scrolls may have heard about the Essenes, who were Jewish believers who followed the theology of the Qumran Community (some believe they were the sons of Zadok community). The Essenes had their own calendar (a 364-day calendar that begins on the spring equinox). They also had their own understanding of human history from Creation to the New Heavens and New Earth, and divided this period of seven thousand years into four Ages:

1. Age of Confusion/Age of Chaos (1 AM – 2000 AM)

2. Age of Torah (2000 AM – 4000 AM, or time of Abraham to AD 75)

3. Age of Grace (4000 AM – 6000 AM, AD 75 – AD 2075)

4. Kingdom Age (6000 AM – 7000 AM, AD 2075 – AD 3075)

As the Essenes considered 50 years to be a jubilee, the world has just entered the final Jubilee of our age in the Hebrew Year 5785 (AD 2024-25). Whether one puts faith to the Essenes or not, their prophetic timeline has a striking resemblance to that of the Church Fathers, indicating that the world is now entering a significant moment in human history in the exchange zone of Age!

Other Bible scholars believe that the prophecy of Hosea 5:15-6:1-3 refers to Jesus Christ’s return at the end of the age. Hosea 6:2 (with highlight in bold) states, “after two days he will revive us.” Based on the theory of ‘one day equals a thousand years’, Christ is expected to return (i.e. Second Coming) two thousand years after the year He was crucified. Hosea 6:2 continues to state, “In the third day he will raise us up, and we shall live in his sight.” By the same logic, the Millennial Kingdom of Jesus begins at the start of the third ‘day’.

Therefore, if one subscribes to the above theory, and believes that the prophetic timeline will unfold perfectly, it would be very interesting and important to pinpoint the year in which Jesus was crucified and the Church Age started (in Pentecost) in order to estimate when it will end. The year is also crucial in verifying Daniel’s 69 weeks in his great prophecy of the seventy weeks (Dan. 9:24-27). There are three dominant views: AD 30, AD 32 and AD 33. It is a monumental work to review the pros and cons of each viewpoint. My own conclusion (after extensive research) is AD 33. Details on this topic will be covered in a separate piece.

Special topic: Asteroid Apophis and Wormwood Prophecy

The renowned Bible scholar and prophecy teacher Thomas (Tom) Horn had a dream about Apophis in April 2019, and later found a possible connection between the asteroid Apophis, predicted by NASA to fly closely by earth in the years 2029 and 2036, and the Wormwood prophecy in Rev. 8:11, which is the 3^rd Trumpet judgement [6]. He believed that the Wormwood prophecy could be fulfilled near the mid-point of the 7-year Tribulation. If Apophis is to strike the earth, it will be on 13 April 2029. Intriguingly, if we go back 3.5 years (1,260 days in Jewish calendar) before this potential strike event, it is on 1 November 2025, which could have been the start of the 7-year Tribulation. Allowing for a ‘Rapture gap’, some were led to believe that the Rapture could happen in Rosh Hashannah this year (from 22 eve to 24 September)!

The Rapture did not happen. So one or more premises behind this speculation were wrong. One should note that there are so many Near-Earth Objects (NEOs) constantly being discovered and monitored by NASA. It is extremely difficult to predict when and which NEO would really strike the earth. If we look at another asteroid 2024 YR4, potentially impacting Earth in December 2032, we would find that the risk assessment is highly dynamic and the chance of impact can easily be revised. Therefore we should not put faith on any predictions of asteroid impact so far ahead in 2029. The asteroids/meteorites impacts in relation to the first three Trumpets judgements likely won’t be predicted scientifically.

Why the hype in Apophis? It reminds me of the recent 3I/ATLAS. It was discussed in Part 5 that it is probably a staged alien threat, a psyop. It is a LIE! In the same way, the Apophis threat in 2029 could be a staged threat by NASA (which has an occult origin, out of scope here). It could be another LIE!

A deeper theological problem is that some prophecy enthusiasts focus on the year 2032 which they believe is exactly 2,000 years after the crucifixion of Jesus (in AD 32), thus it could be the year of His return. Subtracting 7 years from 2032 would again give 2025 as the start of the 7-year Tribulation. Readers have to take my word for now that ‘crucifixion in AD 32’ is incorrect.

With due respect to Tom Horn for his scholarly works on the Bible and excellent teaching in prophecy, my verdict is that his connection of Apophis with Wormwood prophecy was NOT true.

The Great Reset, Agenda 2030 and New World Order in Satan’s Counterfeit Program

The phrase “The Great Reset” was coined the sociologist and urban-studies professor Richard Florida, who authored the 2010 book “The Great Reset: How New Ways of Living and Working Drive Post-Crash Prosperity”. He used the phrase to describe how deep recessions historically force societies to reinvent cities, jobs and lifestyles. The more famous version of the phrase was launched on 3 June 2020 by Klau Schwab, founder and former-executive chairman of the World Economic Forum (WEF). Schwab argues that the COVID-19 crisis had exposed the fragility of the old economic model and offered a rare window to (i) shift from shareholder to stakeholder capitalism, (ii) build greener infrastructure, (iii) harness Fourth Industrial Revolution technologies for fairer outcomes, and (iv) align recovery with the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). On the same day the WEF released a launch video, then-Prince Charles with other elites formally introduced “The Great Reset” as the theme of the 2021 Davos Agenda.

When then-Prince Charles promoted the Great Reset Initiative (The Guardian report), there was an interesting logo of the word “Reset”, shown as “RE:SET”.

Researchers of occult societies and Egyptian mythology would immediately find this logo eye-catching. It presents two entities – Re and Set, separated by a colon. Those who are knowledgeable about Egyptian deities would note that Set was the evil villain in the story of Osiris, Isis and Horus. He was the jealous brother of Osiris who killed the latter. Then Isis devised a plan to revive Osiris just long enough to beget Horus, who would avenge his father.

Inspired by the mythology depicting the evil character of Set, in the 2016 movie Gods of Egypt, Re (presented as Ra in the movie) was killed by Set, the merciless god of darkness, who usurped the throne and set free the shadow beast Apophis (Ra’s enemy) to wreak havoc on the mortal and underworld realms, plunging the Egyptian empire into chaos.

However, Set has a double character as he had also been portrayed as the ‘good guy’. The tale of Osiris, Isis and Horus came from the Greek historian Plutarch near the end of the first Century. But more than 1,500 years earlier during the Israelite sojourn in Egypt, Set was portrayed as a heroic figure and was identified by Egyptians and Canaanites with the rain-giver, storm-god Baal. It was believed that he defended the solar boat piloted in the heaven by the sun-god Re, against the chaos-serpent/dragon Apophis who tried to devour the boat. Otherwise the cycle of time would cease, causing the end of the world (i.e. the Apocalypse).

So now we have three entities, representing different roles: Re – Order, Apophis – Chaos, Set – the changing factor (can be good or bad). There is a dichotomy of outcome:

If Re is killed by Set (the bad guy), the result is Chaos (i.e. Set + Apophis = Chaos)

If Apophis is defeated by Set (the good guy), the result is Order (i.e. Re + Set = Order)

Back to the “RE:SET” logo, what’s the meaning of the colon? One may refer to the set theory in mathematics, where (x:y) refers to “the set of x and y”. The design of the logo ingeniously combined the two entities Re and Set such that they can be invoked as either allies or enemies. This implies an eternal cycle: Order➡️Chaos➡️ Order➡️Chaos➡️Order……Ad Infinitum. The profound idea is that a New World Order (i.e. the Golden Age) will not commence until we have passed through a period of hardship when Chaos (i.e. Tribulation) will reign. This idea strikingly echoes the New Age thinking which was discussed in my earlier piece on the Tatsuki prophecy.

It was discussed in Part 3 that “Order out of Chaos” is in Satan’s counterfeit program and is proclaimed in Masonic documents. The occult or New Agers believe that in the stage of Chaos, the malevolent god Saturn rules. Then the benevolent god Jupiter will take over and the world will return to Order. In the diagram above juxtaposing God’s and Satan’s programs, one will also find the counterfeit plan of Satan in the timeline from the (false) Tribulation (stage of Chaos) to the Golden Age (stage of Order).

If the asteroid Apophis approaching Earth in 2029 is really a staged threat as proposed above, what possible spiritual role would it play? There is no doubt that from the past few years to several years in the future the world is in the stage of Chaos. Is it a prelude to the transition to the stage of Order?

Here we shall first turn our focus to Agenda 2030.

Agenda 2030 is a universal plan of action adopted by all 193 UN Member States in September 2015, focused on achieving sustainable development for People and the Planet by the year 2030. In its core are the 17 SDGs, which provide a shared blueprint for global Peace and Prosperity with mobilization of global Partnership (the 5 Ps). It has a central pledge of ‘Leave No One Behind’, and holds the principle of Universality – the SDGs apply to ALL countries, developed and developing alike.

Note the striking alignment of Agenda 2030 with the Great Reset! The year 2030 is not a random year pulled out of a hat. It seems that the globalists or elites have fixated this year to usher in the New World Order (NWO) of the United Nations. The SDGs of Agenda 2030 target to cure all of the world’s problems under the leadership of the United Nations, bringing about a new utopia on earth. All nations might have to relinquish their national sovereignty and become a member of the NWO.

The Hegelian dialectics behind the establishment of the NWO and One World Government was introduced in Part 1. The process towards the One World Government was further elaborated in Parts 4 & 5. Indeed, the establishment of NWO with so-called ‘Planetary Citizens’ is part of New Age thinking. New Agers believe that the evil, pain and suffering in Age of Pisces will come to pass and a new Age of Aquarius featuring love and peace will come. They strive to resolve crises including nuclear war, economic collapse, famine, climate disasters (Green Movement), religious conflicts (Muslim vs. Christianity); promote Ecumenism (All religions are One), human rights and freedom (LGBTQIA+) to attain peace and equality.

If the NWO is really to be established in 2030, then the staged threat of asteroid Apophis in 2029 makes sense! Apophisrepresents Chaos. It can be envisaged that by 2029 global crises would reach the climax. Then the defeat of it (by whatever means) would bring in Order (in 2030). The changing factor is Set. Would that be

the Antichrist? If so, he will become the sole ruler of the world for the subsequent 3.5 years (the Golden Age), after the establishment of the One World Government. His reign would be a counterfeit of Jesus’ ministry, which lasted about 3.5 years. But before that, he must first have to climb onto the political and religious platform to gain enough power to “confirm the covenant with many” 3.5 years earlier.

But WHAT IF, the global elites fail in their plan? No worries. It was mentioned that Set plays a dual role. He could bring in continuous Chaos in 2030. The next return of Apophis will be in 2036. So there will be a ‘Second Serve’!

Could that be the real thing? It is certainly possible as this scenario will have the Church Age ended in 2033, which would then be a perfect completion of the “2 days (2,000 years)” in Hosea 6:2.

Wrap up

We are coming to the end of this series. It’s too tedious to provide a comprehensive summary. Readers may wish to spend some time to go over Part 1 to 6 and try to integrate the contents to grasp the whole picture. I shall just conclude with a few salient points distilled from various parts.

The central theme of this series is the Counterfeit Program of Satan. Before studying that, one should first understand God’s program throughout the human history. So the ultimate authority and source is the Bible.

Another recurrent theme of this series is the wide range of use of Hegelian dialectics, from social to political to economical aspect, in the execution of the counterfeit program. The theoretical process is Thesis-Antithesis-Synthesis, or more simply Problem-Reaction-Solution. Many conflicts were controlled conflicts. Many crises were engineered crises. The high cabals will always gain more power after offering the ‘solution’. The ‘apocalypse’ we see today can be considered a massive psyop.

The world is going through tumultuous times. Sadly, the majority of people (I know) choose to stick their heads in the sand and ignore what’s happening in the world. They are basically numb to global wars, social unrests, economic crises and multiple disasters around the world.

But a minority of people at the opposite extreme are the fearmongers. They become over-sensitive to everything happening in the world. When civil protests erupt, they are overwhelmed with fear. When ceasefire talks resume, they are overfilled with joy. Their emotion can be easily driven by individual events. Yes, there are threats of wars in many places, there is a foreseeable economic downfall, there is the rapidly evolving AI threatening humanity. But the world is NOT going to spin out of control! Christians often proclaim “God is in control.” But even the globalists and elites know what they are doing. They know when to suppress civil unrests, when to conduct peace negotiations.

It is obvious that most people have the proclivity to dismiss everything they couldn’t comprehend or digest as conspiracy theories. It reveals how successful the elites’ mind control program is. Very few people have critical thinking or even the guts to delve deeper into the subjects they find disturbing. When I talk about UAP disclosure, 3I/ATLAS, or New Age, most people have absolutely no idea what they are. But the lack of knowledge is never the main problem. The main problem is the inability to question, and reluctance to seek the truth.

For the Luciferians, the world is a grand chessboard. Unfortunately most people solicitous enough to significant world events only focus on the pieces under the limelight, rather than the movers of the pieces. They might only see the pawns. Some go further and might identify the knights or bishops. That’s why high profile figures like Donald Trump receives so much attention. The power structure is so much deeper than most people can imagine. The movers, or puppet masters, remain behind the scenes. The top cabals are those who orchestrate the whole checkerboard. They control both the white pieces and black pieces, thereby the whole chess game. They are like the conductor of the orchestra. What are the black and white pieces? In politics, the radical leftists are often identified with the Deep State. The conservative rightists are believed to be fighting against them. A little more research will show that the cabals are present in both sides. This false paradigm of left-right conflict is what they use to control the society.

This kind of controlled conflicts become even more complex on the global stage. I shall just recap on the Middle East. From the viewpoint of eschatology, Israel is the timepiece of Bible prophecy (Ezekiel 36), and Jerusalem is the epicentre of the end times. We have seen the sinusoidal cycle of war and truce between Israel and Hamas. Will there be an end? While the hostage release was considered positive, that was at the expense of freeing many more terrorists in return. Trump was eager to keep playing the role of the world’s leading peacemaker (to earn a Nobel Peace Prize?). But his 20-points plan is proved futile. There are two fundamental impasse: (1) Hamas will never disarm, (2) Israel will never endorse a two-state solution. As such, the truce is really rewarding the losing side of the war, i.e. Hamas, for them to recover and rebuild. It’s the same with Hezbollah, Houthis, and the power behind them – Iran, which will take every opportunity to redevelop its nuclear program after the limited strike by U.S. military forces in June. With the involvement of Turkey and Qatar, one can foresee the imbroglio in the Middle East will persist.

The conflict between Israel and its enemies will NEVER end. Why?

The conflict is not only political but also spiritual. The IDF could kill thousands of terrorists, but anti-Israel groups like Hamas will never be obliterated. Unless there is a real genocide in Gaza (the current genocide narrative is no more than a propaganda war), their hatred of Israel will pass from generation to generation. There is NO peace plan that can lead to an everlasting peace in the Middle East. Many prophecy teachers stress that Satan always tries to destroy Israel. But that’s not the whole story. There is yet another significant element in the context of the Counterfeit Program – Satan desires to be worshipped by God’s people or the Jews. The Antichrist can be viewed as an imposter of Jesus Christ. He wishes to be received by the Jews as the true Messiah. He demands for worship before deciding to exterminate the Jews. This is to be done by deceiving the Jews during the first half of the Tribulation period, riding on past events/covenants. That’s why the building of the Third Jewish Temple is such a crucial driving force behind the conflict, because it is where the Abomination of Desolation will take place. Therefore, the current conflict must be under control for the plot to succeed.

Here we come to the Fourth principle of CAST: Satan’s Pattern is to use past events in Israel as precedents for future deception. – Eccles. 3:15

But who will be the Antichrist (AC)? No speculation is made here. But according to Scripture he would probably start as an insignificant and unelected figure. So he won’t be one of those high profile leaders frequently seen in the media. It has been discussed that President Trump might play the role of the harbinger of the AC. He is to leave an unfinished job for the AC to accomplish. The various peace deals may serve as the framework for the future peace treaty. Therefore I believe the AC would start as a broker of peace, having the capacity to negotiate with many Arab nations which used to be enemies with each other. He might ride on the expanding Abraham Accords much like what is being worked on by Jared Kushner, whom can be viewed as a quintessential prototype of the AC. To counterfeit Jesus’ ministry in his reign, the AC might be a young person who will be in the early 30s when he rises to power. As discussed in Part 3, the Order of the Temple of Solomon plays a pivotal role in the masterplan of orchestrating the conflicts in the Middle East and preparing the way for the AC.

Fifth principle of CAST: Satan’s Principle Man to deceive the world will be a counterfeit Solomon, i.e. the Antichrist. The Jews believed that King Solomon, rather than Jesus Christ, was the Messiah. – Luke 11:29-31, 20:41-44

The origin and potential candidate of the False Prophet, the right-hand man of the AC, has been discussed in the piece on Tatsuki prophecy.

“And do this, knowing the time, that now it is high time to awake out of sleep; for now our salvation is nearer than when we first believed. The night is far spent, the day is at hand. Therefore let us cast off the works of darkness, and let us put on the armor of light.” – Romans 13:11-12, NKJV

Further Reflections on Zionism and Antisemitism

Regarding Israel, there is one more important point to discuss. What really is Zionism? Is it a biblical doctrine? Or is it related to a Jewish conspiracy? Regarding the latter, readers can refer the this series. But it is clear that Zionism has its biblical foundation. It is the belief in the Abrahamic Covenant – God’s promise to give Abraham’s descendants the land of Canaan as an everlasting possession (Gen. 12:7; 15:18; 17:8). It is the belief in the God-directed regathering of the Jewish people to their ancestral homeland, to restore Israel physically and spiritually after their dispersion, as foretold by the prophets (Is. 11:11–12; Ezek. 36:22–24), fulfilling the promises of the Abrahamic Covenant.

But there DOES EXIST a Jewish conspiracy (refer to the above series). It has been directed by the crypto-Jews, or Synagogue of Satan, through the Prieuré de Sion and Order of the Temple of Solomon. They execute the counterfeit program of Satan. They are the masters of the grand chessboard, not only being the movers of the pieces (masters of the puppets), but the director of the whole game! They control the governments of the world, especially Israel. They are the top criminals against the Jews!

Tucker Carlson recently made some inflammatory comments on Christian Zionisism, denouncing it as a heresy. It quickly backfired. He might be illiterate in the Bible concerning God’s plan for Israel. He might have falsely concluded that support for Israel is incompatible with American patriotism. But when it comes to his (perhaps partial) discernment of the Jewish conspiracy, he did have a grain of truth. Unfortunately, not a few pastors declaring themselves as Christian Zionists have zero discernment of the crypto-Jews’ nefarious plot. Some indiscriminately dismiss the Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion as a hoax. Some went so far to defend the (Jewish) Rothschilds and state that accusation towards these high cabals is antisemitism!

The real problem is: the “Chosen People” biblical Zionism got translated into the “Israel First” political ideology. The Christian Zionist politicians such as Ted Cruz will readily quote Genesis 12:3: “I will bless those who bless you, and I will curse him who curses you.” to justify every political support for these high cabals.

Now there is a bipolarity. One pole is Zionism. The other pole is Antisemitism. It’s like the philosophy of yin-yang, extreme Zionism will lead to Antisemitism, vice versa. How? Readers who have digested the whole series would probably have got it.

Yes, Hegelian dialectics. Charlie Kirk is in the game (thesis). So with Candace Owens and Tucker Carlson (antithesis). The cabals need to perpetuate the narrative that the Jews are controlling American politics in order to fuel antisemitism, with hatred directed to innocent Jews. The crypto-Jews continue to leverage support from political Zionists to push forward their nefarious agenda. The synthesis (or ‘ultimate solution’) will be the Antichrist’s “confirmation of the covenant with many” (Dan. 9:27), which will bring the Jews 3.5 years of false peace (Jer. 6:14, 8:11).

Further Reflections on AI and Technocracy

It is intriguing that both scientists and non-scientists have talked so much about the threat of AI to humanity. Yet the danger is often misplaced, giving the impression that AI is intrinsically evil. With their mind pre-programmed by movies like the “Terminator” series, many people think that AI will wipe out humanity and take over the world.

It must be emphasized that AI is nothing but an advanced technological tool. Just like a supersonic jet, it is neither good nor evil intrinsically. The reason that people feel it’s evil is because the data used for machine learning reflects the evil nature of humanity. AI can be used both for good or bad purposes. The real issue is the engineered fear of AI posed on the people. Now there is a problem, a crisis, which is the threat of AI on the survival of humanity. Don’t we find many experts including futurologist Toby Ord of Oxford University pointing to multiple ‘existential threats’ such as nuclear weapons, climate change, lab-engineered viruses etc. faced by the human race? Don’t we want a solution?

You have the answer – Hegelian dialectics. For AI, the ‘solution’ will be the merger of AI with human. It is transhumanism, one of the New Age pillars discussed in Part 5. But it’s not for the general public. It’s for a handful of elites who monopolize the power of AI to establish the final global empire, which will initially be ruled by the Ten Kings (discussed in Part 4) and ultimately by the Antichrist.

So the real threat to humanity is not those existential threats, but the technocrats (discussed in Part 4) who have set their sights on the whole world, building a global digital control grid with AI, quantum computing and massive data centres, turning the population into digital slaves. In America, Project Stargate is the principal initiative toward this goal.

The arch-technocrat Peter Thiel, co-founder of Palantir Technologies, offered a glimpse into his perspective on the Antichrist in an October 2024 interview:

“My speculative thesis is that if the Antichrist were to come to power, it would be by talking about Armageddon all the time. The slogan of the Antichrist is peace and safety, which is nothing wrong with peace and safety. But you have to sort of imagine that it resonates very differently in a world where the stakes are so absolute, where the stakes are so extreme, where the alternative to peace and safety is Armageddon and the destruction of all things.”

He went on to deliver a 4-part lecture series held in San Francisco from September to October this year, exploring the theological and technological dimensions of the Antichrist.

So, it’s the master architect of the takedown of the U.S. political and economic system, flipping the country into technocracy, who warns people against the emergence of an individual who could exploit fears of global catastrophe and enforce a “one-world totalitarian state” which can ensure peace and safety!

Note that Peter Thiel was also the key figure behind J.D. Vance’s sudden rise on the political stage. The latter has good chance of running for U.S. president in 2028. Vance vowed for a ‘de-woke-ification’ programme. Together with his allies under the umbrella of the technocrats, he has started to seize the institutions of the left in the name of dismantling federal bureaucracy. It is the consolidation of money and power discussed in Part 4.

People have become worried about AI evolving into AGI, ASI or even the ‘singularity’. But few have realized that these, together with other dark technologies (e.g. antigravity, EM scalar weapons etc. discussed in earlier pieces), already exist. It’s a delusion that scientific research is advancing these technologies. They are the technologies transferred to the top Luciferians by the fallen angels/watchers whose existence on earth far preceded humanity. Many modern technologies have been carefully rolled out to the general public, often decades after the Luciferians possessed them. The AI arms race we see today is another false paradigm. It’s a repetition of the false Space Race between the U.S.A. and U.S.S.R. in the post-WWII era (discussed in Part 5).

Satan’s goal is to become omniscient, omnipresence and omnipotent like God. But it can only be in one place at a time. It cannot create true human beings with soul, but can modify them and use dark technologies like AI to mimic souls. During the second half of the Tribulation period (the Golden Age), with a universal digital surveillance grid, plus a new race of AI-empowered god-men like superior beings produced on earth (discussed in Part 5), this goal might be quasi-materialized.

When the humans tried to build the Tower of Babel, the Lord said, “Behold, the people is one, and they have all one language; and this they begin to do: and now nothing will be restrained from them, which they have imagined to do.” (emphasis added), thereby He was “compelled” to confound their language (Gen. 11:6-7). During the last days in the Tribulation, there is destined to be “Tower of Babel 2.0” of far greater ambition. It will then be the time when the Lord would have “no choice” but to return to earth, pull the break and set things straight!

“If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sits on the right hand of God. Set your affection on things above, not on things on the earth. For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God. When Christ, who is our life, shall appear, then shall ye also appear with him in glory.” – Colossians 3:1-4, KJV

Behold the Day of the Lord Cometh! Maranatha!

Epilogue

It is a short but true personal story. I haven’t received any formal training in theology since I became a Christian, nor I had any idea of the Deep State and Secret Societies just five years ago. By then I’d have no hesitation to “unfriend” any person who dares to speak about conspiracy theories. It was during the COVID-19 pandemic lockdown that I started to become somewhat skeptical about the local government, particularly the roll out of the v-a-x program. This opened the pathway for my subsequent intensive research on the agenda of the global elites. During my post-graduate years at MIT, I considered myself an extreme leftist fighting for liberal ideals. Ironically, I was so “well educated” in those years that my mindset was moulded to become one of those elites, and proudly claimed myself to be an intellectual! Looking back, there is no room for ego before the Lord. Pride is the greatest obstacle to seeking His truth.

It was also during the pandemic when I started developing a strong interest in Eschatology and Bible prophecy, though my first exposure to Eschatology could be traced back to a short period around year 2000 when I lived in California, where I met a couple of Chinese pastors who gave sermons on the Second Coming of Jesus Christ and mentioned about the Rapture. But I never took it seriously. My eschatological view, shaped by the churches I had attended for many years, was most consistent with Amillennialism (though I didn’t know those theological terms!).

The truly life changing experience came in the spring of 2023, during my epic journey across the South Pacific Ocean.

I was no different from any solo traveler when I went sightseeing, enjoying the beauty of nature. It was also in this state of solitude that I could concentrate on my research work during the journey.

It was a day out in Vanuatu. I noted that Port Vila had been devastated by twin cyclones (Judy and Kevin) not long ago. There were fallen trees, capsized boats and destroyed infrastructure everywhere. In a fast driving taxi I passed by a small Christian church which caught my attention due to an eye catching banner written “JESUS IS RETURNING SOON. MARANATHA!”. That precise moment struck my soul profoundly. Though I didn’t know what the word “Maranatha” means, the first sentence looked obvious. I later strolled along the somewhat damaged coastline of Port Vila and captured one of the most beautiful scenes in my life. During that instant there was an unimaginable hope and peace in me.

Moment of hope and peace in Port Vila after the devastation by twin cyclones

The next place I visited was Fiji, where I had a half-day excursion to Castaway Island. It was where Tom Hank’s 2000 movie “Cast Away” was shot. The tiny island was nothing more than a relaxing resort to me. But I was somehow programmed subconsciously and later found myself strongly inspired by the word “Cast” on my research work on Counterfeit Apocalypse, which ultimately led to the preparation of this series.

(Left) Aerial photo of Castaway Island; (Right) Beach bar commemorating the 2000 movie “Cast Away” .

The third revelation moment came in Samoa. During an early evening I went star gazing after a fabulous dinner (astonishingly the sun was still there but the stars were clearly visible!). I have to say that I’ve never had any experience of “hearing” the voice of God. But in that ‘starry’ evening I felt like “seeing God” in the heaven and suddenly became absolutely clear that there was a mission to be carried out based on my research work.

The evening in Samoa where the sun and brilliant stars were clearly visible

In the summer of the same year I got a rare, vicious marine bacterial infection and became seriously ill in the hospital. Nevertheless I brought my i-Pad with me to continue the write up. Under enormous physical pain (but mentally conscious and strong) I was working very hard on the Chapter on Israel. Frankly I couldn’t quite grasp the extremely complex reference materials inherited from so many brilliant researchers. I thought the devil didn’t like my work. There was one particular night I truly smelled that ‘death’ was at the doorstep. But thanks to a novel antibiotics timely prescribed by the doctor, I subsequently recovered albeit slowly. It was undoubtedly by the grace of God that I completed the whole work in October that year.

References

[1] Lee Brainard, Apostasia in 2 Thessalonians 2:3 – Rapture or Apostasy?

[2] Rick Renner, The Rapture, the Antichrist and the Tribulation

[3] Andrew Parker, Revelation: Revealing Ancient Understandings (Bloomington, IN: WestBow, 2017) 299-300.

[4] Ireneaus, Against Heresies, 5.28

[5] “Fathers of the Third Century: Hippolytus, Cyprian, Ca.” CCEL. 2020.

[6] Thomas Horn, The Wormwood Prophecy

CAST, P. 222-226, 268, 301, 304-306

Terry James, The Departure: God’s Next Catastrophic Intervention into Earth’s History

A Review & Defense of the Pre-Tribulation Rapture of the Church

Chronology of Major Movements: Ecumenism, Pentecostalism & Zionism

• A brief review of Part 1-4 of this series is given, with some updates on recent developments around the world.

• An overview of New Age (or Golden Age), including its relationship to the counterfeit program and evolution in history.

• Four major pillars of New Age will be introduced. The first is New Man. Transhumanism will be discussed, with a special topic on its philosophical root.

• The second pillar is New Earth. Subtopics include cataclysmic pole shift, the Wilderness Project, and reactivation of ley lines.

• The third pillar is New Law, with highlight on Project 2025.

• The fourth pillar, New Knowledge, will be an extensive discussion on the UAP and alien deception.

Brief Review and Updates on Recent Developments

Part 1 of this series introduced the Counterfeit Apocalypse program of Satan which orchestrates a false fulfillment of Bible prophecy before the true fulfillment of Scripture actually takes place. To follow the sequence of events, one may wish to look more closely into the timeline of the programs run by God and Satan in parallel.

It was discussed in Part 1 that the first five counterfeit Seal judgements had probably been fulfilled. What is expected to follow would be the counterfeit sixth Seal, which is related to major seismic events. During the writing of Part 1 (which was in late 2024), no one would have imagined the outbreaks of earthquake swarms and significant upticks in volcanic activities over different parts of the world this year! Is it now the fulfilment of the counterfeit sixth Seal? In a separate piece on ‘Hell is to be Unleashed’, I reviewed the viral ‘Tatsuki prophecy’ and also mentioned the possibility of the use of electromagnetic (EM) scalar weapons to trigger earthquakes and volcanic eruptions. So what’s coming next might be the counterfeit Trumpet judgements, i.e. (the first three are major cosmic threats that might involve asteroid or meteor impacts). It is hard to imagine how these could be counterfeited. But now it’s intriguing to learn about the impending 3I/ATLAS in this fall, for which videos have gone viral on social media and the mysterious object is taken seriously by a number of scientists. The narrative that it could be a potential threat to humanity has emerged. More on this will be discussed in this piece as it is believed to be part of the New Age deception.

The Hegelian dialectics was introduced in Part 1. The process includes engineering controlled conflicts manifested in wars, notably between NATO (with Ukraine being its proxy) and Russia; Israel and Iran (with Hamas, Hezbollah and Houthis being the proxies), then offering the final resolution (not yet happened). The wars have so far been deliberately sustained. Various efforts in ceasefire negotiations (with Donald Trump as the peace brokere) have been made but without success. The case for a two-stage peace treaty in the Middle East, which would ultimately lead to the Antichrist (AC) rising onto the political platform was proposed in Part 2. Over the year, Israel’s fight with Hamas continued, and the first real ceasefire agreement with Iran has not yet been established. However we can see two key developments: (i) the Trump administration’s renewed calls for expansion of the Abraham Accords, citing the destruction of Iran’s nuclear capabilities as a strategic opportunity, and (ii) several countries – Australia, Canada, France, and the U.K. have signaled their intention to recognize Palestinian statehood (i.e. Two-State Solution) at the annual UN General Assembly in September. Both developments can be considered as significant moves towards a lasting peace treaty in the Middle East. This first-stage peace treaty was proposed to be the prerequisite for Ezekiel 38 (Gog & Magog) war to occur, when the Jews (believe that) they dwell safely in their land (Ezekiel 38:11).

President Trump has been discussed at great length in previous parts, due to the high prophetic significance of his role in the end times. While so many Christians and conservatives cheered for his ostentatious dismantling of the so-called Deep State, the clandestine nature of his MAGA ideology in levering technocracy into the U.S. government through his partnership with Elon Musk in DOGE (though now they’ve separated), eventually facilitating the centralisation of wealth and consolidation of power, thereby ushering in the New World Order, was exposed. It was argued that Trump plays the role of the harbinger of the AC, just like what John the Baptist was to Jesus Christ. His unique role as a global peacemaker sets the template for the AC, and his transforming the U.S. government plus subduing other nations via the tariff wars pave the way for the One World Government to take over. Moreover, the spiritual deception behind his advocation of the Golden Age, under the influence of his spiritual advisor Paula White, herself a New Ager, will be the main subject of this piece.

The Building of the Third Temple in Jerusalem and the high cabals behind the scene which was discussed in Part 3 also had significant developments. In particular, the issue on the red heifers as well as the sacrifice ‘practice ceremony’ which took place in this July will be addressed in a separate session. In brief, the ‘practice ceremony’ was ‘too bad to be false’!

The Malachi Prophecy on the Popes discussed in Part 4 seemed to have been conclusively falsified, as Pope Leo XIV (Robert Francis Prevost) was quite unexpectedly elected in the conclave as the first American pope. However it still leaves many questions. Why did Pietro Parolin, the most favoured candidate, withdraw so quickly? We know that the Jesuits have been controlling the Vatican (the U.S. government as well!). Will Pietro Parolin still exert significant influence on the Roman Catholic Church? Could the current pope be a mere puppet, much like the presidents of many major countries? If so, who are the puppet masters and what’s their plan? The election of an American pope was no coincidence to me. In my view it could set the stage for the ultimate reunification of the political capital of the world (Washington D.C.) with the religious capital of the world (Rome). One can expect a complete fusion of the Church and State during the Tribulation (One World Religion and One World Government), much like the era of Constantine, though it will be in an egregious fashion. An initial step towards this goal may be associated with Project 2025, which will be discussed in this piece. This might later be coupled with the aforementioned reunification of the U.S. and Rome. With the potential of U.S. joining the British Commonwealth being ministered by the financial capital of the world (City of London), as suggested by Donald Trump, the merger to form the final AC or beast system will be completed!

Golden Age/New Age in the Program of Satan

When we talk about New Age, many people might think about those soul soothing minimalistic music, or some might relate it to meditation or yoga practice. Though the mainstream churches generally do not encourage these spiritual practice, there is virtually no teaching on this topic, at least in my hometown. The reason might be that most pastors have no idea or little knowledge of what New Age is about. The worse case is that they ignore the grim spiritual danger it brings. As a result, various seemingly innocuous New Age elements (e.g. enneagram, mindfulness, human potential, positive psychology) have gradually infiltrated the church. So many undiscerned Christians read horoscopes, study Zodiacs and play Tarot cards for entertainment as if they are harmless as long as one doesn’t take them too seriously.

In the beginning of this series it was emphasised that there exists a counterfeit program of Satan which mimics the program of God. This brings us to the First principle of CAST (see Part 1): Satan’s Purpose is to be like God (Is. 14:14); Satan has purposed to usurp God’s authority from the beginning of the world (Gen. 3:1, Matt. 4:8-9, Rev. 13:2).

So what is the true meaning of New Age under this principle? To understand Satan’s counterfeit program, one must first understand the true program of God. After the Tribulation which ends with the Battle of Armageddon, God will establish His new dispensation at the beginning of the Millennium. Indeed the early Church Fathers including Irenaeus and Tertullian taught that there would be a Millennial reign of Jesus Christ on earth, when resurrected saints would reign with Christ for 1000 years while Satan/Lucifer would be bound. The premise here is that Lucifer will attempt to establish its own version of new dispensation at the beginning of the Golden Age (see figure above), which bears a symmetric structure with God’s dispensation program of the Millennium. Simply put, the Golden Age/New Age is Lucifer’s duplicate program.

Golden Age/New Age – A Brief History

The Golden Age/New Age has different terms, including the Age of Aquarius, Age of Michael, Age of Atlantis and Age of the Spirit. It has a long history. The occult refers to the antediluvian or pre-flood era as the Golden Age reflecting its universal Sun worship.

"Peter Dawkins asserts that the Golden Age, ruled over by Pan and Arcadia, is synonymous with Rosicrucian enlightenment, also thought to be 'Age of Aquarius.'" – ["Francis Bacon and the Age of Aquarius", Sandy Hamblett]

In the Garden of Eden, Adam and Eve ate the forbidden fruit in the Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil, and died as God said they would (Gen. 2:16-17; 3:2-7). However, occultists believe that when Adam and Eve ate the forbidden fruit, they received knowledge of the divine ('gnosis') which enabled them to attain godhood.

The descendants of Adam and Eve intermarried with fallen angels (sons of God), producing a demonic civilization (nephilim/giants) which God destroyed with a flood (Genesis 6).

New Agers claim that the pre-flood civilization (Atlantis) judged by God was very advanced. Following its destruction, the demonic gods of Atlantis established and governed the idolatrous civilization of Ancient Egypt.

"Atlantis was a highly evolved ancient civilization which developed and used advanced technologies such as those we are learning about today. The civilization misused some of the technologies by not integrating spiritual practices into their use and was destroyed by earthquakes and other cataclysms. The continent of Atlantis sank into the Atlantic Ocean on three separate occasions. Some Atlanteans escaped and went to such places as Greece, Egypt and Central America...”

“Apparently, Noah received his intelligence about the coming judgment from the Ascended Masters, who are communicating with many today concerning the imminent transformation of Earth into a Garden of Eden of the Universe.”

“In several messages received over the last few years, the Ascended Masters have spoken of the transformation Earth is presently going through. Often they included descriptions of the changes that would occur, to both land and people. They called it the birthing process for the planet...”

"This transformation into the New Age was described once, by the Arcturians, as the birthing of a planet (earth) into a star in the Heavens. They said that it has been written since ancient Babylon that the Earth would journey into the Age of Aquarius and become a Garden of Eden in the universe...”

"These Masters appear to be members of a group that oversees the entire plan of operations – at least for this section of the universe. Emphatically, they state that they work for God. They are here to assure us that all details of this plan run on schedule. Throughout history, when the time was right, they have communicated with souls such as ourselves. They cite Noah's being notified of the upcoming flood or John the Baptist's foretelling the coming of Jesus as examples. These historical figures received their messages in the same way that many are receiving this kind of information today." – [Milanovich, Dr. Norma & Dr. Shirley McCune. THE LIGHT SHALL SET YOU FREE. Albuquerque, NM: Athena Publishing, 1997.]

In the ancient pagan cultures, the Egyptians attempted, and the Greeks and Romans anticipated, a return to the Golden Age.

"The ancient world civilisation of Atlantis gradually degenerated and perished in a series of cataclysms that destroyed large portions of their inhabited landmasses; but, throughout this period of disintegration of a once glorious civilisation, and afterwards, when the new races of humanity grew up in other portions of the globe, the sages held the dream and gradually prepared themselves and those who would listen to them for the restoral of a universal Golden Age of peace and concord.

One of the earlier civilisations to arise from the ashes of Atlantis, although not on such a large scale, and which seriously attempted to create a Golden Age for itself, was that of Ancient Egypt. Guided by great sages and an enormous body of proven traditional knowledge concerning the laws of nature and divinity, pharaonic Egypt achieved a special level of civilisation and illumination that is a shining example to us today. From the Egyptian sages the Greek poets and philosophers learnt the best of their wisdom..." – [Dawkins, Peter. ARCADIA: THE ANCIENT EGYPTIAN MYSTERIES; ARCADIA AND THE ARCADIAN ACADEMY, Francis Bacon Research Trust Journal Series 1, Volume 5, Publisher: Francis Bacon Research Trust, 1988.]

Since the early Church Age, Gnostics have long planned for a revival of paganism in another Golden Age. Apostates of the Reformed Movement deny the Millennial reign of Jesus Christ, and falsely teach that Satan is bound and the Church Age is the Millennium (Amillennialism).

"...Florentine Platonists saw a Golden Age dawning, a revival of pagan thought mainly wed to Christian values..." – [Grosso, Michael. THE MILLENNIUM MYTH: LOVE AND DEATH AT THE END OF TIME, Quest Books, 1995.]

The political aspiration of Freemasonry is based on the myth of the Golden Age. Many founders of America were Freemasons and the new nation was established such that it has a secret destiny to fulfill the mission of the Egyptian civilisation.

"The political aspirations of Freemasonry...can be traced back to the myth of the Golden Age and predynastic Egypt during the reign of Osiris and Isis and, before the flood, to the Babylonian and Hebrew myths of creation. " – [Howard, Michael. THE OCCULT CONSPIRACY, Rochester, VT: Destiny Books, 1989.]

"In 1776, four men were given the job to design a seal that expressed the meaning and destiny of the new nation: Thomas Jefferson, Benjamin Franklin, John Adams, and Pierre Eugene DuSimitiere. The Great Seal is thus a record of the visionary origins of America.
On the reverse side is mandala containing a broken pyramid with a radiant eye enclosed in a triangle. The triangle points back to the evolutionary trinity of Joachim's philosophy of history. They pyramid points back to the Egyptian dawn of civilization. It is, however, an unfinished pyramid, as the work of civilization is unfinished. America's mission is to finish the pyramid, suggests Robert Hieronimos (in America's Secret Destiny)." – [Grosso, Michael. THE MILLENNIUM MYTH: LOVE AND DEATH AT THE END OF TIME, Quest Books, 1995.]

In modern times, the occult societies such as the Rosicrucians are facilitating mankind's return to the Golden Age. One important figure in the Masonic occult was Alice Bailey.

" . . .the general reformation of the world announced in the Rosicrucian manifestos ... will bring the world back to the state in which Adam found it, which was also Saturn's golden age ... This return to the golden age of Adam and Saturn, is said to be assisted by the high society of the Rosicrucians." – [Yates, Francis A. THE ROSICRUCIAN ENLIGHTENMENT. Barnes & Noble, Inc., 1996 (1972)]

Alice Bailey wrote: "...the three main channels through which the preparation for the new age is going on might be regarded as the Church, the Masonic Fraternity and the educational field..." – [Bailey, Alice. THE EXTERNALISATION OF THE HIERARCHY, Lucis Publishing Co., 1957.]

The scope of New Age is much larger than many people realise. Basically there are several major pillars – New Man, New Earth, New Law and New Knowledge. We must integrate these pillars to have a whole grasp of New Age. An overview of these major pillars is provided below.

New Man and Transhumanism (Human 2.0)

God created Adam and Eve after His image (Gen.1:27, 2:7). The Church will be glorified and conformed to the image of Christ at the resurrection/rapture. Lucifer/Satan is determined to be like God, and to negate individual salvation and resurrection of the body. The chief program was to create like God does, and to eliminate or pervert what God has created. However, only God has the power to create human beings with a soul. So the program ought to start with a form of deception. The first action was to deceive Eve in the Garden of Eden that she and Adam could be like God (Gen.3:4-5).

This divinity of man doctrine was believed and passed on by pagan cultures. This heresy found its way into Christianity, and was subsequently embraced by the apostate Gnostic Church and secret societies. It became a central doctrine of the Eastern Orthodox Church as well as the Knights Templars. Certain early Church Fathers subtly promoted this deification of man doctrine.

“St. Augustine, the most favored ancient father of the West, wrote in his Sermons, ‘He who was God was made man to make gods those who were men’ (192.1); and ‘God wishes to make you a god, not by nature like him whom he begat, but by his gift and adoption. For as he through humanity became partaker of your mortality, so through exaltation he makes you partaker of his immortality’ (166.4). In the last chapter of The City of God Augustine wrote, ‘We ourselves shall become that seventh day (i.e. the eternal Sabbath), when we have been replenished and restored by His blessing and sanctification. There we shall have leisure to be still, and we shall see that He is God, whereas we wished to be that ourselves when we fell away from Him, after listening to the seducer saying: You will be like gods. Then we abandoned the true God, by whose creative help we should have become gods, but by participating in Him, not by deserting Him.’ Lastly we have, It is clear that He (i.e. God) calls men gods through their being deified by His grace and not born of His substance. For He justifies, who is just of Himself and not of another; and He deifies, who is God of Himself and not by participation in another. Now He who justifies, Himself deifies, because by justifying He makes sons of God. For to them gave He power to become the sons of God. If we are made sons of God, we are also made gods; but this is by grace of adoption, and not by generation." – ["Eastern Orthodoxy, Theosis and the Early Fathers." Wayne Olson, May 26, 2002]

New Agers believe that man becomes divine through mystical contemplation and spiritual initiation. The Gnostic/Hermetic doctrine of the divinity of man is the basis for various movements (e.g. self-esteem, human potential, interfaith, monastic/ascetic).

"...the human potential movement...is another name for the New Age Movement... there is cause for alarm when we realize how closely related the deification of self is to the entire human potential movement, and how this movement has penetrated the evangelical church and is subtly seducing overwhelming numbers of Christians." – [Hunt, Dave and T. A. McMahon. THE SEDUCTION Of CHRISTIANITY: SPIRITUAL DISCERNMENT IN THE LAST DAYS, Eugene, OR: Harvest House Pub., 1986.]

Two forefront advocates of the New Age Movement were David Spangler and Barbara Marx Hubbard, who conspired with top Christian leaders in promoting the movement.

"Constance Cumbey discovered in 1988 the evidence of a secret meeting between some of the most high-ranking leaders of the New Age Movement and equally powerful Christian leaders, including those who were from the cult-watching community itself. This meeting...was called the Gold Lake Conference. According to Cumbey's July 1988 New Age Monitor, the Gold Lake Conference was held in Boulder, Colorado from October 24-26, 1987. It was called 'Christianity and the New Age'. The retreat was sponsored by Doug Coe's (Chuck Colson's mentor) Fellowship Foundation, Inc., The C.S. Lewis Institute, Spiritual Counterfeits Projects and other 'Christian' groups. Those involved in the Christian world included: J. Vernon Grounds of Evangelical Ministries to New Religions (EMNR), Gordon Lewis, Spiritual Counterfeits Project's Art Lindsley and, reportedly, Karen Hoyt [COR/SCP]... Among the New Agers present were David Spangler and Barbara Marx Hubbard, both of whom have written extensively on the demise of Christianity and of the 'peaceful' extermination of Christians who won't go along with the New Age Plan." – [Blinstrub, C.D. with B.E., The Little Cloud Report, Spring, 1996.]

The Luciferians are Satan’s earthly co-conspirators who also want immortality and creative power. This desire is the origin of Transhumanism. The term was coined by the Darwinian eugenicist Julian Huxley in his 1957 paper with the same title. Julian Huxley is the brother of Aldous Huxley, author of A Brave New World, and is considered the father of transhumanism. In his 1957 paper he wrote: “Up till now human life has generally been, as Hobbes described it, ‘nasty, brutish and short’; the great majority of human beings (if they have not already died young) have been inflicted with misery…we can justifiably hold the belief that these lands of possibility exist, and that the present limitations and miserable frustrations of our existence could be in large measure surmounted…The human species can, if it wishes, transcend itself…”

With the advancement of technology, particularly A.I. and biotech, transhumanism is embraced by Luciferian technocrats, notably Peter Thiel and Elon Musk (discussed in Part 4). They not only want to create, but aspire to create beings superior to what God creates. The ongoing effort is to merge human and machine into cyborgs that will transcend humanity.

Klaus Schwab, former executive chairman of the World Economic Forum (WEF), is a quintessential transhumanist. He wrote that innovations triggered by the Fourth Industrial Revolution are redefining what it means to be a human.

Another highly influential person in the intellectual world, Yuval Noah Harari, epitomises the Luciferian spirit and frequently speaks blasphemous words. His 2016 book, Homo Deus: A Brief History of Tomorrow, premises that “in the future, humanity is likely to make a significant attempt to gain happiness, immortality and God-like powers.”

Harari sees no fundamental difference between human beings and machines, as he wrote: “there is no reason to think that organic algorithms can do things that non-organic algorithms will never be able to replicate or surpass…”. He even supports depopulation. In a 2022 interview, he said: “We just don’t need the vast majority of the population in the early 21^st century given modern technologies.”

Harari is also a modern eugenic. In the January 2016 Davos Forum, he originated the idea that, "humanity will be divided between a superelite of improved humans and a mass of 'useless people'" and that "power is in the hands of those who control the algorithms".

Transhumanism works hand in hand with eugenics and depopulation. The elites have long term plans for controlling the world's population, which aim at the survival of the fittest and elimination of the unfit. The latter are whom Harari considered to be the ‘useless people’.

"Modern eugenics is directed chiefly towards the discouragement of propagation among the unfit (negative eugenics) and encouragement of propagation among those who are healthy, intelligent, and of high moral character (positive eugenics). Such a program involves many difficulties, especially that of defining which traits are desirable." – [THE COLUMBIA ENCYCLOPEDIA, Fifth Edition Columbia University Press, 1993 (1935).]

The occults and New Agers believe that population control is a pretext for drastic depopulation of the world.

"The Georgia Guidestone...first commandment declares that the world's population should be depleted to 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature." – [Benoit, David. "Man Targeted for Extinction" FORESHOCKS OF ANTICHRIST, Editor: William T. James Eugene, OR: Harvest House Publishers, 1997.]

Special Topic 1: The Philosophical Root of Transhumanism

Many ideologies can be traced back to their philosophical roots. Transhumanism is basically a will to transcend human beings above their own nature, which is by convention God given. If there were any philosophical origin of this kind of thinking, it would be the philosophy of Friedrich Nietzsche (1844 – 1900). Some of his works also have subtle connections with New Age thinking.

In his early years, Nietzsche was immersed in Greek philosophy and the works of Schopenhauer on aesthetics, enthralled by Richard Wagner’s opera and level of greatness of Germany.

The thesis of his early work The Birth of Tragedy (1872) – art is the tension between the opposing forces of Dionysian(Primordial Oneness) and Apollonian (individuating, form-giving force), which is an illusion concealing the “Will”. When the veil of illusion is torn, humans will sink back into the “Oneness” with the universe as a whole (a typical New Age concept).

The Gay Science (1882) set to undermine the teleological metanarrative judgement of life such as sin could be redeemed, that suffering is not in vain….He questioned the ‘will to truth’, and would rather go for the tragic affirmation of life. The ultimate foundation of belief, transcendant basis of values as human wishful construct has been destroyed – leading to the assertion ‘God is dead’, and opened the door to nihilism. Stability, order, cause and effect are nothing more than anthropomorphisms. Even morality which is a social construction will break down. Nietzsche tried to transform this pessimistic view to a creative form of nihilism which sees the ‘death of God’ in a positive way for creating a new form of life-affirming cultural life, which is eternal recurrence – to will that our lives be repeated innumerable times shall give ‘weight’ to our existence, the ideal of amor fati, or loving one’s fate (another form of New Age thinking).

The Christianity religion seeing the impoverished life of subjected people in contrast to the brutal lifestyle of Roman masters was a crystallised way of interpretion of reality, which became self-evident truth when passed down through history. That truth is ‘a mobile army of metaphors’, echoed by the post-modernist Jacques Derrida’s famous phrase “There is nothing outside the text.” The picture of reality as cultural and social constructs derives Nietzche’s perspectivism, that we can never exit from our own perspectives to know the reality in itself, just like what Immanuel Kant wrote.

Transhumanism as the Overman

The concept of Overman – the true nature of human is not concealed deep within oneself, but immeasurably high above oneself. To become the person you are is not so much a matter of realising a pregiven potential as it is of creating yourself in such a way that you can fully assume the identity you create for yourself. This self-creation is to embrace one’s existence, affirm all that one is, and love one’s fate. The ideal of Overman is “will to power”, that is to flourish, to strive for greater and greater energy and strength to realise ever greater possibilities and powers.

In preparing the way for the coming of the Overman, one must have the courage to struggle against everything taken as settled. One must be proud and willing to command, and seek in all things which is to be overcome. Then one’s only goal will be endless self-expansion, with ceaseless drive to overcome everything that has seemed beyond dispute, such as sickness and death.

The elimination of sickness and achievement of immortality is exactly the goal of transhumanism!

By affirming our world as it is, we can put an end to the reactive, traditional nihilism, and pave the way to a creative nihilism envisioned in Nietzche’s Thus Spoke Zarathustra (1883-85).

The Transhumanist Spirit of Richard Strauss

The transhumanism ideology of Nietzsche extended to the realm of music and art. The German composer Richard Strauss’ final epic masterpiece An Alpine Symphony signified the summit of his orchestral achievement. The idea of this piece stemmed from his experiences in the mountains as a teenager. It is an Alpine tone poem opening with a glorious sunrise, for which he had already composed a number of themes, including the famous opening of Also Sprach Zarathustra, obviously inspired by Nietzche’s Thus Spoke Zarathustra. While the Symphony seemed to be a simple depiction of the composer’s 24-hours mountaineering in the Swiss Alps, the piece does embody a significant philosophical element. Triggered by the premature death of the great composer Gustav Mahler, Richard Strauss studied the writings of Nietzche. Indeed it was Nietzche’s 1888 essay Der Antichrist which convinced him that he could only achieve absolute expressive freedom by renouncing Christianity. Strauss even had seriously considered calling his new work the Anti-Christ Symphony, reasoning that it advocated ‘moral purification through one’s own strength, liberation through work, and worship of eternal, magnificent nature’. This masterpiece which he lavished more attention than any other of his orchestral works reflects his feverish obsession with the idea of Overman and his firm belief in pantheism, which is an epitome of New Age.

New Earth and Cataclysmic Pole Shift

Scripture is clear that at the end of the Millennium, God will destroy the earth before He creates the New Heavens and New Earth (Luke 21:33; Rev. 21:1).

In a similar sense as creating the New Man, Satan has a duplicate program on the earth, but in the form of destruction. At the end of its Golden Age (which is toward the end of the Tribulation period), Satan will attempt to destroy the earth.

New Agers believe there have been numerous pole shifts or magnetic poles reversals throughout the earth's history. The most recent event happened during the Younger Dryas.

"By examining excavated pottery shards and core samples from rock and submarine mountain ranges, 171 reversals of the Earth's magnetic poles have been documented. Based on the evidence from geological core samples, the end of the last known reversal period has been calculated to have occurred 12,400 years ago. And a brief anomaly has been dated around 860 B.C. - the time of the great cosmic upheavals described in detail in Velikovsky's 'World in Collision'. It is confusing to scientists that the great majority of rocks with inverted magnetic polarity are charged up to one hundred times more strongly that could have been produced by terrestrial magnetism. There is speculation that the Earth at one time revolved faster and generated a stronger protective magnetic field. During the past 1,800 years, this field is estimated to have fallen to less than two-thirds of its original strength. The significance of this data is that it indicates an increase in the amount of radiation now reaching the Earth's surface from space because the strength of the protective magnetic shield is proportionate to the speed of Earth's rotation." – [Astramate Presents Insights: A Site of Esoteric Concepts, Carol A Reiner]

EM scalar weapons have been discussed in my previous post. These weapons can also shift the axis of the earth. The current Pole Star, Polaris, has astrological significance in the Great Bear constellation, which represents the Antichrist and False Prophet. The occult plans to shift the earth's poles such that they realign the earth with another Pole Star. The secret societies will attempt to shift the poles of the earth in order to destroy it. – [CAST, P.42-43]

Destruction of Cities and the Wilderness Project

In conjunction to destroying the earth, Satan will destroy the cities at the end of the Golden Age. The Wilderness/Wildlands Project is being planned and developed by the occult. During the Tribulation, the project will be used to return the earth to the pre-flood conditions of Atlantis. People will be moved from their property and relocated. Land will be destroyed and cities will be desolated. The world will be transformed into wilderness.

Could the destructive Palisades and Eaton wildfires in Los Angeles early this year be a test run of the project?

New Atlantis and Ley Lines Reactiviation

Another New Age agenda related to New Earth is the Restoration of Atlantis. It is the counterfeit program of Satan in the Golden Age when ten kings will rule over the ten kingdoms of the Antichrist as discussed in Part 4. The purpose for the new Atlantis is the same as that for the old Atlantis: to force God's judgment of the earth.

In the pre-flood era, ley lines and sacred sites were located at intersecting points on an electromagnetic grid developed by the lost civilization of Atlantis using Hermetic magic. In the occult tradition, these sacred sites are believed to connect mankind to the earth and the 'divine cosmos'. In the OT period, ley lines and sacred sites were natural force fields used by pagans for Hermetic magic.

The ley lines is also associated with the layout of the city of Washington D.C., which was designed by the Masonic occult.

"Masonic architects also laid out the city of Washington D.C.in a metaphysical design to make the best use of the earth's energies -- called 'ley lines', or dragon lines', for creating healing or harmony. The original design of Pierre-Charles L'Enfant was later modified by Washington and Jefferson to produce the specifically octagonal pattern incorporating the particular cross used by the Masonic Templars." – [McLaughlin, Corinne & Gordon Davidson. SPIRITUAL POLITICS: CHANGING THE WORLD FROM THE INSIDE OUT. NY: Ballantine Books. 1994.]

To prepare for the Golden Age, the occult agenda has been to reactivate the ancient global electromagnetic grid of Atlantis, which will facilitate the occult transformation of humanity.

New Law and Project 2025

Few people notice that the establishment of new law is also a major pillar for the Golden Age.

It is another duplicate program of Satan. During the Millennium, Jesus Christ will teach His Law at Mount Zion/Jerusalem and will appoint judges to oversee observance of the Law. The duplicate program of Satan is to enforced Natural Law during the Golden Age.

Natural law was defined by the renowned occultist Aleister Crowley: "Do what thou wilt shall be the whole of the Law,"however some legislation enforced under Natural Law may be the Five Holy Obligations of the Dragon Court. The Five Holy Obligations of the Dragon Court are:
1. Protection of the earth
2. Upholding of peace
3. Support of the downtrodden
4. Defense of the feminine
5. Pursuit of knowledge

One can readily associate these obligations with some objectives being pursued by the United Nations today.

The occult societies believe in anarchy, which they call natural law. Advocates of natural law infiltrated Christendom during the Renaissance (II.Ti. 3:1-5; Jude 1:4,10).

"...Renaissance men such as Michelangelo, Leonardo da Vinci and Marsillio Ficino of the Platonic Academy in Florence revived the artistic styles and metaphysical values of classical antiquity, notably in Italy." – [Aho, Barbara. "The Nineteenth Century Occult Revival." CHRISTIAN CONSCIENCE, July/Aug 1997.]

The New Agers are formulating a system of natural law ethics which incorporates humanism, pantheism, interfaithism and androgyny. A prerequisite for this is the reunification of church and state. The strategy is to first precondition the population with laws that look benign but indeed erode their freedom. The initial steps have been taken by Project 2025.

Project 2025 is a political initiative published in April 2023 by the American think tank ‘The Heritage Foundation’ which can be traced back to the Reagan administration in the 1980s. The project aims to promote conservative and right-wing policies to reshape the federal government of the United States and consolidate executive power, originally under the premise that Donald Trump would win the 2024 presidential election.

In a Truth Social post, Trump said that he has “no idea who is behind” Project 2025, and that he had “nothing to do with them”. Though Trump disavowed the project, the media found that most of his executive orders overlap with its proposals. A CNN review reported that “six of the former Cabinet secretaries helped write or collaborated on the 900-page playbook for a second Trump term published by The Heritage Foundation… at least 140 people who worked in the Trump administration had a hand in Project 2025.”

One key objective of Project 2025 is the implementation of Sunday Law. The law will require that workers be paid time and a half for hours worked on the Sabbath. That day would default to Sunday, except for employers with a sincere religious observance of a Sabbath at a different time. There will be exemptions for employers legally required to operate round the clock.

On the surface, it is a benign law as everybody including the secular would be happy to refrain from work on Sunday. Families and communities can enjoy time-off together, providing a healthier cadence of life for everyone. It would be particularly welcomed by Christians, as it privileges Christianity which is the only religion to have the Sunday worship. Isn’t it clear that God ordained the Sabbath as a day of rest (Exodus 20:8-11)?

However, one should note that the true Sabbath is NOT on Sunday, but from Friday sundown to Saturday sundown. Nowhere in the Bible demand the observance of Sunday. Indeed, the Sunday observance had its origin in Catholicism.

“Sunday is our mark of authority…the church is above the Bible, and this transference of Sabbath observance is proof of that fact.” – [Catholic Record of London, Ontario, September 1, 1923.]

But the deeper problem here is that the Sunday observance becomes a law mandate. It is a dangerously step toward the church and state merger. The Sunday observance for worship should be solely out of free will, and should never be tied with any law enforcement.

The lack of discernment on this plan leads to the emerging Christian Nationalism. It can be viewed as a form of religious nationalism that focuses on promoting the Christian views of its followers, in order to achieve prominence/dominance in political, cultural and social life. But this mindset could also be used to push forward a nefarious agenda by the high cabals, predominantly the Jesuits, behind the scene.

Let’s suppose, WHAT IF, one day this same church-state system (One World Religion coupled with One World Government) turns its spear against true believers, with laws that once favoured them becoming tools for prosecution? Let’s not forget that it was under this system that brought the brutal Inquisition. Would there be another Inquisition type prosecution during the Tribulation? The answer is YES, and it will start with successive changes and implementations of laws.

This New Age agenda is highly complex and very little research on this topic has been done so far. A brief outline is provided herewith. Firstly, the Roman Catholic (RC) Church and Christian Dominionists will institute another Inquisition to enforce the Mosaic Law, the Ten Commandments. Under the pretext of ending the Inquisition, the Antichrist will establish the Noahide Laws to justify beheading Christians and eliminating Christianity. After he has destroyed the RC Church and exterminated Christians, the Antichrist will set himself up as the new Priest-King. Since he has the power to change world law, he will reject the Mosaic Law and institute a system of Natural Law. The basis for natural law will be the obligations of the Dragon Court.

The groundwork would have been laid to enact the Noahide Laws by mid-Tribulation. The Noahide Laws are falsely associated with the Bible. They are really a Merovingian Jewish invention to rule the Gentiles. The Masonic Orders are the custodians of the Noahide Laws. A restored Sanhedrin in Israel will be the Supreme Court which interprets the Noahide Laws.

“During the first half of the Tribulation period, the Roman Catholic Church will conduct another bloody Inquisition led by the Pope who will head the European Union in a revived Holy Roman Empire. The pseudo-Christian and ecumenical Dominionists, i.e., Joel's Army, will ally with the Pope to enforce the Mosaic Law, i.e. the Ten Commandments worldwide. This will provoke a backlash in the form of the Judeo-Masonic Noahide Laws which are an abridgement and distortion of the Noahic Covenant and Mosaic Law. ("As in the days of Noah" - Matt. 24:37). These laws will be enforced at the onset of the last half of the Tribulation Period in order to justify decapitation (Rev. 20:4) of all Christians (the ‘Tribulation Saints’). The Merovingian Jews consider themselves "above the law" and will be exempted from accountability at the World Court and false White Throne Judgments, where the Gentiles will be judged. When they have eliminated those who do not conform to the Noahide Laws, the Antichrist will declare Natural Law, which governed mankind in the pre-flood era, to be the law of mankind.” – CAST, pp. 132

The Natural Law of the pre-flood era is the law of Masonry. It will be re-established by the Druids in the restored Golden Age of Atlantis (the second half of the Tribulation period). During this period, Five Holy Obligations of the Dragon Court will include extreme environmental regulations which will be enforced as spiritual laws. New Agers claim that the Melchizedek Priesthood is being restored and will be the Antichrist's rationale for a change in the law (Dan. 7:25; Heb. 7:12-14).

"If there is a more or less 'official' morality in Masonry, it is the morality of nature. In his Textbook of Masonic Jurisprudence, Mackey contrasted this law of nature with the Ten Commandments: 'Every Mason is obliged by his tenure to obey moral law. Now this moral law is not to be considered as confined to the decalogue of Moses, within which narrow limits the ecclesiastical writers technically retain it, but rather is alluding to what is called the lex naturae or the law of nature..." – [John Ankerberg and John Weldon, THE SECRET TEACHINGS OF THE MASONS, Chicago: Moody Press, 1990.]

UAP, Aliens and New Knowledge

Some preliminary discussions regarding Unidentified Aerial Phenomena (UAP), formerly coined UFO, can be found in my earlier piece on ‘Enigma in the Sky’. There is tremendous amount of materials on this topic. This piece will only focus on the New Age connection of UAP and aliens/extraterrestrials.

UFO in the Occult Tradition

The occult believes there are more highly evolved life forms, i.e. gods, on other planets or galaxies in the universe.

In their tradition, the Aryan god kings of Atlantis in the pre-flood era were believed to have come from the constellation Orion. The occult believes that ancient gods and goddesses (Ancient Astronauts) came to Earth in spacecraft (UFO), and that the Annunaki/Nephilim escaped the Great Flood/Deluge in spaceships. The Atlantean race of Aryans were thought to have relocated to the constellation of Orion.

"The term 'Ancient Astronauts' generally refers to extraterrestrials who came to Earth and were in some way responsible for seeding the human race. The most notorious proponent of this idea is Erich von Daniken, author of several popular books on the subject. His best-selling ‘Chariots of the Gods’, published in 1968, argued that spacecraft landed long before modern humanity peopled the Earth...

"All of the ancient creational myths speak of Gods and Goddesses who came to Earth in some sort of magical scenario - or riding in chariots of fire - and creating a race called Humans. Most of these myths refer to their primary God as a Sun God meaning from the Light. In Egypt this God was called Ra, Re, Ray of Light. In India the chariots were called Vimanas."

"100,000 years ago - The Anunnaki (the biblical Nefilim), to Enlil's growing annoyance marry the daughters of Man.

49,000 years ago - Enki and Ninhursag elevate humans of Anunnaki parentage to rule in Shuruppak. Enlil, enraged. plots Mankind's demise.

13,000 years ago - Realizing that the passage of Nibiru in Earth's proximity will trigger an immense tidal wave, Enlil makes the Anunnaki swear to keep the impending calamity a secret from Mankind.

11,000 B.C. - Enki breaks the oath, instructs Ziusudra/Noah to build a submersible ship. The Deluge sweeps over the Earth; the Anunnaki witness the total destruction from their orbiting spacecraft." – [Ancient Astronauts]

"In ‘Atlantis to the Sphinx (1996)’...David Frawley points out that the Hindu Varuna, the Egyptian Osiris and the Greek Ouranos, are all symbolized by the constellation of Orion..." – [Wilson, Colin and Rand Flem-ath. THE ATLANTIS BLUEPRINT: UNLOCKING THE ANCIENT MYSTERIES OF A LONG LOST CIVILIZATION, Delacourte]

The Egyptians and Vedic cultures built the pyramids in the shape of Orion's belt – the imagined home of the gods. One of the Giza pyramids recalls the Aryan race of Atlantis.

"...we observe the three stars of Orion's belt forming a pattern in the sky that is identical to the ground plan of the Giza Pyramids... The celestial counterpart of Osiris was Orion...a constellation that the ancient Egyptians...depicted by means of the three characteristic Belt stars. And since Osiris was said to have ruled in the 'First Time' we wonder whether this could be the reason why the three great Pyramids of Giza depict the three stars of Orion's belt as they looked 12,500 years ago at what might reasonably be defined as their astronomical 'First Time'..." – [Hancock, Graham and Robert Bauval. THE MESSAGE OF THE SPHINX: A QUEST FOR THE HIDDEN LEGACY Of MANKIND, New York: Crown Publishers, Inc., 1996.]

UAP & Aliens as the New Age Great Deception

Some serious investigators of UAP have concluded that the crafts and orbs in the sky do not come from the outer space, but rather from another dimension such that they can suddenly pop up or disappear. Others are trans-medium objects originating under the earth or ocean.

“Brad Steiger, an Iowa college professor, has made a detailed examination of the ‘Blue Book’ files compiled by the U.S. Air Force. In his many books he has concluded that the phenomenon is one of beings that are multi-dimensional, but rather than coming from other planets, he argues that they originate from Earth.” – Father Spyridon Bailey, The UFO Deception: An Orthodox Christian Perspective

Christian astrophysicist Dr. Hugh Ross, founder of Reasons to Believe, believe “we’re dealing with…inter-dimensional phenomena” that is “consistent with what the Bible teaches about angels.” Ross and others are concerned the growing popularity of UFO/UAP could be setting the world up for what the apostle Paul warned would involve a “powerful delusion” accompanied by “signs and lying wonders” in the end times—what’s known as the “great deception” that could help persuade humanity to worship the Antichrist as God.

The occult societies have been building antigravity crafts (UFO) including the TR-3B by reverse engineering at secret bases (e.g. more notably Area 51 in the past, and in remote locations such as Antarctica, the ‘Alaska triangle’, etc.) using black budgets. The secret program in the first base has been exposed by early whistleblower Bob Lazar.

These topmost cabals directed the MIB, MJ-12 and also control the highest classified documents which even the U.S. presidents are denied access.

“…in my experience, the higher the classification, the stricter the adherence to the rules of material handling and the more dire the consequences of violating security regulations…A behind-the-scenes power structure exists, which is able to manipulate the CIA, NSA, Air Force OSI, or whoever grabbed the data, then perhaps this power structure is able to break all the rules and get away with it.” – [Vallee, Jacques. Forbidden Science 5: Pacific Heights: The Journals of Jacques Vallee 2000-2009.]

“MJ-12 has changed their name several times throughout the years. But according to the latest information that I’ve been given, the group is still very much active…I do know that it still has the same autonomous control, and it is still funded by black budget money…it’s about a group using official money to engage in a totalitarian control.” – [Grant Cameron. UFOs, Area 51, and Government Informants: A Report on Government Involvement in UFO Crash Retrievals]

Many UFO sightings or incidents (e.g. Roswell crash in 1947, Belgian wave in 1989, Phoenix lights in 1997) were probably test flights of the reverse engineering crafts. DuPont, Boeing and Lockheed were involved in these secret programs.

"The Aviation Week and Space Technology 10/26/92 issue...talks about the sophisticated composite materials that DuPont is producing for state-of-the-art space and aviation vehicles. (I imagine some of these composite materials are finding their way to the secret UFO bases, and DuPont may well be producing some of the parts for these secret anti-gravity machines.) The article states that Boeing Defense and Space Group, Lockhead Aeronautical Systems Co., General Dynamics and DuPont and Hercules, Inc. are working together on aeronautics projects. Boeing and Lockhead are definitely involved with the production of flying saucers, so this may be a good clue that DuPont is too. The article states that DuPont has been a leading supplier for advanced US military programs." – [Springmeier, Fritz, THE TOP 13 ILLUMINATI BLOODLINES, Portland, OR: Fritz Springmeier, 1995]

The demonic higher entities and the occult Prieuré de Sion (discussed in earlier pieces) have been masterminding the aerospace programs over the world. Researchers have found that the astronauts who have travelled to space under the programs were closely connected with masonry. One can apply the Hegelian dialectics to conclude that the so-called Space Race between the U.S.A. and U.S.S.R. in the post-WWII era was a false paradigm, as both sides were controlled by the same group of Masonic occult.

Regarding the UAP of non-human origin (that defies physics and could manipulate space-time), many accounts of those sightings pointed towards a spiritual or demonic nature. Some cases could be attributed to the summoning of demons via occult or meditation practice, while others were related to alien abduction of human beings (mainly for genetic manipulation). There were multiple reports that the aliens would skedaddle when the abductee cried out to the name of Jesus.

“Submit yourselves therefore to God. Resist the devil, and he will flee from you.” – James 4:7 (KJV)

Journalist John Keel wrote in ‘On the Ultraterrestrials’: “Our earliest religious and occult records fully describe and define Operation Trojan Horse. We have been told throughout history that ultraterrestrials, or superior human-like nonhumans, have been assigned to walk among us…The UFO manifestations (by ultraterrestrials) seem to be, by and large, merely minor variations of of the age-old demonological phenomenon…The ultraterrestrials might recognize that need [to believe in ghosts] and wickedly take advantage of our beliefs, tailoring their manifestations so that they appear to support our religious convictions.”

New Agers do relate these sightings to unconscious unveiling of ancient human experience, which is the spiritual connection with the ‘Ancient Astronauts’ in the occult tradition mentioned above.

"Dr. Carl Jung believed, that these UFO sightings are a product of our unconscious veiling of an ancient human experience... This 'bringing to earth' of the Sangraal by UFO's is the modern day equivalent of the Nephilim, the Outer Ones, or the Elohim earthing 'knowledge' and siring a new race of 'kingly' beings for this world. Kingly i.e., the Merovingians. The Merovingian blood is the blood of kings, the kings or gods from ancient Sumeria and beyond. ...the Nephilim have been identified as the Fathers of the Merovingians." - ["Kenneth Grant and the Merovingian Mythos", Vadge Moore]

The discussion of UFO used to be a taboo. However in the recent years a major paradigm change has taken place. More and more information have been released to the media and the public. The significant breakthrough started with the U.S. Congressional Hearing in July 2023, in which three military veterans, including retired Air Force Maj. David Grusch, testified on the U.S. Government’s ‘multi-decade’ reverse engineering program and even the retrieval of ‘non-human’ biological matter. Some might consider these disclosures as bombshells shocking the power structure behind. But it’s more likely that these soft disclosures were under a meticulously planned strategy with controlled leaking from ‘whistleblowers’ that would ultimately lead to a great deception about these UAP and aliens. Richard Dolan and Bryce Zabel outlined in their book the multiple strategies in disclosure: photographic evidence, investigative journalism, whistleblowers and leaks, public witnesses, physical evidence, foreign declassifications and public statements, political instability, heavily-documented mass sighting, and finally, a decision taken by the higher entities themselves. – [Richard M. Dolan and Bryce Zabel, A.D. After Disclosure]

In a recent podcast, the Director of National Intelligence Tulsi Gabbard, who holds the highest position overseeing America’s intelligence community, said she believes that extraterrestrial life exists. With an official of this supreme position issuing this statement, the most adamant skeptics of UAP/extraterrestrials would have been left speechless.

But what’s the deception? With further research into the New Age doctrines, the deception could be condensed into the following salient points:

• The earth is a spiritual prison (the Sikhism doctrine). It is a concentration camp set up for humans.

• Humans are inherently warmongers and abusers of the earth (of its resources) due to their low spiritual dimension.

• There exists higher beings as watchers of the earth. They monitor the evolution of human beings but do not normally intervene, unless humans may cause irreparable destruction of the earth such as nuclear war.

• The liberation of humans from this spiritual prison requires connection with the One Divine Creator, or spiritual enlightenment.

• The watchers, themselves having a high spiritual dimension will come down to earth (when they deem necessary) and help humans raise their spiritual dimension. This spiritual enlightenment will bring an end to all wars and malice on earth.

Note how strongly this narrative resembles the demonic New Age thinking discussed in my previous piece on Tatsuki’s July 2025 prophecy and Tibetan Buddhism.

Victor Hugo, Grand Master of the Prieuré de Sion (1844-1885) who no doubt share the occult tradition, envisioned a similar destiny of human beings.

"Victor Hugo prophesied that in the Twentieth Century, war would die, frontier boundaries would die, dogma would die...and Man would live. 'He will possess something higher than these...a great country, the Whole Earth...and a great hope, the Whole Heaven.'" – [Cumbey, Constance. A PLANNED DECEPTION: THE STAGING OF A NEW AGE "MESSIAH". E. Detroit, MI: Pointe Publishers, Inc. 1985.]

The Second Coming of Christ and Counterfeit Program of Satan

According to the Bible, Jesus Christ will return from heaven to earth in great glory at the end of the Great Tribulation and establish His Millennial Kingdom (Matt. 24:27; Acts 1:9-11, 3:20-21; II Thess. 2:8-10; Rev. 1:7, 19:11-13).

In the counterfeit program of Satan, the Antichrist (the Merovingian Grail Bearer) will return to Earth in a UFO/UAP at the beginning of the Golden Age (i.e. Second half of the Tribulation) with other reincarnated Merovingians to establish his Saturnian/Satanic Kingdom. The mass media, which is controlled by the secret societies, is and will be used for mind control, and will eventually be used to publicize the coming of the false Christ and to promote his agenda. – [CAST, pp.212]

In the Tribulation period, the earth will come under the full wrath of God. The elites will attempt to escape from God’s judgments with every possible means and technologies. They will use underground bunkers (like what Mark Zuckerberg has prepared under his residence in Hawaii) or space stations as refuge from the Tribulation judgments (Amos 9:2).

"Early in 1977...President Carter announced a few details of a top-secret Pentagon project code-named 'Noah's Ark'...a system of some 96 'bunkers' and 'bolt holes' which have been established at various places on or near the earth to house approximately 6500 key officials in case of a nuclear war. Many of these 'bolt holes' are underground cities." – [Deyo, Stan. THE COSMIC CONSPIRACY Kempton, IL:.Adventures Unlimited Press, 1994.]

Other technocrats (like Elon Musk) will try to relocate to the Moon or Mars to escape the Tribulation judgments (Obadiah 1:4). They might also relocate those whom they view as being inferior to other planets where they are exploited as research subjects and slaves (Deut. 30:4).

Mark Twain quoted: “Truth is stranger than fiction.” This interplanetary migration plan was eerily envisaged in a TV programme back in 1975.

“In 1975, the rather conservative British television programme Science Report presented one of the most revealing documentaries of all time, when it unveiled an international conspiracy (originating from Geneva!) of monumental proportions and known by the code name of Alternative 3. The charges made were that the rich elite of this world had launched a secret space programme which would allow them to migrate to other planets when the pollution and overpopulation on Earth became unbearable. Thanks to ultra-secret cooperation between the Americans and the Russians, bases were able to be constructed on Mars and the Moon. The greatest scientists disappeared from all over the world, forced by their governments to devote themselves to obscure interstellar research. Innocent citizens would be abducted and subjected to brainwashing before being forced to work like slaves in the secret space colonies.”

Was it predictive programming?

The power structure mentioned earlier is highly interested in eschatology, particularly the Book of Revelation, though probably from a distorted perspective. One esoteric group, the Collins Elite, delves deep into the secret matters within the power structure: “Dan T. Smith reported that his governmental sources hinted at an eschatological emergency…When I asked why the CIA was interested in eschatology, he replied that the ramifications of the eschaton event represented a serious threat to national security, and thus, fell into the purview of the intelligence agencies. Smith also revealed that the eschatological issues he raised related directly to the biblical prophecies of the Book of Revelation. The Collins Elite had their own view of how the end game will play out.”

The Collins Elite has some clues on the eschatology related to alien invasion, which will be discussed in the next section.

Presentation materials of my 2021 UAP talk

The Case for a Staged Alien Invasion

“There ain’t good or bad aliens, only fallen angels and demons!” - my quote

One can find a bunch of lies on aliens/extraterrestrials from stories of ‘interplanetary messengers’, ‘space ambassadors’, ‘time travellers’, etc. throughout the history. The false narrative is that we have cosmic siblings, and that the universe is inhabited/populated by other good and bad advanced civilisations, and that an Intergalactic Confederation is maintaining the order and harmony in the universe.

Could God have created other intelligent species in other parts of the universe? By denying this, are we limiting the creative power of God? If there were other advanced civilisations in the universe which would interact and have significant impacts on humanity, why isn’t it mentioned in the Bible? Some technical discussions on the probability of the existence of extraterrestrials can be found in the UAP presentation materials (link above) where the Extraterrestrial Hypothesis, Fermi Paradox, Drake Equation etc. are reviewed.

The great lie fuelled by the New Agers is that humans were seeded on earth (panspermia theory) or created by an advanced civilisation in the universe (the new knowledge).

"Primary doctrines of modern UFO culture are that mankind was 'seeded' or created on earth by another space-faring race; that the miraculous events in the Bible are 'primitive' interpretations of UFO technology...; that Jesus Christ was an alien-human hybrid; and that aliens are making their presence known on earth in this age as 'spirit guides' to assist mankind to achieve Utopia - a technological earthly paradise where we all acknowledge our own divinity, under the banner of one-world brotherhood, government, peace and safety.'" – [Bailey, Alice. THE EXTERNALISATION OF THE HIERARCHY, Lucis Publishing Co., 1957.]

Of course, the mass population is not going to believe in this outrageous claim lightly. So a multi-phased strategy which progressively lead people into the delusion is deployed. The first phase is now already in place.

The Coming 3I/ATLAS Threat?

As discussed in Part 1, the gist of Hegelian dialectics is to generate fear upon the population by an engineered crisis, and then offer a solution to the crisis to harness power. This can also be applied to the case of cosmic threat. The New Agers are eager to stir up media hype and public fear towards various mysterious objects in space. The Oumuamua that passed our solar system in 2017 and the 3I/ATLAS in the coming months are perfect examples. One can readily find myriad of videos in the social media describing the various anomalies of 3I/ATLAS, thanks to the paper published in arxiv by the renowned Harvard astrophysicist Avi Loeb and his infatuation with the subject. The threat is basically a lie!

Remember the Tatsuki prophecy? Did the July 2025 Japan catastrophe really happen? Note the similarities in the fear and hype generated over the world in both cases. The primary goal is to precondition the mindset of the people to face an unprecedented cataclysm such that they feel completely helpless and thereby cry for a saviour! Bear in mind that fear is always the food for the devil. On the Tatsuki prophecy, I have emphasised the spiritual connection of her dreams. They were demonically driven and strongly related to New Age thinking.

Indeed the narrative of an alien invasion threat could be traced back to the Reagan administration:

"...Reagan started to make remarks of how the world would unite if there was a perceived threat to the human race coming from aliens in outer space. This gentleman, at the UN, stated that under the N.W.O. a treaty was drawn up 'The Scorched Earth Policy' stating that if Earth was ever to be attacked from outer space by a hostile alien culture that we could not repel it was agreed that we would detonate every nuclear arsenal on Earth. This is why Star Wars is still being researched though Russia is no longer a threat.
"Today we are being bombarded by the great Asteroid threat and this is now being linked to why we still need to work on Star Wars.
"Could the truth be we are preparing for the return of these Gods, for remember when they last left they said they would return in judgment of the living and the dead of Mankind.
"What does that phrase mean 'the living and the dead?'
"I say this means they will be returning to judge all of the surviving Mankind by its history." – ["The NWO and the Return of the Gods"]

The upshot was the Star Wars initiative in the 1980s. So, would it now be the stepping up of the U.S. Space Force (USSF)?

The second phase would be a staged alien invasion. This might involve Project Blue Beam – it is basically a holographic projection to create a visualisation of space crafts/extraterrestrials (the notorious ‘alien’ captured in the Miami mall last year was possibly a precursor). The perpetrator might also use CGI – computer generated images to spread videos of these crafts in the mass media (which have been controlled by the elites) that would quickly go viral over the world. This staged alien invasion will immediately drive people to nuts. Yet they still won’t be able to make sense what’s happening.

The real alien invasion would take place shortly after the Rapture of the Church (a major topic in the next piece). That’s the time when the restraint (the Holy Spirit) will have been removed. The invading aliens would be the Greys with fearful countenance. That would be the counterfeit sixth Trumpet judgement in which a demonic army would slaughter 1/3 of mankind (Rev. 9:13-21). Then, the Nordics with seductive pulchritude would come down to earth and defeat the Greys. They would play the role of benevolent superior beings who would save the world from crises. Finally, the Antichrist (who would have healed his deadly wound (Rev. 13:3)) would return to earth in a UFO/UAP counterfeiting the Second Coming of Christ. The world population would then be left in total perplexity and misidentify the Antichrist as the true Messiah.

[Note: There are roughly three types of aliens: (1) The Greys are lab-manufactured clones made of complex bio-plasmatic materials as a body inhabited by demons. They are responsible for most human abduction cases for the purpose of genetic manipulation; (2) The Reptiloids/Insectoids are hybrids which are produced by intermingling of fallen angels with reptiles, insects or other creatures on earth. Their hybrid nature can be found in Egyptian, Sumerian and Chinese mythology; (3) The Nordics are fallen angels or watchers themselves. They are immortal, and will be disguised as benevolent higher beings who come to help or save humankind.]

“And for this reason God will send them strong delusion, that they should believe the lie, that they all may be condemned who did not believe the truth but had pleasure in unrighteousness.” — II Thess. 2:11-12 (NKJV)

As the pre-flood Nephilim sired the Merovingian race, the Nordics (fallen angels) will again bring the Sangraal (sacred blood) to earth by mating with humans to produce a new race of god-men like the Nephilim (Matt. 24:37; Luke 17:26). The Tarot cards do offer some hints:

"Aleister Crowley's design of the Chariot card in his Tarot Deck depicts a Knight (Templar?) holding a disk that represents the Grail. Anyone having read The Holy Blood and the Holy Grail would know that the Templars were Knights pledged to defend the Merovingian/Grail Bloodline. [Kenneth] Grant [Grand Master of the Ordo Templi Orientis] says, in a footnote; 'it should be noted that the Graal-Bearer [represented on the Tarot card] is depicted in amber-coloured armor [amber or red, the color associated with the Merovingians]. Amber or Orange appears repeatedly in accounts of UFO sightings.' Crowley, in his Book of Thoth, writes; 'The Charioteer is clothed in the amber-coloured armor appropriate to the sign. He is throned in the chariot rather than conducting it, because the whole system of progression is perfectly balanced. His only function is to bear the Holy Grail.' Grant writes, 'The bearer of the Graal [Knight Templar?] depicted on Atu VII [the Tarot card] may therefore be identified with the bringer to earth of the Sangraal, or blood royal, the blood which flows in the veins of the Kingly Man extolled by Crowley, although not understood by him in the sense of trans-human Intelligence. Crowley's design for the Graal resembles as closely as may be, for a pre-1947 representation, a shape frequently described in connection with particular types of UFO. Pre-1947 because, as Grant says, that year was the modern explosion of accounts of UFO 'sightings' around the world..." – ["Kenneth Grant and the Merovingian Mythos", Vadge Moore]

The occult societies will breed demonized men to populate the Golden Age.

"In the new aeon, a race will be propagated of magically generated beings able to probe extraterrestrial dimensions. And the next stage in the advancement of evolution on the planet 'will be achieved by a willed congress [sexual intercourse] with extraterrestrial entities of which, in a sense, Aiwaz (Aleister Crowley's Guardian Angel) is the immediate messenger to humanity.'" – [“The Great Beast"]

Special Topic 2: The Gospel In The Stars

There is a false teaching of the so-called 'Biblical astrology'. It equates the New Age Christ with the Holy Spirit. It is proclaimed the Aquarian Golden Age to be the Age of the Holy Spirit.

In this New Age teaching, the zodiacs/constellation in Greek mythology is being misused as signs of God. One notable example is the so-called ‘Revelation 12 Sign’ which occurred on September 23, 2017 — a woman clothed with the sun, with the moon under her feet, and on her head a crown of 12 stars – as the sun, moon, and certain planets arranged themselves within and around the zodiac constellation Virgo.

One might recall how this astrological event was regarded by many prophecy enthusiasts as most extraordinary and generated enormous hype on the Internet. But in retrospect, what can any sensible person really conclude? A little more research would find that this astrological phenomenon , though rare, has occurred several times over the past 1000 years, which means it’s a recurrent phenomenon.

Now, what about the far more frequent recurrence of solar and lunar eclipses? Could they really be used for prophetic date setting? Every year countless YouTubers use these regular astrological phenomena to predict or correlate with world events. Note the growing ‘rapture hype’ for September 23, 2025! This kind of date setting is such a deep mistake. More on this topic in the next piece.

"This fascinating theory is that God used the clustering of stars that we call constellations as object lessons about His future plans for salvation and other prophetic subjects. This material is taken primarily from ‘The Gospel In The Stars’ by Joseph A. Seiss - originally published in 1882. It also draws from E.W. Bullinger's ‘The Witness of the Stars’ and a tape by Chuck Missler called 'The Mazzaroth'...

"Aquarius, the Waterman, is a man with a large vase of water which he is pouring out from the sky. This would be an apt portrayal the giving of the Holy Spirit whose influence Jesus likened to streams of living water (John 7:37-39)...

"If there is any real meaning to the gradually changing position of the vernal equinox, it would be that the Age of the Church will give way to the even more glorious age of The Holy Spirit, The Millennium and New Beginnings...

"This theory is endorsed today by such well known Bible teachers as Chuck Missler (Audio tape: 'The Mazzaroth') and Dr. James Kennedy of the Coral Ridge Presbyterian Church (Message televised Jan. 7, 1996). It is also accepted by Dr. Henry M Morris in his book, ‘The Long War Against God’ (pp. 265-269). Dr. Morris, president of the Institute for Creation Research.

"Note: This theory of a 'Gospel In The Stars,' is accepted by many prophecy scholars, but rejected by others." – ["The Gospel in the Stars"]

The upcoming Part 6-Finale will focus on Biblical eschatology with topics on Apostasy of Christendom, False Teachers & False Prophets, and Rapture of the Church. Stay tuned.

The July 5 Prophecy by Tatsuki: True Vision or Conspiracy?

The fear of a mega earthquake has gripped Japan in recent months.

Japan is no stranger to earthquakes. It is among the most seismically active countries in the world. Every year there are over a thousand locally felt earthquakes in Japan. The Japanese people are fully accustomed to them. What they really fear is tsunami, reminiscent of the magnitude 9.0 mega earthquake on 11 March 2011 which generated a tsunami that killed 26,000 people and caused the Fukushima nuclear disaster.

One hotspot of potentially generating a mega tsunami that could devastate Japan is the Nankai Trough (figure 1 below). It is submarine trough with a significant amount of geological tension and located rather close to the southern coast of Japan. That means, should there be an earthquake triggered tsunami (which in principle cannot be predicted scientifically), it would reach the coast within a couple hours and there is little time to escape. In the worst case scenario of a Nankai Trough megaquake, the maximum height of tsunami could be over 30 meters and the expected death toll, according to model projection, is near 300,000 (figure 2 below).

In January 2025, a government task force of Japan assessed that there was over 80% probability of a magnitude 8 to 9 earthquake occurring in the Nankai Trough area within the next 30 years.

No one would have paid attention to the so-called ‘prophecy’ depicted in the comic book, or manga in Japan.

Yet, Miss Rayo Tatsuki 竜樹諒, a Japanese cartoonist has gained worldwide recognition after it was found that her comic book had accurately predicted the March 2011 earthquake and tsunami. (Note the words in Italics)

Then, the media hype was boosted when it was claimed that she prophesied a megaquake and tsunami devastating Japan on July 5, 2025 (which is just a couple days after this writing!).

This prophesy stemmed from the comic book by Tatsuki, “The Future I Saw”, first published in 1999. There were other ‘prophesies’ mentioned in the book, including the death of Princess Diana (misspelled ‘Dianna’ in the book), eruption of Mount Fuji, etc. In 2021, an updated version of the book claimed that “the real catastrophe” will occur in July 2025, spinning prophesy enthusiasts throughout East Asia into a frenzy state.

Thanks to one of the most popular YouTubers in Taiwan, a video that is believed to have originally ‘promoted’ Tatsuki’s book and prophesy went viral. Countless KOLs and YouTubers then followed suit, gaining millions of views on social media. But unfortunately most were simply copycats without doing their own research.

Strangely and unexpectedly, the Tatsuki prophecy has induced such a huge impact that Japan’s top tourist markets, including Hong Kong, Taiwan and South Korea have crippled, with flights and tours to Japan cancelled throughout the summer of 2025, resulting in Japan’s tourism down over 80%!

In recent days, the impending July 5 Japan catastrophe has become talk of the town in East Asia.

I have no incentive to speak for Japan’s crippling tourism. The gist of the this piece is to debunk various misinterpretations of Tatsuki’s book, setting the record straight, and far more importantly, to discuss the spiritual connection behind the Tatsuki prophesy and how it might be related with end time events.

First of all, we have to scrutinise the details in the original book of Tatsuki “The Future I Saw” instead of merely browsing the social media. But before that, it must be stressed that Tatsuki has always remained an enigmatic figure. Despite her high popularity, not a single piece of personal information can be found of her. She is totally absent in social media and never conducts interview. Even her family ties and friend circles are completely obscured and could never be reached. The only information one could find is a blurred photo of a young lady, claimed to be Tatsuki taken decades ago (see below). Let’s say Tatsuki simply chooses to remain low key. But is this normal? Is it that easy in this modern technological world where total privacy is virtually impossible? That leads one to wonder – is Tatsuki a real person? Could ‘she’ be an entirely fictitious character? This might sound outrageous but it may make sense if one views the whole issue from a conspiracy angle, which will be explained in due course.

We shall just presume that Tatsuki is a real person and the comic book was genuinely written by her. Let’s go to the details.

Tatsuki had the dream of some phenomena resembling a tsunami when she was still a teenager. She was baffled and first recorded this dream graphically in 1981 (figure below), five years after she started her job in manga (drawing comics), a career that lasted until 1998. That was over a decade before she first published the comic book “The Future I Saw”. Strictly speaking, she had no idea what that dream was exactly about.

Regarding her ‘prophesy’ of the March 2011 earthquake, she first published in 1999 about a ‘hazard’ she had vision that would happen in March 2011. Never did she mention that it would be an earthquake. She had the intention to write that because 1999 was a year when there was a great hype for the Nostradamus prophecy (written in 1555) that the world would end in July 1999 (of course it was proven false), and she wanted to have the people get prepared for a more serious future disaster. It was after the March 2011 earthquake that people matched the event with the ‘hazard’ Tatsuki mentioned in her 1999 book.

Then, she had a more vivid dream of a tsunami in 1998 during her trip to India (a very significant event to be discussed later). She gave a detailed description of the dream, where she saw boiling seas, giant bubbles, and a catastrophic tsunami that would strike southern Japan. She could also generally pinpoint the location of origin, which is due south of Kagoshima, east of Taiwan and north of the Philippines (figure). She didn’t have the date of that catastrophe in that dream.

Note what Tatsuki described in her dream in NO way resembled an earthquake event. Underwater earthquakes do produce tsunami. But they don’t produce boiling seas and giant bubbles. Indeed, this phenomenon is more consistent with an underwater volcanic eruption, as that’s what Tatsuki herself believed. Besides, the location of the eruption she pinpointed was clearly far from the Nankai Trough region. So no matter Tatsuki’s prophecy materialises or not, it’s a fundamental error to associate it with the long feared Nankai Trough earthquake.

Following the March 2011 earthquake and tsunami, Tatsuki wondered whether it was the event that she had dreamed. She concluded it wasn’t, as in her dream she was wearing summer clothing, whereas the March 2011 earthquake occurred in the cold season in Japan. Moreover, the tsunami she dreamed was far greater than that in 2011. Then in 2021, Tatsuki had another dream about a ‘catastrophe’ that would occur in July 2025 (she used to term ‘catastrophe’ for the 2025 event in contrast to the term ‘hazard’ for the 2011 event meaning the former is more serious). Since Tatsuki had the habit of recording the date and time of her significant dreams, she wrote that the exact time of her dream was on 5 July 2021, 04:18 a.m. (see figure above, written at the bottom)

So, we can see that it’s a misrepresentation that Tatsuki prophesied ANY catastrophic event to occur on 5 July 2025! Moreover, it was purely by deduction that the catastrophic event she dreamed to occur in July 2025 is the mega tsunami that she dreamed many years before, as she believed that the event would occur in the summer and July 2025 is a summer month!

This prophetic mystery further deepened when a renowned Japanese quantum physicist, Kunio Yasue, claimed in an online interview that he had learned from various sources including insider from NASA, that a major catastrophe would occur on 5 July 2021, 04:18 a.m. Isn’t that the exact timing we just debunked? What followed was a series of highly confusing remarks. First, it was claimed that an asteroid/meteorite would hit the earth (in western Pacific) catastrophically at that moment. If this is the case, then everyone would have known or even observed it in great panic by now! Probably noting the serious ‘flaw’ in this narrative, he later changed tone to claim that from insider news, the U.S. government under Biden administration planned to crash an obsolete satellite into the Pacific Ocean, creating a catastrophic tsunami. But this plan was abolished since Trump has taken office.

This narrative not only defies physical law (can one differentiate between the impact force of a man-made satellite vs. an asteroid??), it is beyond ludicrous if this monumental, apocalyptic plan was abolished simply because of the change of president!

From the above, there seems to be a perpetual intention by some hidden entities to frame the mindset of people that a major catastrophe will occur on 5 July 2025. But why? We will come back to this later.

Apparently, some vigilant observers might have already noticed the problems in their utilising Tatsuki’s prophecy to generate a false narrative. So they had to employ a more ‘authoritative’ person like the physicist Kunio Yasue 保江邦夫, who may well be part of the conspiracy, to perpetuate the false narrative to muddle the waters.

While most prophecy enthusiasts focus their attention on the catastrophe prediction, the really important yet often overlooked part was the context under which Tatsuki developed her dream vision.

In “The Future I Saw”, Tatsuki mentioned that when she was nine years old, she had an extraordinary experience that she felt her soul detached from her body while napping, then seeing a white hair, white clothed old man in the heaven smiling at her, whom she believed to be the Creator (pp.67-68). Many years later, in 1998, she traveled to India with the purpose of meeting the Indian sage Sathya Sai Baba (1926-2011). She then realised that Sai Baba had the same look as the old man she saw in the dream, and later even found that she was his daughter in her previous life (pp.70). Apart from that, Tatsuki had many other paranormal experiences in India (pp.73). Regarding Sai Baba, he was well known for having the power to perform black magic. She believed the Indian trip was a life changing event and her ‘prophetic gift’ was invigorated ever since.

Those who have studied the occult should have already realised that her so-called spiritual transformation journey in India was inflicted with sorcery and deception. The old man she met in her dream was probably a demonic entity in disguise. She was also exposed to the occult concept of reincarnation through Sai Baba.

Therefore, one can expect that her ‘prophetic gift’ was indeed a connection to the demonic spiritual world, involving psychic practice.

Another significant aspect was that Tatsuki envisaged a New World following the devastating tsunami, where there would be a very bright future with people living in perfect harmony (pp.88).

Isn’t that essentially New Age concept? The New Age/Golden Age deception will be subject of future piece.

Tatsuki was not alone in making prophecy on the Japan catastrophe. A Thai woman, Plai, gained high popularity in Southeast Asia after she had correctly prophesied the Myanmar-Bangkok earthquake in March 2025. Lately, she made a similar prophecy about a catastrophe in Japan, warning that there would be a major volcanic eruption there between July and August 2025. Plai did not conceal the fact that she is a psychic, and plainly admitted that she had exposed herself to the spiritual world since she was a kid, and received messages from the ‘god of hades’.

Volcanism and Opening of Hades

Most people view volcanic eruptions as purely natural phenomena. Few might have realised their spiritual connection. Researchers have found that volcanoes are among the hotspots of paranormal activities. Many sightings of UFO/UAP have been reported near volcanoes. For the occult, volcanoes are vents from the underworld, or hades, or hell. Intriguingly, Tatsuki did see/hear the word ‘Hades’ in her childhood dream on underwater volcanic eruption. During that time Tatsuki had absolutely no idea what that word means, so she just jotted down in her cartoon (in the first cartoon above, the Japanese word in red rectangle can be translated to ‘hades’).

In the antediluvian period, volcanoes are believed to be portals to the lost continents of Lemuria and Atlantis. They were phallic symbols believed to be erupting from Hell.

"Over twelve thousand years ago, when the continent of Lemuria sank beneath the waves of the Pacific Ocean, about 25,000 Lemurians, part of those who escaped and survived, went to live underground, underneath Mt. Shasta, to the city they named Telos. The project of building this underground city was started several centuries prior to the sinking of the continent. The Lemurians and the Atlanteans knew for a few thousands of years ahead that their continents were doomed to eventually sink, and they painfully prepared for it. Telos was prepared to save 200,000 people but only 25,000 actually made it on time to the underground city before the land sank underneath the waves." – ["Lemurian´s Views on The Benefits of Living Underground," Aurelia Louise Jones]

"Suppose we were to find in mid-Atlantic, in front of the Mediterranean, in the neighborhood of the Azores, the remains of an immense island, sunk beneath the sea--one thousand miles in width, and two or three thousand miles long--would it not go far to confirm the statement of Plato that, 'beyond the strait where you place the Pillars of Hercules, there was an island larger than Asia (Minor) and Libya combined,' called Atlantis? And suppose we found that the Azores were the mountain peaks of this drowned island, and were torn and rent by tremendous volcanic convulsions; while around them, descending into the sea, were found great strata of lava; and the whole face of the sunken land was covered for thousands of miles with volcanic débris, would we not be obliged to confess that these facts furnished strong corroborative proofs of the truth of Plato's statement, that 'in one day and one fatal night there came mighty earthquakes and inundations which ingulfed that mighty people? Atlantis disappeared beneath the sea; and then that sea became inaccessible on account of the quantity of mud which the ingulfed island left in its place.' And all these things recent investigation has proved conclusively." – [ Donnelly, Ignatius. ATLANTIS: THE ANTEDILUVIAN WORLD, NY: Dover Publications, Inc., 1976 (1882)]

Many researchers have found that there exists advanced dark technology, i.e. Electromagnetic (EM) scalar weapons, to initiate earthquakes and manipulate the weather (for e.g. HAARP). It is worth noting that the militaries of the great powers have also developed the technology to trigger volcanoes. Indeed, the occult is causing the eruption of volcanoes to send hidden messages showing the progress of their program.

"...[in 1997] the Secretary of Defense of the United States [William Cohen] confirmed that there are indeed novel kinds of EM weapons, right now and have been for some time, which have been and are being used to (1) initiate earthquakes, (2) engineer the weather and climate, and (3) initiate the eruption of volcanoes....

"...focus [the Tesla Howitzer] down to where the active part of the volcano is still slumbering, down where the hole in the plate has been made. Keep increasing the deposition of energy in the magma itself, and eventually the increasing pressure from deep within that volcano, underground, will cause an eruption. Build the energy slow, and the eruption will likely be much larger." – ["Scalar Wars: The Brave New World of Scalar Electromagnetics," Bill Morgan]

Human is causing volcanoes to erupt during the last days of the Church Age (which is now), which will be misrepresented as phenomena of the first part of the Tribulation. During the first half of the Tribulation, God will cause a great volcano to erupt (the 6^th Seal judgement).

[Excerpt from CAST, pp. 50-52, with minor editing]

In view of the counterfeit program in the end of Church Age, a catastrophic volcanic eruption somewhere in the world may very well happen. But for the EM scalar weapon that initiates volcanoes to work, there must first exist an active volcano.

Back to the Tatsuki prophesy, is there a possibility for such underwater volcanic eruption to occur?

The map below shows the precise locations of worldwide volcanoes. If we focus on the area where Tatsuki pinpointed, there does exist a chain of volcanoes along the Ryukyu Islands, which is part the Pacific Ring of Fire that has become rather active this year. We have heard from the news about the recent Tatsugo earthquake swarm, which is located to the south of Kagoshima. One can find real time earthquake information from the USGS website. The Tatsugo earthquake swarm is NOT related to Nankai Trough according to seismologists. But it might be an indicator of underwater magma flow, much like the earthquake swarm that occurred earlier near Santorini and Crete. This magma flow beneath is a potential mechanism that triggers volcanic eruption.

We shall now turn from the scientific aspect to the spiritual aspect of the prophecy.

Tibetan Buddhism, Mystery Babylon and the False Prophet

It was discussed that some hidden entities have subtly manipulated the media to have the mass population focus their mind on 5 July 2025. What’s the purpose? If Tatsuki’s prophecy was heavily influenced by the spiritual world, one could expect that the specific date set should reflect some significant event in the spiritual realm.

I kept searching for information, until I found this striking news that caught my attention. WHAT? Dalai Lama, long believed (including himself) to be the last spiritual leader of Tibetan Buddhism, spoke about his reincarnation upon his death and spelt out a succession process in conflict with the Chinese government. It is very unusual that a living Dalai Lama speaks about his successor, much like the Vatican starts the conclave only after the death of the pope.

The first thing that sprang from my mind was the Malachi prophecy of the pope, on which I have discussed in the previous piece. There is a very interesting parallel here. If there is any significant event happening in the spiritual realm, it must be this!

Most people often put their focus on the two largest religions – Christianity and Muslim, which together comprise roughly half of the world population. It’s easy to dismiss the third major religion, namely Buddhism. Indeed, Buddhism has exerted a great influence on the religious faith in the eastern world.

It was discussed in my previous pieces that following the rapture of the church, the apostate Christendom would continue the ecumenical movement towards the formation of the One World Religion. After the destruction of Rome or Roman Catholicism near mid-Tribulation, and significant weakening of Muslim following their defeat in end times wars, eastern religion represented by Buddhism would play a much more significant role in shaping the One World Religion, i.e. Mystery Babylon in its final form, which is to be ministered by the False Prophet.

The False Prophet is the second beast coming up out of the earth in Revelation 13. He would possess the power to perform signs and wonders, deceiving many (Rev. 13:14). Moreover, sorcery and witchcraft would become prevalent under the One World Religion in the second half of the Tribulation (to be discussed in future piece).

Researchers of Tibetan Buddhism 藏傳佛教 would find that some Lama do possess various forms of occult powers such as alchemy and levitation. Indeed, MYSTERY BABYLON THE GREAT in Rev.17 has its historical root in ancient Babylon and its mystical religion (characterised by sun worship, etc.), which spread its occultism to the east and evolved into Bon 苯教 and Zoroastrianism 拜火教, both interrelated with the eastern mysticism in Tibetan Buddhism (details immensely complex and out of scope here).

The most famous book of prophecy in China, Tui Bei Tu 推背圖, consists of 60 sketches and poems and is said to have provided prophecy (by means of astrology) from the 7^th century Tang dynasty till the end of the world. The authors Li Chunfeng 李淳風and Yuan Tiangang 袁天罡, have been compared to Nostradamus. In the 47^th sketch, it mentioned a sage would rise from the east and become the saviour of the world during the end times. Tui Bei Tu also hinted on a New World Order in a New Age in the 59^th sketch.

Interestingly, Nostradamus also wrote that there would be a ‘new sage’ travelling to Europe from the East, and he would have the authority and power to rule with a rod and change the world (Les Prophéties, 2:29 and 10:75). Note the striking similarity in both prophecies. Ruling with a rod was never the practice of Chinese emperors. It could be related with Sumerian or Egyptian traditions. Yet one should bear in mind that Buddhism does use the rod as a symbol of authority!

I believe that the ‘new sage’ described in Tui Bei Tu and Les Prophéties would be a spiritual leader with transcendent authority and power. This leader is likely to rise from the dominant religion during the end times, which could very well be Buddhism. Who will succeed Dalai Lama remains to be seen. Should that person rise to become a highly influential spiritual leader, he warrants a high watch as a foremost candidate of the False Prophet.

Same as last piece, the subscriber button is put to the very end to minimise obstruction to the text.

Part 1 – Operation Apocalypse, Hegelian Dialectics, U.S. Presidential Election and Trump Prophecy

Part 2 – Wars in the End Times and Bible Prophecies

Part 3 – Masterplan of the Order

Failed St. Malachy Prophesy? – The Deep Church Conspiracy

The recent death of Pope Francis has stirred up a wave of commentary in the media. In particular, discussions on the so-called Prophecy of the Popes went viral on the Internet. Many people start looking at predictions regarding the ‘Final Pope’ and connecting the death of Pope Francis with the ancient vision of St. Malachy.

Briefly, Prophecy of the Popes is a series of 112 short Latin phrases believed to be written by St. Malachy in the early 12^thcentury, which predicted the line of Catholic popes starting #1 Celestine II and ending with #112 “Peter the Roman”, who is the final pope just preceding the destruction of Rome. The line regarding Pontiff 112 reads:

“In the final persecution of the Holy Roman Church, the will sit Peter the Roman, who will pasture his sheep in many tribulations, and when these things are finished, the city of seven hills [i.e. Rome] will be destroyed, and the dreadful judge will judge his people. The End.”

Researchers who have studied the history of Catholic popes found Prophecy of the Popes remarkably accurate (details out of scope here). Indeed, the prophecy has been quoted by various researchers over the decades:

"...In the late middle ages the popular understanding of the end-time drama often hinged on the figure of the Angelic Pope who would rule over a final glorious era of the Church. In our own day, this myth survives in the form of the prophecies of St Malachy, a list of 112 popes, identified only by mottos, which stretches from 1143 until 'the second Peter', Pope at the End of Time... According to the current interpretation of the list, there will be only two more popes after John Paul II." – [Thompson, Damian. THE END OF TIME: FAITH AND FEAR IN THE SHADOW OF THE MILLENNIUM, Hanover, NH: University Press of New England, 1996.]

“Now there's a book you can get called The Last Pope, which is about the Prophecies of Malachi. There are only two more Popes. After Paul there's just one guy, and then there'll be the final guy, who's going to be named Peter. After him, the Roman Catholic Church will no longer be what it is today." – [ "I'm Not Lying', I'm Sion!: An interview with John Paul Pirolli, self-proclaimed leader of the Priory of Sion in the American Continents"]

As Pope Benedict was matched with #111 on the list, Pope Francis would obviously have been #112 (i.e. the last pope on the list). However, as Pope Francis has passed away, it means another conclave will take place and a new pope will be elected. Many commentators were quick to dismiss the Prophecy of the Popes as forgery or failed.

Note that this refutation of the prophecy rests on the premise that Pope Francis was canonically elected (that he was a legitimate pope). BUT, what IF he was not? Further investigation on the Deep Church (the counterpart of Deep State in the religious realm) suggested that this might possibly be the case, and that there might be a much deeper conspiracy behind the scene.

Important clues came from a retired professor of the Pontificial Biblical Institute, an eminent Catholic theologian and former Jesuit priest, Malachi Martin, who was closely acquainted with Pope Paul VI. As a member of the Vatican Advisory Council and personal secretary to the renowned Jesuit Cardinal Augustin Bea, Malachi Martin had privileged information pertaining to secretive Vatican issues, including the Third Secret of Fatima, which many believe has never been released to the world. Recall Pope Benedict’s (a conservative) extraordinary resignation in 2013 and election of the first Jesuit (Pope Francis) to the pontificate. Malachi Martin wrote in his 1996 novel Windswept House how a pope would be secretly forced from office and replaced by a Jesuit-backed leader who would help them establish a New World Order (NWO). He wrote that an Illuminati-empowered group had infiltrated the highest levels of Vatican administration to bring about this NWO. Could the novel have hinted on a long formulated nefarious plot within the Vatican? Indeed, there is a long history of infiltration of the Church by crypto-Jews or Synagogue of Satan, purportedly leading Christendom to apostasy. Some prominent events were documented in my earlier piece.

Malachi Martin was not the first high level churchman who noted and warned about the conspiracy of installing a Jesuit pope to advance the NWO in the Roman Catholic (RC) Church. One famous figure was Dr. Henry Edward Cardinal Manning, the Lord Archbishop of Westminster from 1865-1892. He achieved his fame for his doctrine of papal infallibility which became dogma during the First Vatican Council of 1870, and became highly influential in the direction of the modern RC Church. Cardinal Manning shared the eschatology of many scholars in the 19^th century who published the outline of how events in the RC Church combined with goals by Masonic infiltrators would give rise to great apostasy in Rome and the advent of the Antichrist (AC). In his study entitled “The Temporal Power of the Vicar of Jesus Christ”, Manning foresaw a future crisis in the RC Church initiated by ecumenism and flexible dogma like those promoted by Pope Francis, which would undermine the authority of the Church and ultimately result in a departure from Christian faith together with the displacement of the pope by the False Prophet (hereafter FP) who wouldn’t usher in the AC and lead to global apostasy. Manning firmly believed that infiltrating Freemasons were part of this conspiracy, which is strongly echoed by Malachi Martin a century later. Furthermore, Manning interpreted the prophecy in Revelation 18 concerning the destruction of Mystery Babylon as the judgment by the hand of God of the apostasy emanating from Rome. He foresaw the destruction of the city of Rome as a result of its filthy partnership with AC.

Interestingly, the idea that the city of Rome (which is also the seven-hilled city mentioned in St. Malachy prophecy) will be destroyed just before the Second Coming of Christ can be found even in Muslim and Jewish cultures. The Islamic State of Iraq and Syria (ISIS) draws from their Hadith that they will wage war against Rome and destroy the Vatican’s headquarters. In addition, the most important work of the Jewish Kabbalah, Zohar, also foretells this destruction of Rome in connection with the arrival of the ‘Messiah’ (probably the false one, to be discussed later). After this ‘Messiah’ reveals himself to the international community, “the kings of the world will assemble in the great city of Rome, and the Holy One will shower on them fire, hail and meteoric stones until they are all destroyed.”

It is curious what these fiery objects falling from the sky are. They do not resemble human weapons. Could it be caused by asteroid/meteorite impact? Or could it result from volcanic eruption? I’m inclined towards the latter because an asteroid/meteorite impact would likely cause global destruction (which may be fulfilled in the first three trumpet judgements in Revelation 8), but the destruction of Rome is more likely a regional catastrophe, which can be better explained by volcanic eruption. We can learn from the news that Campi Flegrei, a supervolcano in Italy has become rather active and has the potential for a major eruption. Should Campi Flegrei erupts, the pyroclastic materials ejected to the sky then showering down could well become the fiery objects that consume Rome.

Back to the topic. Pope Francis was notorious for his liberal position including his support for LGBTQ+, and glaringly heretical statement that ‘All religions are paths to God’. He has in fact been accused of heresy by many traditional academics, priests, theologians, and notably Archbishop Carlo Maria Vigano (report). The influential Catholic television network director Jose Galat went so far to claim him as the ‘false prophet’ who ‘pave the way for the AC’.

Could the Illuminati-empowered group or infiltrated Catholic Freemasons described by Cardinal Manning and Malachi Martin have raised Francis illegitimately to the Pontificate in the last conclave, utilising his strong left-leaning theology to advance the Vatican towards the NWO? This makes sense as the secret society understands that the geopolitical influence of Rome in the world is indispensable for controlling the future church and state. If this is the case, then Pope Francis would have been a ‘placeholder’ false pope (perhaps can be denoted as Pope #111b), and might NOT be Petrus Romanusin the St. Malachy prophesy! Intriguingly, this illegitimate activity was foreseen by Father Herman Bernard Kramer in his work, The Book of Destiny, in which he wrote that ‘the great powers may take a menacing attitude to hinder the election of the logical and expected candidate by threats of a general apostasy……’, which echoes the sentiment of traditional priests fearing for an impending crisis of the Church. Furthermore, there is evidence for an intentional counterfeit of Petrus Romanus in the St. Malachy prophesy. When elected, Pope Francis (originally Jesuit Jorge Mario Bergoglio) immediately took his namesake St. Francis of Assisi, whose original name was Giovanni but was later changed to Francesco di Pietro (Peter) di Bernardone – a name that can literally be translated ‘Peter the Roman’. Another fascinating fact was that Pope Francis named Pietro Parolin, an Italian whose name can be exactly viewed as ‘Peter the Roman’, as the Vatican’s Secretary of State. Now Pietro Parolin has become a formidable contender for the coming papal election. If canonically elected, he would indeed be the real Pope #112 in the St. Malachy prophesy.

Yet, what’s the reason for this complex end-times game? Was the installation of a counterfeit Petrus Romanus purported to reconfigure the Vatican to prepare for the arrival of the real final pope? Could it be part of a far more massive program orchestrated by the high cabals?

We have introduced in Part 1 of this series how Hegelian dialectics come into play in the U.S. political platform via the false Left vs. Right paradigm. Using the checkerboard analogy, it was discussed that the Democrats or liberal leftists played the role of the black pieces (the antithesis) which rigged the presidential election in 2020, using the Biden-Harris administration to push forward the ‘Woke Left’ agenda such as abortion, LGBTQ, etc., after President Trump (the first term) has done his job during the pandemic. Can one see that the same Hegelian dialectics could have have been applied to the spiritual or religious realm (i.e. the RC Church), where an unseen ‘superforce’ described above usurped the power of Pope Benedict (a representative of the conservative Catholic upholding orthodox theology) and raised the liberal Pope Francis to the Pontificate? It was a remarkable parallel that the Francis papacy played the role of the black pieces (the antithesis) by pushing forward the leftist agenda in the RC Church. This move has significantly exacerbated the schism within the Church, setting the stage for a major crisis that remained to be resolved.

It was then discussed in Part 3 that the re-elected Donald Trump played the role of a peace negotiator, depicted as a national saviour to bring America to the ‘Golden Age’ (which is a spiritual delusion) via the (false) MAGA ideology. It was argued that rather than being the AC himself, his role is analogous to John the Baptist, a harbinger who pave the way for the arrival of the true AC. He would be taken out at some point in the midst of global crisis, resulting in a sudden political power vacuum when the world population will desperately cry for a true saviour.

Now, we should not only focus on the pieces (whether presidents, popes or other world leaders) on the checkerboard, but must seek to understand the real motive of the prime movers behind the scenes, who are the high cabals or puppet masters mentioned in previous parts of this series. Politics, religion and economy form the three pillars on the grand chessboard, with Washington DC, Rome and City of London being their capitals respectively. It is proposed that parallel programs utilising the Hegelian dialectics have been operating in the political (discussed in the previous part), religious and economical realms (discussed in this part). First, various crises (antithesis) are being generated, then solutions (synthesis) will be offered which would ultimately transform the world into a new era.

It is still a matter of speculation that who will be the next pope. But if we believe in such parallel programs, and that the conclave is controlled by higher powers, one can expect that the next ‘chosen’ pope would be a conflict resolver. Therefore he (I think it’s safe to rule out other gender identifiers!) should be a moderate, i.e. neither in the conservative nor liberal end of the spectrum. It was mentioned above that Cardinal Pietro Parolin is one of the leading candidates, and that he would fit perfectly with Petrus Romanus in the St. Malachy prophesy, if that prophecy is true and correctly interpreted. It is known that Pietro Parolin is skillful in conducting dialogue and avoiding controversy, eager for peaceful resolutions and equipped with diplomatic finesse. What qualities are more needed in this current world of chaos?!

Both President Trump and the new pope will have profound implications on the rise of the AC and FP, which is the subject of next section.

The Rise of Ten Kings, Antichrist and False Prophet

First of all, let’s recall in Part 2 where the rise of AC (as the ‘Roman prince’) in the context of Daniel’s prophecy of seventy weeks and Ezekiel 38 prophecy was explained. The AC will reaffirm a peace treaty concerning Israel, which will also facilitate the building of the Third Jewish Temple as discussed in Part 3. There has been many speculations on who the AC is (he is probably alive, though not yet revealed). Before discussions on that, it is important to note that the rise of the AC will be preceded by the rise of ‘ten kings’. They are represented by the ‘ten horns’ described in Dan. 7:19-20, 24 and Rev. 17:12-13. But what does the word ‘king’ mean here? We know that most countries in the world no longer has monarchy. Note however that the Greek word for king (basileus) in Rev. 17:12 means one who ‘possesses unusual or transcendent power’. Nowadays, we can think of some corporate gurus who possess astronomical wealth and can exert tremendous influence to the world (for e.g., Bill Gates, Elon Musk). Could these gurus be prototypes of the ‘kings’ mentioned here?

Indeed, some scholars have suggested that the so-called oligarch or technocrat might fit the descriptions of basileus in Scripture. By definition, an oligarch is one of a few who rule. Bible scholar Gary Stearman wrote: Oligarchs are in a constant competition for world domination, and the old political ties of the twentieth century are being steadily altered to fit a “New World Order.” On the other hand, a technocrat is a proponent of technocracy which is defined as: “a theory and movement, prominent about 1932, advocating control of industrial resources, reform of financial institutions, and reorganization of the social system, based on the findings of technologists and engineers.”

“Technocracy is the most constructive play devised for the attainment of our economic stabilization. The gospel of Technocracy is spreading through our schools, universities and churches. Wall Street is exhibiting an intense but worried interest, and is it whispered, even the Vatican is closely following the progress of this new brain-child of our engineer-scientists.” - Roosevelt and Technocracy, 1932

The technocracy movement regained traction in the 1970s through the Trilateral Commission, co-founded by Zbigniew Brzezinski and David Rockefeller, which rebranded technocracy as the “New International Economic Order”. In the name of advancing technology for the benefit of mankind, a number of technocrats have quietly risen to great power and accumulated incalculable wealth. These technocrats mostly operate in the background, though their names continually pop up in the media. They are billionaires of the digital world, innovators of new technologies impacting every aspects of life, including artificial intelligence (AI), biotechnology, fintech, quantum computing, remote sensing and surveillance, etc.

The technocrats need not be in a governmental position to wield power as they have already owned so much information and data that they can virtually control the whole world. This seems quite consistent with Rev. 17:12 where it is said that these 10 figures ‘do not have a kingdom as of yet, but will receive authority to rule as kings’.

These technocrats will consistently guide a new order of scientific transformation and digitized economy. Ultimately, they will seek to influence all areas of society. As we have witnessed in the case of Elon Musk (will be covered in a special session), some of them have significantly increased their global geopolitical influence. Ironically, many people have hailed these technocrats as the visionaries who will save the world through their novel technologies.

The rise of the ‘ten kings’ is prophetically significant. The AC would not start off with great power. He would need to gather all the power from the most powerful people in the world during the Tribulation period. The ‘ten kings’ will have the level of authority and power that the AC would seek to leverage. They are not required to be in governmental or ruling positions at the time of their deal with the AC. But when the time comes, they will give their significant influence or power over to the AC and in return are given the ability to rule with him for a short period in his kingdom.

The Great Economic Reset

Apart from politics and religion, the third major pillar in the end times chessboard is economy. The end game is to drive the world toward a great economic reset. Adopting the same Hegelian dialectics in politics and religion, an unprecedented global financial collapse will be generated, after which the dollar system will be completely destroyed. Cash will be replaced by central bank digital currencies (CBDC), such that every transaction of every individual can be monitored and controlled. That will be the preparation for the ultimate Mark of the Beast system (Rev. 13:16-17) to be rolled out in the second half of the Tribulation period.

Many analysts have noted that the current war on tariffs initiated by Donald Trump will have a far reaching impact on the global economy. It is appalling that many so-called American patriots still view it as a justifiable means to strengthen the country. With the disruption of imports, people can already feel the pain seeing the empty shelves in stores and markets. Even worse, the trade war will eventually destroy countless small to medium-size enterprises and industries as they can hardly sell their products. For instance, the war has sparked a backlash on the U.S. agriculture industry (report). Nevertheless, one can be reassured that the largest corporates and financial gurus will not only be unscathed, but will receive a constant flow of wealth!

One must note that the economy is always the top agenda in the meetings of the globalists or elites, no matter the Bilderberg or WEF. World changing events such as wars, pandemics and other types of disasters can all be triggered by the flow of money. It is no exaggeration to say that the entire human history has been dictated by the cabals in control of the global finance.

It was discussed in Part 3 that while DOGE has ostensibly drained the swamp and eliminated many evils committed by USAID under the Biden administration, the money saved may never be returned to the people. Most importantly, few might have noticed that Trump’s taking broad executive action on a range of issues, as well as the Trump-Musk dual shattering the U.S. government by DOGE, may very well be the centralisation of money and consolidation of power. Before Trump’s second term, the money and power were dispersed in so many 3+ letters agencies, manifested by government bureaucracy. Now it’s time to take over these agencies in order to prepare for something much bigger. In addition, Trump’s tariff war disrupting the global trading system and thereby supply chains, might also be a pivotal step in reshaping the global economy, ultimately leading to the One World Economy.

One can envisage that the world during Tribulation period will be very different from what it is today. Throughout the history, the high cabals have exerted their influence on the government, church, institutions, etc. by infiltration of the secret societies. Such secretive operations will no longer be needed in the Tribulation. Upon WWIII, global economic meltdown and another great pandemic (much worse than COVID-19), all prophesied in Book of Revelation and also predicted by the secular, the world population will be greatly reduced and many nations will be weakened or even lose their sovereignty. Totality of wealth and power will be transferred to a handful of top elites, then will ultimately flow into the hands of the ‘ten kings’. When they come to the surface and the One World Government gets fully established, the whole world will be under authoritarian rule. By then, secret societies such as Freemasonry and Illuminati will have completed their historical missions and come to the end. This paradigm shift is gradually taking shape.

Sadly, few people can discern that the Trump-Vance administration is steering the U.S., by now still the most powerful country in the world, toward this totalitarian direction at a blistering pace, treacherously under the coat of nationalism which will ultimately transform into facism!

Another profound implication of Trump’s placing Elon Musk in a transcendent position in the White House (virtually his right-hand man in front of the public) is the marriage between nationalism and technocracy. Needless to say, Musk is a quintessential technocrat. He has the vision and incentive to transform the U.S. government such that human employees will be replaced by AI. Moreover, all transaction records can be retrieved and manipulated without privacy. This may very well be the mode of running the One World Government in the future, where global surveillance and full control of personal data would be enforced, and where human element would be elimated to minimise the chance of fallacy/rebellion and ensure maximum efficiency.

There are other hints that President Trump opened the door for technocracy to fuse with the government. Earlier this year, Trump made four earth-shattering announcements in quick succession:

1. He offers to buy Greenland but doesn’t rule out force to get it;

2. He stated his intent to make Canada into the 51^st state;

3. The U.S. is going to reclaim the Panama Canal from the Chinese and Panama, and again, he doesn’t rule out force to get it;

4. He proposed a name change from the Gulf of Mexico to the Gulf of America.

Trump’s shocking ambition in building a super-state, which even exceeds George W. Bush’s failed attempt to create the North American Union in 2005-2006 to merge the U.S., Mexico, and Canada, strongly reflects his grand vision to MAGA.

Intriguingly, when visualising this super-state, it resembles a mystery map of the North American Technate which stretched from Greenland to just beyond Panama (see below).

The map was contained in the Technocracy Study Course, conducted by Scott and Hubbert in 1934, which was near the height of the technocracy movement during the presidency of Roosevelt. Is this a just coincidence, or does it reflect that the Technocrat cartel has already laid hands on Trump?

Regarding point (3) above, now we have seen the attempt of sale by Hong Kong-based CK Hutchison of its overseas ports in Panama to a BlackRock consortium, which immediately invoked backfires from China in view of national interest. On point (4), it could be viewed as a mere naming game without real claim of sovereignty over Mexico. So what’s left is (1) & (2). Strikingly, the merger of U.S., Canada and Greenland resembles the Club of Rome Region 1 (formulated in 1973, see below). This region does not include Mexico, but is exactly the domain what Trump is seriously claiming sovereignty over!

In summary, rather than opposing the globalist agenda, the Trump-Vance administration is accelerating the world toward the Great Reset, or NWO!

The above discussion is extremely important because it portends the ten kingdoms where the ten kings will be ruling in the second half of the Tribulation period under the One World Government ministered by the AC. To execute the end game in the chessboard, coalition of nations will be underway, by means of crises, catastrophes and wars.

The Essenes, the most accurate prophets of the Old Testament era, set the year 2025 A.D. (which is also the mystical Hebrew year 5785) as the start of the last Jubilee or the ‘final age of man’ in their calendar. Many scholars have pointed out the prophetic significance of this year. In this same year, we see the inauguration of President Trump’s extraordinary second term, the death of Pope Francis (potentially succeeded by the real Petrus Romanus), and on the very same day (Easter Monday), Klaus Schwab, the founder and executive chairman of the World Economic Forum and the architect of the "Great Reset," stepping down. Is it mere coincidence? Or all these signify we have entered an era of the transition of power?

Restoration of Atlantis

The true meaning behind the ‘ten kings’ can be traced back to the last days of Atlantis, the antediluvian super civilisation governed by nephilims before it faced the judgement of God. Pre-flood Atlantis was governed by ten kings over ten regions. In the Golden Age of Satan’s counterfeit program, ten kings will rule over the ten kingdoms of the AC. The AC (of Merovingian bloodline) and his ten kings (probably also of nephilim bloodline) will be presented as the descendants of the mythological gods of Atlantis. The similarity here demonstrates the setting up of the AC kingdom, or the final empire on earth, is modelled on Atlantis, which the devil attempts to restore under its reign during the end times.

In the AC kingdom, the ten kings will rule over ten world regions, which in my point of view will most likely be Club of Rome regions mentioned above. They would not be ten EU countries, nor Middle Eastern countries, nor BRICS countries, as some prophecy teachers say. Why? One reason is that the final empire (visioned as the fourth empire in Daniel 7) will be an unprecedented, most powerful kingdom in human history. Hence it is unlikely to be a regional kingdom and must span the whole world. Otherwise, it would face the rival of other kingdoms on earth, which is not the case according to Scripture. Another reason is that the final empire is described as ‘part of iron and part of clay’ in Dan. 2:33. This indicates that it will be a highly inhomogeneous empire. All the unions or alliance countries in the above lack this special characteristic of inhomogeneity. On the other hand, the Club of Rome regions will be obviously inhomogeneous in nature. Moreover, one can see that there will be roughly five regions in the west (Regions 1, 2, 6, 7, 8) and five regions in the east (Regions 3, 4, 5, 9, 10), taking the division of the Roman Empire as point of reference. This aligns well with the description in Daniel 2 that the final empire will be composed of the ten toes of the two feet extended from the two legs i.e. the Roman Empire (representing west and east).

"Concerning Dan. 2:4-44... In 364 B.C. [sic A.D.], Emperor Valentinian [I] divided the Roman Empire into east and west. The city of Rome became the capital of the Western Roman Empire, and Constantinople (present day Istanbul) became capital of the Eastern Roman Empire. Even today, the world is largely divided between East and West and will remain so until Antichrist sets up the united government of ten kings (toes) just before the kingdom age, when Christ returns." – [LaHaye, Tim. TIM LAHAYE STUDY BIBLE: KING JAMES VERSION, AMG Publishers, 2000.]

The Roman Saturnian kingdom with its 7 heads and 10 horns is a reflection of the kingdom of its planet-god, Saturn, with its 7 rings and 10 moons; thus revealing as its basis the Hermetic principle, "as above, so below". When the AC rises to power, he shall overthrow 3 horns/kings. The final fulfillment will be 7 horns/kings ruling over 10 world regions.

"In the Prophecy, these ten kings and the little horn king, that grows up among them, meet to decide on peace or war. The peace included resumption of Temple rites. All but three opt for peace. Those three are 'uprooted', or 'plucked up by the roots', by the little horn character at a later time.” – ["The 10 Kings of Daniel's Prophecy" Voice in the Wilderness Ministries]

The Fall of Rome

Suppose the St. Malachy prophecy turns out to be true and Pietro Parolin becomes the last pope. What role will he play in the end times? Will he become the AC, or he will be the FP long feared by Catholic priests to rise from within the rank of Catholicism? Before moving to that, it’s important to first review the complex historical relationship between the Merovingians/Cabalist/crypto-Jews (hereafter CJ) and the RC Church (details in my earlier piece discussing Mystery Babylon not to be repeated here). First of all, many of us should have noted the astronomical wealth possessed by the Vatican throughout the centuries. The conflicts between the CJ and RC Church stemmed from the historical root of clandestine monetary affair between the two.

"Early in the 19th century the Pope came to the Rothschild's to borrow money. The Rothschilds were very friendly with the Pope, causing one journalist to sarcastically say 'Rothschild has kissed the hand of the Pope... Order has been reestablished.' The Rothschild's in fact over time were entrusted with the bulk of the Vatican's wealth. The Jewish Ency., vol. 2, p. 497 states, 'It is a somewhat curious sequel to the attempt to set up a Catholic competitor to the Rothschilds that at the present time (1905) the latter are guardians of the papal treasure.' Researcher Eustace Mullins writes that the Rothschilds took over all the financial operations of the worldwide Catholic Church in 1823. Today the large banking and financial business of the Catholic Church is an extensive system interlocked with the Rothschilds and the rest of the International Banking system." – [Springmeier, Fritz, THE TOP 13 ILLUMINATI BLOODLINES, Portland, OR: Fritz Springmeier, 1995]

In brief, there is a long history of the Merovingians’ determination to overthrow the RC Church and repossess the thrones of Europe. On reciprocal, the Donation of Constantine was created expressly to overthrow the Merovingian dynasty and to elevate the authority of the Roman Catholic Pope over kings. During the Middle Ages, CJ infiltrated the RC Church to subvert it from within. In recent times, many of the popes have been agents of the Prieuré de Sion. To accomplish the final overthrow of the RC Church, the occult societies have launched a campaign to misrepresent the pope as the AC or FP. The RC Church will be tried for crimes against the Gnostic sects during the Inquisition. The Pope and RC Church will be overthrown by a counterfeit Michael the Archangel near the mid-point of the Tribulation Period. Rome will be burned and the Pope will be executed as the Antichrist, False Prophet or Dragon, depending on the audience targeted for this propaganda. In the Golden Age (in Satan’s counterfeit program), the Gnostic Church of St. John will replace the traditional Church of St. Peter (Is. 47:11; Rev. 14:8). – CAST, P.139

Things are getting incredibly complex here, as the Counterfeit Apocalypse program of Satan comes into play which overlaps with the TRUE end-times program of God in the Tribulation period. The occult societies will portray the archangel Michael as a man ("Prince Michael") and Satan as a man (the Roman Pope). When the real Satan is thrown out of heaven with his angels (near mid-tribulation), the occult will claim that Christ and his angels have come to help them fight against Rome (possibly in a form of masqueraded aliens, to be discussed in future piece). The timing for the war against Rome will be at the mid-point of the Tribulation Period. A Merovingian "Prince Michael" will fight against the Roman Pope, who will be misrepresented as the Dragon/AC. The Pope will be removed from power and the RC Church will be destroyed. This event will be a counterfeit fulfillment of Daniel 12:1 and Rev. 12:7 and the actual fulfillment of Revelation 17 –the destruction of MYSTERY, BABYLON THE GREAT, THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS AND ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH (Rev.17:5). A Merovingian (the FP) will then become the patriarch of a new Esoteric/Gnostic Church. He will combine the eastern religions (Buddhism and Hinduism) with Islam and the apostate Christendom to form the One World Religion.

Here we can see that God will judge Rome (Mystery Babylon) through the agency of the AC and his ten kings for her affair with the devil, i.e. woman who rides the scarlet-coloured beast (Rev. 17:3), and her crimes against the Christians (Rev. 17:6).

In the same way that the power vacuum in politics will usher in the AC, the spiritual vacuum following the destruction of the RC Church will usher in the FP, who will minister the One World Religion.

The occult establishment variously portrays a Muslim leader, the Pope or King Charles as the AC. This deflects recognition of the true AC (a Merovingian) and molds public opinion against Islam, the RC Church and the House of Windsor (see my earlier piece on the Fall of British Monarchy) – all slated for elimination during the Tribulation period. It is expected that the secret societies will launch a propaganda to portray the final pope (whoever he is) as the AC, which is NOT true.

Epilogue

There has been a hipster-looked man posing himself as the ‘true pope’ or Mahdi whose sermon on video went viral. His narrative has been quickly debunked as twisted verses from the Bible, Quran and Hadith. While he can be readily dismissed as a charlatan, one should not take this case lightly, as he might be the forerunner of a series of false prophets. It can be anticipated that there will be many upcoming figures posing themselves as Christ and many false prophets advocating false eschatology (Matt. 24:5,24). This may even have the cry-wolf effect that when the true AC comes on stage, there might be absolutely no hint and everyone would hail him as the true saviour!

Further Reading

Thomas Horn & Chris Putnam, Petrus Romanus: The Final Pope is Here

Patrick Wood, Technocracy: The Hard Road to World Order

Subscriber Special Session: The Curious Case of Elon Musk

Elon Musk is the world’s richest person, with a net worth of over $360 billion. Musk is on the cutting edge of several industries. He is the CEO of X (former Twitter), SpaceX and Tesla; founder of xAI. Being the senior presidential adviser, he has extended his influence to the political platform. In particular, his collaboration with Vivek Ramaswamy to establish the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE), an initiative under the Trump administration aiming at streamlining federal operations and reducing bureaucratic inefficiencies, is a bold move to overhaul how government operates and has sent shockwaves across the U.S. government. DOGE has pledged to “slash excess regulations, cut wasteful expenditures, and restructure Federal Agencies,” according to an official release from the Trump-Vance transition team, which called this “potentially, the ‘Manhattan Project’ of our time.”

The acquisition of Twitter (now X) has greatly increased his influential power on the social media platform, and he is hailed by many as a fighter for free speech.

Elon Musk’s SpaceX and its satellite network subsidiary, Starlink, are fundamentally changing the world. SpaceX is the cornerstone of his vision in space. The company’s revolutionary reusable rockets have dramatically slashed the cost of space travel. This innovation laid the groundwork for Starship—the most powerful rocket ever built—designed to carry settlers, supplies, and infrastructure to Mars and beyond. Musk has emphasised that deregulation is essential not only for economic growth but also for advancing technological endeavours such as SpaceX’ Mars colonisation plans. One can see his vision to make humans an interplanetary species.

Musk is wielding significant geopolitical power with his global internet Starlink satellites. In the Russia-Ukraine war, he stepped in and unilaterally changed the course of events by offering Ukraine freely his internet options through his Starlink Satellite Network. He has demonstrated that private space companies could exceed the capabilities of governments, and those who operate them can wield so much geopolitical power. The U.S. government, largest superpower in the world, simply could not duplicate his achievements in space, but has even become increasingly reliant on Musk and SpaceX to launch people to the International Space Station (ISS) and satellites to orbit that underpin military communications and intelligence gathering. Even when two NASA astronauts were stranded in the ISS, it was SpaceX that rescued them. It is obvious that Musk is in a great leveraging position when the time comes as he is currently the front runner to provide services to NASA.

Isn’t this an perfect example of Military Industrial Complex solemnly warned in President Eisenhower’s 1961 speech?

It is not just in space where Musk is flexing his technological muscle. His less known Boring Company’s tunneling technology is perfectly suited to create subterranean habitats and transportation, shielding settlers from these dangers on the earth. One can envisage the day when the world has started an all-out nuclear war, or is facing an asteroid impact. These subterranean habitats will be the only place for refuge, though perhaps only for the elites including himself.

More controversial is Musk’s Neuralink, which could enhance human capabilities by directly linking minds to advanced systems. It is a vision that humans and machines can work seamlessly together in the future. Musk launched Neuralink Corporation in 2016 to develop a brain-computer interface and hired leading neuroscientists, biochemists and robotic engineers from the academic community. The near-term goal was to provide treatment for serious brain diseases, which was widely regarded as benevolent for the patients.

But why is Neuralink controversial? It is because the long-term goal is human enhancement, which is closely related to Transhumanism, one of the foremost agenda of the elites or Luciferians. First, let’s go through some background on transhumanism.

Transhumanism is a philosophical and intellectual movement that advocates the enhancement of the human condition using sophisticated technology that can produce longevity and cognition. The quest for immortality is not something new, and could be found in the Epic of Gilgamesh, an ancient poem. It has been said that transhumanism’s goal is to move toward posthumanism, which is eternal life and cognition. Some transhumanists believe in the compatibility between the human mind and computer hardware. The implication is that someday human consciousness might be transferred to a mainframe storage. This theoretical technique is known as “mind uploading.” There has been much debate on whether mind uploading is an enhancement or denigration of the human body. Some transhumanists even go further and propose that an incorruptible body, identical to that of a person who has died, might be produced by 3-D printing, where the human consciousness of that person can be downloaded back. In this way, immortality of that person can be achieved. Generally, many transhumanists are atheists or secular humanists. Although some have spiritual views, their views are tied to New Age religious groups that are not founded on sound biblical principles.

Elon musk is no doubt a technocrat. Musk’s technocratic family root can be traced back to his grandfather, Dr. Joshua Haldeman, who was the national leader of Technocracy, Inc. in Canada during the 1930s and 1940s. Musk is is also a quintessential transhumanist who is quite vocal about his intentions in that field. Historically, he might have much of the influence from another technocrat, Peter Thiel.

Peter Thiel co-founded PayPal with Elon Musk in 2000. Thiel was considered a conservative and was a major supporter of Donald Trump in the 2016 presidential election, particularly with the highly successful social media campaign via his company Palantir Technologies. Thiel is no doubt also a transhumanist. He once told TheWashington Post, “I’ve always had this really strong sense that death was a terrible, terrible thing.” Thiel has donated to several organizations that promote life extension.

While the populists and nationalists cheered their champion Donald Trump for his Cabinet appointees, technocrats have stepped in to reorganize the government. Unelected and unaccountable scientists and engineers were appointed top to bottom to run the country.

Spirituality, though Musk tends to be elusive when asked about his religious views, he has shown himself to be no friend of Bible-believing Christians. Some might have even seen his costume for Halloween which was filled with Satanic symbols. Musk's Neuralink research seeks to develop ultra high bandwidth brain-machine interfaces to connect humans and computers, and the experiments with monkeys have drawn much ethical criticism.

All in all , Musk’s entire vision is the interconnectedness of his various endeavours in solving the Earth’s problems — with sustainable energy (Tesla and SolarCity), advanced transportation (Boring Company), efficient communication (Starlink), and streamlined governance (DOGE).

Elon Musk possesses everything that qualify him as one of the final ‘ten kings’ discussed in this piece. Whether one day he would align himself with the coming one world leader or the antichrist remains to be seen. But the transcendent power he has is exactly the type that this final world leader, who will certainly also pledge to resolve Earth’s crises, would seek to leverage.

Special Topic 1: The Antichrist Kingdom – A Revived Roman Empire? (Excerpted from CAST, Annex III)

Perhaps Christians ought to reconsider the popular doctrines of modern prophecy teachers, who teach that the final beast system will be a Revived Roman Empire. This error is built upon a faulty exposition of the four empires represented in Nebuchadnezzar's image in Daniel 2 and the four beasts of Daniel 7, which are construed as referring to the same world empires. A closer look at Daniel 2, 7 and Revelation 13 demonstrates otherwise.

Daniel 2:32-42 describes the Babylonian, Persian, Greek, Roman and end time empires. Daniel 2:38 states that the head of gold of Nebuchadnezzar's image was the existing Babylonian Empire. "O king…Thou art this head of gold."

All of the world empires described in Daniel 7 are future empires. According to verse 17: "These great beasts, which are four, are four kings, which shall arise out of the earth." Whereas Dan. 2 identifies 1 existing empire (the Babylonian) and 3 future empires + 1 end time empire. Daniel 7:3-6 must refer to 4 future world empires.

In Daniel 7, England is symbolised by lion as the Royal Arms of England displays the Rampant Lion, "made to stand upon the feet as a man," which is also a Merovingian symbol. The symbol of Communist Russia is the bear which, under Stalin, "devoured much flesh." Nazi Germany was known for its Panzer (leopard) divisions in World War II, and in post-war years established the Fourth Reich in the U.S.A. (symbolised by eagle as an extension from England ) via Project Paperclip, whose government from its inception was the vehicle through which the Freemasons and Illuminati planned to establish the New World Order. [Note: There is controversy on symbolisation of leopard, with some scholars suggesting that it symbolises the Middle East or other countries including China, etc. which is considered unconvincing here.] Thus, a reasonable interpretation of the symbolic beasts or world empires of Daniel 7 places them in the period immediately preceding "the fourth kingdom upon the earth, which shall be diverse from all kingdoms, and shall devour the whole earth, and shall tread it down, and break it in pieces."

The beasts of Daniel 7 are also found as the composite beast which John saw rising out of the sea in his vision described in Revelation 13:1,2. Please recall that the Bistea Neptunis or "beast of the sea" which is believed to be "ever incarnate in the dynasty of ancient kings" and whose symbol was a fish, clearly identifies the mystical Merovingian Fisher-Kings, who blasphemously claim to be of the bloodline of Jesus Christ.

Since Revelation 13 is identical to Daniel 7, future kingdoms are also symbolically represented. And like Daniel 7, Revelation 13 describes in symbols the Merovingian dynasty as the BEAST THAT RISES UP OUT OF THE SEA. However, modern prophecy teachers have prevented the identification of beast kingdom as a revived Merovingian Empire by erroneously correlating the empires of Daniel 7 with those in Daniel 2. This misinterpretation of Daniel 7 has been a primary factor in perpetuating a general ignorance of the Merovingian conspiracy, insuring that its direction of world affairs behind the scenes will continue largely unnoticed.

In the place of the proper interpretation of these prophecies, the masses have been led to believe that a Revived Roman Empire controlled by the Roman Catholic Church, will be the final Antichrist system. Having established this deception and contrived to bring a false interpretation of Bible prophecy to fulfillment, the stage will be set for the (false) Messiah of the Merovingian dynasty to vanquish the Pope and his Roman religious system (the Dragon), after which glorious triumph this false messiah will be crowned upon the throne of the Temple of Jerusalem as “the Christ”.

The ubiquitous propaganda of the Rosicrucian network would have the undiscerning believe that the great end-time battle will be between the noble Merovingian dynasty and a revived Holy Roman Empire, respectively designated the Phoenix and the Dragon. However, Scripture treats these two systems as being equally evil and worthy of God's judgment. Revelation 17:16 describes the demise of the harlot church (i.e. Roman Catholic Church/Mystery Babylon) at the hands of the beast: "And the ten horns which thou sawest upon the beast, these shall hate the whore, and shall make her desolate and naked, and shall eat her flesh, and burn her with fire."

Having vanquished the Pope, this vile personage will rule the world with a modern Merlin the Magician - the counterpart of King Arthur's Sorcerer - and the Knights of the Global Round Table. Their minions will be the multitudes of Joel's Army who have been initiated into the mysteries via Freemasonry and its various religious fronts, which are indoctrinating multitudes with medieval mysticism. The full cast of characters will conduct their final Crusade against the King of Kings and Lord of Lords in a battle which is described in Revelation 19:19-21.

The destruction of MYSTERY BABYLON in Revelation 17-18 is not the end of the story. The final battle (Armageddon) is fought rather in Revelation 19, which describes the Second Coming of the Lord Jesus Christ to destroy the real Antichrist, who will be the Merovingian priest-king of the make-believe Order of Michael-Zakok (at the end of Armageddon).

Special Topic 2: The Occult Symbol of X

It is intriguing how Elon Musk is infatuated with ‘X’, using this symbol in a number of his pet companies. Yet few people may have noticed that the X sign is an occult symbol. It’s origin can be traced back to Gnostic Christianity.

Gnostic Christianity

From the earliest times, the symbols /\ and V had been used to identify the sacred unity of the bridal chamber. The male Blade and female Chalice (gender opposites) were brought together (one above the other) in the familiar X sign. This was the original holy Sign of the Cross, and was used as the mark of baptism and initiation long before the time of Jesus. As confirmed in the Dead Sea Scrolls, it was placed on the foreheads of those who cried for Jerusalem (Ezekiel 9:4), and was granted at the highest degree of Community initiation. "By way of later Roman influence, a new cross was devised – the upright Latin cross of Peter's Church, with its high crosspiece. The esoteric Christians retained their former X, however, perceiving the Latin cross as representative of Roman torture. And so the original X became a sign of heresy in the eyes of Rome. This heretical image has been perpetuated to this day as being associated with flesh and the devil – as in X-rated movies. Indeed, its anti-establishment significance has been indoctrinated in schools through the simple process of using 'X’ to mean 'wrong'.

Even though St Peter's cross was Latinized, the tradition of his brother Andrew was maintained by the original X – the St Andrew's cross. Andrew was crucified at Patras near the Black Sea, where he had worked among the Scythians before they began their westward movement to Caledonia. As a result, he later became the patron saint of Scotland, and his cross became the famous national Saltaire. Rome was not happy about the appearance of this ancient esoteric device, and a covering story was contrived to the effect that Andrew himself perished on an X-shaped cross.

"A compromise was later devised -- the familiar non-cruciform, non-esoteric, upright- centered cross. This became the cross of Saint George, whose cult was brought to the West by the Crusaders. Following the 1864 Geneva Convention, it became the symbol of the International Red Cross agency -- a color reversal of the Swiss flag."...The Christians' underground stream retained its identity by way of secret watermarks and outline symbols. Because of its simplicity, the X-symbol was widely used - sometimes very openly and cleverly..." – [Gardner, Laurence. BLOODLINE OF THE HOLY GRAIL; Element Books, 1996.]

Michael and the Zadokite Priesthood

"It is of importance to note that the X sign, which became so hated by the Roman Church, was identified with the archangel Michael (Melchizedek) onwards from Old Testament times. The heritage of St Michael was the dynasty of high Zadok priests -- a heritage that prevailed in the continuing Messianic line...
"Fragments of the Prince Melchizedek Document found among the Dead Sea Scrolls indicate that Melchizedek and Michael were one and the same. It is this representation which features in the Revelation when the Archangel Michael (the descending Zadokite power of the Messiah) fights with the Roman Dragon of oppression…" – [Gardner, Laurence. BLOODLINE OF THE HOLY GRAIL; Element Books, 1996.]

During the second half of the Tribulation, the FP will minister the Mark of the Beast (MoB). The symbols "X" (the tau cross) and the six-pointed star are symbols of the Saturn-god, which is the third Adam (Christ being the Second Adam), and will be used as the MoB. Based on the above, it is surmised that the MoB might be a visual ‘X’ on the forehand and right hand, which could be an unremovable quantum tattoo. Reception of the MoB means worship to the AC or Satan. Anyone who has willingly received it shall be thrown into the Lake of Fire for eternal torment (Rev. 14:10-11), while the Tribulation saints who reject it and beheaded shall be resurrected and reign with Jesus Christ in the Millennial Kingdom (Rev. 20:4).

Three months have lapsed since Part 2 of the subject was published. With the hope that readers would not have lost track, a brief recap of the first two parts is provided in the bullet points below:

• Many Bible scholars who study eschatology note that many signs of the end times have been converging. This points to Jesus is returning soon. However, there exists a counterfeit plan of Satan (detailed in CAST, in which the Antichrist (AC) system of the end times orchestrates a false fulfillment of Bible prophecy before the true fulfillment of Scripture actually takes place. This purports to mislead the mass population including Christians.

• Hegelian dialectics is a core doctrine of the secret society. Controlled conflicts have been used throughout the history to create new orders through alternative periods of war and peace. Crises were created in society to generate fear among the population. In politics, the conflicts between the Left & Right, or even the East & West, are false paradigms.

• The so-called Trump prophesy, in which the now U.S. president Donald Trump is depicted as the chosen man ordained by God to save America, is part of a great deception. This deception started with the staged Butler Pa. rally attempt assassination event (see my earlier post on this topic) and has been promulgated by some false prophets. It aims to harness the American patriots as well as Christians, to galvanise their mindset in a single direction and lead them astray.

• The Russian-Ukraine war and the war in the Middle East are to be understood in Hegelian dialectics. Their connections to Bible prophecies were discussed. The stage is being set for the AC to climb onto the political platform when people cry for peace and safety. The case for a two-stages peace treaty was proposed. The first ceasefire peace treaty may be established during the Trump presidency (it has already happened with Hamas!).

In this part, we shall start with a discussion on Deep State. Then will focus on the second and third key principles in CAST, which are:

• Satan’s Program is to counterfeit God’s Messiah, His Millennial Temple and Millennial Kingdom. – Matt. 24:4-5, 24-25, John 5:43, Thes. 2:3-4

• Satan’s Plot is to conspire with apostate Israel. – Jeremiah 11:9, Ezekiel 22:25, Isaiah 28:15,18

The Deep State – Shadow in the Shadow

In recent years, more and more people have started talking about, or at least become aware of the so-called Deep State. But most of them only have a vague idea of what it is. Donald Trump has vowed to MAGA, and is believed by many to be the antagonist of the Deep State which consists of globalists pushing for a New World Order.

But what actually is the Deep State? Is it merely some power elites in the government who pull the strings from behind the scenes? With more intensive research, one would find Deep State behind the Deep State, ad infinitum. The ‘war’ between the Trump administration and the Deep State is utterly superficial. It’s more about Trump taking down his Democrats or Leftists political rivals then dismantling the secret societies or high cabals behind the scenes.

Yet it is exactly the Hegelian dialectics that is manifested in the conflicts between the conservative Republicans and the liberal Democrats. Back to the checkerboard analogy in Part 1, they are nothing but the white or black pieces on the checkerboard. They are not the real movers but the pieces being moved. So to focus on the attacks between the pieces is simply putting the wrong focus. One would easily lose sight of what the prime movers target to achieve through the ‘engineered’ conflicts.

The prime movers are the financial guru, high cabals or Luciferians in the secret societies who own an exceedingly large portion of wealth on earth, whose control is well beyond the government and covers every sectors including finance, technology, food, health, education, media, religion, etc. Their influences extend to every countries in the world.

There is a wide misconception that the Luciferians are only capable of doing things ostensibly evil. No! They can, and often perform philanthropic works outwardly beneficial to mankind. They DO believe in good works. But their ultimate goal will never change – they work to prepare the way for their master to rule the world during what they perceive as the Golden Age, which they now think is about to come.

Though the Luciferians possess great power, they are relatively very few in numbers. Their primary fear is the awakening and rebellion of the mass population. That’s why they spare no efforts in brainwashing the population with the mainstream media, entertainment industry, etc. But that’s not enough. More and more people are waking up following the COVID-19 pandemic. To prepare for their ruling in the Golden Age, they believe that a major depopulation in the world is needed.

What role does Trump play in this end game? While he is portrayed as a King of MAGA in the limelight, he might merely be a Pawn in the eyes of the high cabals putting him on the throne. When Elon Musk casually brought his kid ‘X’ to the Oval Office, with those ‘offending words’ uttered by ‘X’ captured live on video that went viral, there is enough hint that who is really in charge of the U.S. government!

After the myriad insane moves made in the Biden administration, one can easily cheer for how Trump has been setting things straight. Thanks to DOGE, the ‘big spender’ USAID is demolished and the astronomical wasting of taxpayers’ money has been stifled. By the same token, Elon Musk is under the limelight as a hero defending free speech and combating government corruptions.

But should one ask the humble question: will the money ultimately return to the American people and be properly spent to their welfare, or be used to deal with the impending economic crisis? Or will it be just transferred to another initiative of higher national interest, say the monumental Project Stargate?

One must pierce behind the limelights to seek the truth!

While the mass population is applauding for Elon Musk and DOGE, most people have no idea about the profound implications of DOGE and the earth shattering transformation of the government (or even the world) that is being planned behind the scenes. This will be subject of the next piece, with topics on Musk, technocracy, Project 2025, Club of Rome, etc. covered.

Donald Trump is an enigmatic political figure. While some herald him as a saviour, others query whether he is the AC. This great divide is in itself very intriguing. One must bear in mind that a powerful tactic of the enemy is distraction. This can be done by asking the wrong question. Many Bible scholars painstakingly explain why Trump is not the AC. Of course their efforts are well appreciated. But to spend so much time providing a good answer to a wrong question might not be too enlightening. There might even be the negative effect of downplaying Trump’s role in the setting up of stage for the rise of the true AC. Why? Trump is depicted as a strong leader who promises to solve various geopolitical puzzles. He is trusted by many to be able to bring peace to the world. But this is probably how things will play out when the true AC comes on stage. The AC may be a charismatic leader who will convince the world that he can broker lasting peace which countless world leaders failed to accomplish. He will be welcomed by the world as the penultimate peacemaker. There will be no hint that it would turn out to be a deadly peace followed by destruction (Isaiah 28:15).

The religious faith of Donald Trump is equally enigmatic. I’ve questioned his ‘sudden conversion’ in Butler rally in the earlier post. While appearing to be religious in front of the public, the fact that he had pastor Paula White, a New Ager promoting positive psychology (a new age doctrine), preaching prosperity gospel, with problematic background and scandals, as his personal minister; and his appointment of Paula White as Senior Advisor of the newly created White House Faith Office, is a huge red flag imo. To put it bluntly, at best he was just a false convert, at worst he might facilitate the Golden/New Age deception connected to the One World Religion. This topic will be discussed in future piece.

In Satan’s counterfeit program, one could expect that there might be forerunner(s) of the AC, much like John the Baptist as a harbinger of Jesus Christ. Trump has openly expressed that the world needs a saviour, but he is not the saviour. Isn’t that what a harbinger would say? Although Trump is evidently not the AC, he might pave the way or even usher in the AC at some point. His vital role in the end times cannot be dismissed.

In the previous part, I’ve mentioned the exceptional restraint of Russia toward Ukraine’s provocation by launching long range missiles, and Iran eschewing an all-out war with Israel despite the heightened conflict. The situation seemed not to be as dire as previously expected. Nevertheless, with the continuous development of the Iranian nuclear program, regime change in Syria and emerging aggression of Turkey, the tension between these countries has stretched to the limit.

But note how Trump drastically set things to change once he took office. His involvement in Middle East peace efforts leading to the ceasefire agreement between Israel and Hamas, his audacious proposal/vision of the Gaza Riviera, as well as his facilitating the peace negotiation with Russia in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia to work towards ending the war in Ukraine, all grabbed the world’s attention. He seemed to have shed a glimpse of light in the world of chaos. Though his meeting with President Zelenskyy (hereafter President Z) ended up in fiasco, people will still honour him as an earnest peacemaker (or successful deal maker on minerals!) and have little sympathy with President Z.

Yet President Z’s reluctance to end the war means he might and needs to solicit support from European leaders. At the emergency summit recently held in London, U.K. Prime Minister Keri Starmer expressed his nation’s readiness in sending troops to Ukraine to enforce a ceasefire there. But Russia’s position is clear that they will not permit western troops on Ukrainian soil. So the dangerous twist following President Z’s White House visit might be the steering of European nations towards a direct military confrontation with Russia. This will certainly escalate the global tension exponentially! Would this also lead to a reunited and re-strengthened Europe, which might be interpreted by many Bible scholars as the revived Roman Empire? Meanwhile, the current ceasefire in Gaza is a fragile peace. This is exemplified by the delays in hostages and prisoners exchanges. Indeed, Israel might return to fighting in Gaza if no agreement is reached (news from The Jerusalem Post). So the tension in the Middle East continues.

If the U.S. chooses to step out of the Russia-Ukraine conflict, what will come next? It is evident that President Trump has a very close tie with Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu. Will Trump turn his focus on the conflicts in Middle East? On the other side of the globe, given the increasing tension in Taiwan, will he set up preparations for direct military confrontation with China? The latter scenario is particularly worrying.

Let’s just imagine, President Trump remains steadfast and strong on his course of peace negotiations with multiple nations, and the whole world put their faith and hope on this ‘God chosen’ peacemaker. Then all of a sudden he is taken down (perhaps also VP J.D. Vance). This will send an unprecedented shockwave across the world such that everybody will be perplexed in the sudden power vacuum. Suppose other powers of the West and East also fail to resolve these conflicts diplomatically to bring the world to peace. Wouldn’t the stalemate situation and the global cry for peace and safety ultimately bring the AC to power when he becomes the sole leader who can broker peace?

Building of the Third Jewish Temple

The unresolved geopolitical puzzle in the Middle East has its roots in the historical conflict between the Zionists and the Muslims. In my earlier post on Zionism, it was explained that the program to build the Third Jewish Temple in Jerusalem by the Cabalists/crypto-Jews was a root cause or trigger of the October 7, 2023 massacre. Many scholars have pointed out the demonic spirit behind the hatred of the Jews and the strong will to exterminate them. However, very few have delved into the root of Zionism. This is understandable as any narrative of Jewish conspiracy would easily be charged with antisemitism, a highly sensitive issue. While antisemitism is true, it is also exactly under this cover that the Cabalists/crypto-Jews, themselves belong to the Synagogue of Satan, proceed with their nefarious plans. These plans reflect the third key principle in CAST – Satan’s Plot is to conspire with apostate Israel.

Having discussed and understood the Hegelian dialectics as the core doctrine of the high cabals, one can reinterpret the whole Middle East geopolitical puzzle as a controlled conflict, i.e. there is some higher power that orchestrates the wars in the Middle East. This higher power will be discussed in the next section. Historically, the formation of Islam can be viewed as the antithesis to Christianity. The conflicts between these two religions will culminate in the synthesis during the Tribulation period, in which a new religion (i.e. the One World Religion) will be established and come under the minister of the False Prophet (hereafter FP). The FP is the second Beast mentioned in Revelation 13:11 and will be the right-hand man of the AC. Sadly, the apostate Christendom (topic of future piece) will be incorporated into this new religion.

In the previous part, it was discussed that a ceasefire treaty could facilitate the building of the Third Jewish Temple, which should only be possible under a peace stage. Despite the multiple hurdles, the building of the Third Temple should be taken seriously, as the U.S. Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth has commented that, “There’s no reason why the miracle of the re-establishment of the temple on the Temple Mount is not possible.”

Readers who have followed the news on the red heifers in [Shiloh] might notice that two out of five red heifers have been disqualified [Note: burned ashes of the sacrificed red heifer is required for the ceremony of cleansing the rebuilt Temple.]. The remaining three have reached the age of three qualifying for sacrifice. It makes no sense to wait indefinitely as there will always be the risk that the remaining red heifers would become disqualified. Hence there is a pressing need to establish a peace treaty between Israel and her adversaries.

Just to provide more background information. Historically there have been two temples built in Israel. The first temple, Solomon's Temple, was built by King Solomon in 959 BC on Mount Moriah (2 Chronicles 3:1). Moriah is where God commanded Abraham to offer his son, Isaac, as a sacrifice to Him, to test Abraham's faith (Genesis 22:2). The first temple was destroyed by the king of Babylon Nebuchadnezzar in 586 BC. The second temple was built by King Cyrus of Babylon on the same location as the first temple in 516 BC (Ezra 5:13-15), until it was destroyed by the Romans in 70 AD.

Scripture is clear that there will be a third temple built in Israel in the Tribulation (Revelation 11:1-2) and it will be desecrated by the Antichrist (Daniel 9:27, Matthew 24:15, 2 Thessalonians 2:4). This event never happened between the time of Paul and the second temple’s destruction in 70 AD, as Preterists claim. Therefore, it is destined to occur in the future time of great tribulation (Matthew 24:21) or Jacob’s trouble(Jeremiah 30:7). But will the third temple be built in the location of the first two temples, and where the exact location is that?

Most historians and archaeologists believe the first two Jewish temples were located on the Temple Mount where the Dome of the Rock and the Al Aqsa Mosque currently stand. The Temple Mount is known to Muslims as the site of Muhammad’s ascent to heaven in the seventh century, and Al Aqsa Mosque is the third holiest site in Islam.

Many scholars and Jewish leaders believe the third temple must be rebuilt at the same location as the first two. But the problem is, how can a Jewish temple be built there with the two Muslim shrines standing in that exact location?

A possible solution has emerged on rebuilding a Jewish temple on the Temple Mount which doesn't require the destruction of the Muslim shrines there. According to Revelation 11:1-2, there would be a period after the rebuilding of the Temple and the sacrificial altar in which a part of the Temple Mount known as the Court of the Gentiles would still be given over to the Gentiles (i.e. the Arab Muslims) for 42 months until Christ returns to set up His Kingdom. In the last few years, archeological discoveries have enabled Jewish authorities to determine that the original site of the first two temples is in the open area of the Temple Mount over 150 feetdirectly north of the existing Dome of the Rock. As such, The Third Temple can now be rebuilt on the exact location of the first two temples while the Dome of the Rock and the Al Aqsa Mosque could remain undisturbed as the Court of the Gentiles to the south of the rebuilt Temple.

Video:

Should Christians Care About the Red Heifer? – Interview with Gondo Monzales

The Order of the Temple of Solomon

What is the higher power that orchestrates all the conflicts in the Middle East? One must study in depth the history of Jesuits. For details, please refer to my previous post.

Let’s start with a brief historical background.

The Military Order of the Temple (Knights Templar) were medieval warrior-monks of the Merovingian bloodline which claimed to be of the lineage of David and whose ambition was to rule the world from the Holy Land. In 1099, under the auspices of the Pope, the Knights Templar embarked on a Crusade to wrest control of Jerusalem from the Arabs. The Knights Templar occupied Jerusalem for two centuries until, in 1309, the Order was dissolved by the Pope due to its heretical nature and occult practices.

"...the Temple of Solomon, from which the Templars took their full name...the group whose full name was the Order of Poor Knights of Christ and the Temple of Solomon -- in other words, the Templars." – [Picknett, Lynn and Clive Prince. THE TEMPLAR REVELATION: SECRET GUARDIANS OF THE TRUE IDENTITY OF CHRIST, Touchstone, 1998.]

The Order of the Temple has continued through the centuries as a secret society of the Merovingian dynasty which has vowed to take revenge on the Roman Catholic Church. Modern-day Knights Templar will soon embark on another Crusade to overthrow the Arab nations and possess the Holy Land. The Order of the Temple plans to overthrow the Pope, the Roman Catholic Church and (apostate) Western Christendom at the mid-point of the Tribulation. They will then reinstate the Merovingian dynasty as the hierarchy of a global theocracy.

"Finally, the Illuminati is so interested in promoting the welfare of Israel at the expense of the Arabs because they fully plan to rebuild Solomon’s Temple on the Temple Mount! To secure the safety and welfare of this new Masonic Temple -- Antichrist's Temple -- the Illuminati is more than willing to annihilate all Muslims." – CAST, P.325

Former U.S. President George W. Bush, a descendant of the Merovingian DeVere bloodline, is a member of the Order of the Skull & Bones, a high-level Templar order.

“In retaliation for the terror attacks on Sept. 11, George W. Bush is vowing to strike at a shadowy network of international terrorists reaching into 60 countries. He has called this coming war a “crusade” and has led his friends to believe that he views his new duty as a mission from God. Bush’s limited sense of the history goes beyond his use of the word 'crusade,' which has a European connotation of chivalrous knights in shining armor driving the infidels out of the Holy Lands, but conjures up very different memories in the Islamic world, of a bloody Christian holy war against Arabs. In 1099, for instance, the Crusaders massacred many of the inhabitants of Jerusalem.”

“Already, Osama bin Laden has seized on Bush’s gaffe to rally Islamic fundamentalists. A typed statement attributed to bin Laden called the coming war "the new Christian-Jewish crusade led by the big crusader Bush under the flag of the cross.” – [Bush’s Crusade, Robert Parry, September 25, 2001]

"According to later Freemasonic writers, the skull-and-crossbones was long associated with both the Templars and with the murdered Master... During the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, the skull-and-crossbones was used as a device to denote Hiram's grave--and, by extension, the grave of any Master Mason... The skull-and-crossbones was also an important part of the regalia of the Freemasonic degree known as 'Knight Templar'..." – [Baigent, Michael and Richard Leigh. THE TEMPLE AND THE LODGE, New York: Arcade Publishing, 1989.]

In the end times, the AC will establish a false covenant with Israel and other nations to facilitate the rebuilding of the Temple of Solomon. He will cause the Temple sacrifices to cease at mid-Tribulation (Dan. 9:27), and will sit in Temple and claim to be God (2 Thes. 2:3-4). The rebuilt Temple will become the Merovingian Temple of Pallas/Pan, the Sea-Beast. The AC will rule over the world federation of continents. The Order of the Temple of Solomon and the Prieuré de Sion are the hidden leadership behind this coming world kingdom.

Christians and Jews who support the rebuilding of the Temple of Jerusalem, financially or otherwise, are actually funding/supporting the temple of the AC.

Reference

"Knights of Templar" The Encyclopedia of Chivalry

Further Reading

Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

Satan’s Counterfeit Program – Order Out of Chaos

Premise: Masonic documents proclaimed 'Order out of chaos'. Intentional, manufactured chaos set the stage and pave the way for the reign of the AC. People in the world would be perplexed by the sudden resolve of various global crises and deceived by the arrival of a ‘Saviour’, which is indeed a false Messiah, following the endurance of a false Tribulation (see chart below) triggered by man’s wrath in Satan’s counterfeit program.

How might this counterfeit program of Satan play out in the End Times? Note that the principal tactic is to confuse the people such that the AC (i.e. false Messiah) will be misidentified as the true Messiah and the true Messiah (i.e. Jesus Christ) will be misrepresented as Satan.

My take of the sequence of seven wars in the End Times is as follows:

Pre-Tribulation:

1. War between Israel and her proxies (or ‘inner circle’, see Part 2), including Gaza-Hamas (Zeph.2, Obad.1), Lebanon-Hezbollah and Syria (Is.17), Jordan (Is.11, Ez.25), Egypt (Is.19), part of Iran (Jer.49), see also Ps.83, Zech.12

[Outcome: Israel’s enemies defeated by Israel]

2. Gog & Magog War I (Ezekiel 38-39) – ‘outer ring’ countries, including Russia, Turkey, Iran, Egypt, Sudan and Libya attacking Israel

[Outcome: Israel’s enemies destroyed supernaturally by God]

Tribulation (first half):

3. WW III (2^nd Seal in Rev.6)

[Outcome: Establishment of New World Order and One World Government]

Mid-Tribulation:

4. War of the Angels/War in Heaven (4^th Trumpet in Rev.8)

[Outcome: Satan and Fallen Angels cast out of heaven to the earth (Rev.12)]

Tribulation (second half):

5. Demonic slaughter of mankind (6^th Trumpet in Rev.9)

[Outcome: Death of 1/3 world population]

6. Battle of Armageddon (6^th Bowl in Rev.16)

[Outcome: AC, FP and their army defeated by Jesus Christ and His army, and thrown into Lake of Fire; Satan bounded in the abyss for 1000 years]

End of Millennium:

7. Gog & Magog War II (Rev.20)

[Outcome: Heaven and earth burned up. God’s people taken to new heaven and new earth in eternity]

With the help of false teachers and false prophets (to be covered in details in future piece), masses of people would be led to believe that the war of Gog and Magog I before the beginning of the Tribulation (Ezekiel 38) is the war of the Angels (disguised as war of the aliens) at the middle of the Tribulation period (Rev. 8); that the war of the Angels at mid-Tribulation is battle of Armageddon (Rev. 16); and that the battle of Armageddon is the war of Gog and Magog II (Rev. 20).

The occult or New Agers believe in Satan’s program and that we are now in the stage of Chaos in the the first half of the Tribulation period (the counterfeit one), when the malevolent God Saturn (or Pan) rules. After that, the AC (then fully indwelled by Satan) would step in and attempt to bring miraculous order out of a world stricken into chaos in the worst time of human history. The occult believes that the Golden Age of Atlantis (or Age of Aquarius) will then be established under the rule of the benevolent God Jupiter, and the world will return to Order. But in God’s program it will indeed be the second half of the (true) Tribulation period when His wrath is fully unleashed on earth!

"In Sumero-Babylonian imagery, too, a circular serpent - called the 'rope' of the great god - encloses the original Cosmos. The serpent-rope is 'the bond of the All' held by Enki or Ninurta (Saturn)... The Orphics called this serpent this serpent Chronos, describing it as the bond of the Cosmos... The serpent-bond 'lies around the Cosmos' proclaimed the Pythagoreans... All ancient cosmologies that speak of a world encircling serpent say that its body formed the river or ocean shielding the organized earth from Chaos.” – [Springmeier, Fritz. THE WATCHTOWER AND THE MASONS, Portland, OR: Fritz Springmeier, 1992. Wm. Robertson Smith. LECTURES ON THE RELIGION OF THE SEMITES, London: A.C. and Black. Ltd., 1927]

The war of the occult against Jesus Christ will be waged at (true) Armageddon. The global military will have deluded themselves that they can destroy Jesus Christ at His Second Coming. The rulers will misrepresent Jesus Christ as Satan and use the Star Wars/Space Force defense system to fight against Him and His armies. False teachers will misrepresent Jesus Christ coming to fight at Armageddon as Satan either being cast out of heaven in Rev.12 or released from the bottomless pit in Rev.20. Amillennial false teachers will misrepresent the battle of Armageddon as the battle of Gog and Magog II.

Special Topic I : Mystery of Golan Heights

In December 2024, IDF special forces seized Mount Hermon from Syria after Bashar al-Assad’s troops abandoned their post with the fall of the regime (news). Outwardly this served as precaution against the advance of Syrian rebels as the Assad regime collapsed.

Tracing back in history, the Mount Hermon (known as Golan Heights on Israel side) has a unique meaning to Israel. Apart from its value as a strategic position for surveillance, the mountain was known for being the location where the Watchers or fallen angels came down to earth according to the Book of Enoch.

My earlier post discussed the connection between the Rothschilds and Zionists. Historically, it was Baron Rothschild who purchased land in Golan Heights in 1892.

The Golan Acquisition

"After making acquisitions in various places west of the Jordan, he turned his attention to buying land east of the Jordan, on the Golan. Toward the end of 1891 a certain Ahmed Pasha made it known that some 120,000 dunam of prime land in the triangle formed by the Yarmuk and the Allane rivers were up for sale at the bargain price of around 1.5 franc per dunam, provided that the sale was made 'en bloc,' i.e., for the total area. There followed intensive discussions among various Jewish groups interested in the offer, among them groups in Russia, New York and London. The Baron agreed to cover the whole cost of the purchase.

"Since the Baron was always keen to preserve his anonymity, he arranged for the deeds to be registered in the name of Emile Frank, the Representative of Alliance Israelite in Beirut. The plan called for the Russian group, under Ekaterinoslav, to take 25,000 dunam and the Americans also 25,000, with other holders taking the balance. But since these groups did not come up with the money, it fell to the Baron to become the owner of the major part of the Golan Purchase.

"When the Baron died in 1934, 80,000 dunam on the Golan were owned by the Rothschild company, PICA (Palestine Jewish Colonization Association). The land had been registered in the name of PICA in 1929. The Syrian government - Syria was then practically a French colony - tried in the 1940s to confiscate the land but failed. In 1957, the son of Baron Edmonde, Baron James de Rothschild (1878 - 1957), as one of his last acts in his life, transferred the deeds to the Jewish National Fund (Keren Kayemet) and from there to the Land Office of Israel. All deeds and other documents were transferred to Israel's Foreign Ministry of Foreign Affairs.

"The archaeology of the Golan has, over the years, yielded a wealth of information on the Jewish ownership of the area since biblical days. In the Tenach the area is called Golan or Bashan. It was promised to Abraham and later became part of the tribe of Menasche by Moses' division of the Land. Many events and battles took place in and around the Golan. Famous sites, including the fortress of Gamla and the Jewish town of Qasrin, were situated on the Golan. Ruins of some 25 synagogues, built during the centuries after the destruction of the Temple, have been excavated, some of them with magnificent mosaic inscriptions testifying to the uninterrupted Jewish presence on the Golan until the Middle Ages. In modern times, the Turkish government settled some Russians (Cecassians) there, since no one had lived on the Golan for centuries.

"It is surprising that Israel has never brought up the legal Jewish rights to the Golan and, instead, has wrangled for years with the current Syrian government for the ‘return’ of the Golan to Syria; while in reality, Jews have had title to it for over 100 years.

"Baron Edmonde de Rothschild has left lasting marks on the map of the Land of Israel. Without him, no State of Israel would be possible. In fact even long before the State was established in 1948, the entire colonization of the Land had depended on the Baron's foresight, funding and Jewish convictions.” – ["The Golan Heights: Geography, Geology and History," Jewish Virtual Library]

The Six-Day War in 1967 not only gave Israel control of Jerusalem, but also the Mount Hermon/Mount Sion area (Golan Heights). It was even speculated that the purpose of the Six-Day war was really to gain control of the mountain.

"The escalation of threats and provocations continued until June 5, 1967, when Israel launched a massive air assault that crippled Arab air capability. With air superiority protecting its ground forces, Israel controlled the Sinai Peninsula within three days and then concentrated on the Jordanian frontier, capturing Jerusalem's Old City (Subsequently annexed), and on the Syrian border, gaining the strategic Golan Heights. The war which ended on June 10, is known as the Six-Day War." – [THE COLUMBIA ENCYCLOPEDIA, Fifth Edition Columbia University Press, 1993 (1935).]

One has to differentiate Mount Sion/Mount Hermon from Mount Zion in Jerusalem. The Prieuré de Sion is associated with Mount Sion/Mount Hermon, not Mount Zion in Jerusalem.

"During the summer of 1934, Dr. J. Stewart Crawford and the present writer led a small expedition in which we studied the ancient Baal shrines surrounding Mount Hermon. We located many ruins and in each case the shrine was so oriented that when the priests and the devotees were at the altar they faced the chief Baal sanctuary or Quibla, located on the highest of the three peaks of Hermon.

We then ascended the mountain and found the found the ruined temple of Baal, constructed of Herodian masonry, which dated it just previous to and during the early Christian era. In a low place near the northwest corner of the temple, we excavated and found loads of ashes and burnt bone which had been dumped there as refuse from sacrifices. This Baal temple evidently was in full use when Jesus Christ was transfigured on the summit to the south." – [Thompson, Frank Charles. THE THOMPSON CHAIN REFERENCE BIBLE, Indianapolis, Indiana, B.B. Kirkbride Bible Co. Inc., 1988.]

Intriguingly, the Freemasons desire to build the pagan Temple of Pallas/Pan at a sacred site in the territory of Dan (See: Mount Zion/Sion/Hermon/Panias). Pallas/Pan is the Greek god/goddess sea-beast (Rev.13:1) from which the name 'Palestine' derives.

The Masonic secret society holds the knowledge that Mount Hermon was located on the 33^rd latitude and 33^rd meridian, from which the highest degree (33^rd degree) in the Scottish Rite was derived. Modern maps show that Mount Hermon is located on 35.5°, which is 2.5° off from 33°. However, the ancient longitude was from the Paris meridian instead of Greenwich, and that there was a 2.5° difference. This would make the longitude 33° on the Paris meridian.

Whether the Order of the Temple might consider Mount Hermon as the alternative site of building the Third Jewish Temple remains to be seen.

Special Topic II: Notre Dame Cathedral

On December 7, 2024, then President-elect Donald Trump made a striking return to the world stage by attending the reopening ceremony of the iconic Notre Dame Cathedral in Paris, which was ravaged by the devastating fire on April 15, 2019. It was his first foreign visit after his winning the U.S. presidential election. He was warmly welcomed by French President Emmanuel Macron. Elon Musk, Prince William of U.K. and Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky also joined the celebration.

Like many other unusual disasters that defied explanations, there have been circulating conspiracy theories surrounding the Norte Dame fire in 2019, including the involvement of French Freemasonry behind the scene. But the conspiracy is not the subject here to discuss. This topic is about the little known occult origin of the Notre Dame Cathedral in France.

Simply put, the Notre Dame Cathedral was set up for goddess worship.

Idolatry is strictly forbidden by God. Few people may know that the worship of Mother Goddess involves the worship of the Black Virgin, or Black Madonna, who is often disguised as the benign Virgin Mary, mother of Jesus.

The apostasy of goddess worship can be traced back to King Solomon’s worship of the goddess Ashteroth (I Kings 11:5).

Historically, the Druids worshipped the Egyptian goddess Isis in the form of a Black Virgin at a sacred site in Chartres, France, which later became Chartres Cathedral. The Freemasons enthrone the Goddess of Reason at Notre Dame Cathedral in France.

"Of all these [Notre Dame cathedrals], the Notre Dame at Chartres is said to stand on the most sacred ground... At Chartres the telluric earth currents are at their highest, and the site was recognized for its divine atmosphere even in Druidic times... It was a pagan site, dedicated to the traditional Mother Goddess -- a site to which pilgrims travelled long before the time of Jesus. The original altar was built above the Grotte des Druides, which housed a sacred dolmen, and was identified with the 'Womb of the Earth'. – [Gardner, Laurence. BLOODLINE OF THE HOLY GRAIL; Element Books, 1996.]

The symbol of the ancient Goddesses was the Dove, representative of the Holy Spirit who was Co-Creator.

"In the ancient Mysteries the Dove was the symbol of the third person of the Creative Triad, the Trinity. It was taught that as the lower worlds were brought into being through the generative process, the Dove was to be associated with these goddesses who were identified with the procreative functions. We find, therefore, this pure white bird sacred to Venus, Astarte and Isis. Not only is the Dove the emblem of the maternal instinct with its gentleness and compassion, but it is also the Messenger of the Divine Will, portraying the Power as well as the Wisdom of the Creator." – [Elizabeth Van Buren, THE SIGN OF THE DOVE, Suffolk: Neville Spearman, Ltd., 1983.]

The Black Virgin was, in reality, Virgo, the Great Mother Goddess known to the Egyptians as Isis, who was christened in Alexandria as Mary Magdalene. According to The Cult of the Black Virgin, the full name of the Prieuré de Sion is the Order of the Prieuré Notre Dame de Sion. Former Grand Master of the Prieuré, Pierre Plantard de Saint Clair, has identified Notre Dame as Our Lady of the Light, i.e. Lumiere/Lucifer, the Light-Bearer.

But isn’t Lucifer a male?

"...to Luciferians, God has a dual nature; he is the good god, Lucifer, and the bad god, Adonay, both supposedly equal in power, yet opposite in intent... Lucifer is further divided into Isis, the female principal, and Osiris, the male principal." – [Still, William T. NEW WORLD ORDER: THE ANCIENT PLAN OF SECRET SOCIETIES, Lafayette, LA: Huntington House Publishers, 1990.]

Prieuré de Sion is the restoration of the Merovingian dynasty as the royalty of Europe and eventually to a position of world supremacy. From this bloodline—whose blasphemous claims of divinity refer to intermarriage between the pre-flood demons and the daughters of men—issued a truly Satanic dynasty of kings. The Merovingians boast that the founder of their dynasty, King Meroveus, a worshiper of the virgin goddess Diana of the Nine Fires, was sired by a 'beast of the sea' (Rev. 13:1) – Neptune, god of the sea and founder of Atlantis.

"The Black Madonna cult is central to the Priory of Sion. Its members single out the one at Goult, near Avignon, for special veneration; she is known as 'Notre Dame de Lumières' (Our Lady of the Lights). To them, at least, there is no doubt about the real significance of the Black Madonna. Pierre Plantard de Saint Claire writes explicitly, 'The Black Virgin is Isis and her name is Notre-Dame de Lumière.'" – [Picknett, Lynn and Clive Prince. THE TEMPLAR REVELATION: SECRET GUARDIANS OF THE TRUE IDENTITY OF CHRIST, Touchstone, 1998.]

The Knight Templars mentioned in this piece do worship this false goddess.

"The Black Madonna became consistently present after the Crusades. Especially the Knight Templars, who brought to their countries small statues of Black Virgins which were considered exotic pagan representations. The great celebration of the Knight Templars was Pentecost, day of the Holy Ghost and the Dove belongs to Mother Earth as the Holy Ghost belongs to Mary." - [Black Madonna: The Black Madonna Era]

I hope that the attendance of Donald Trump in the Notre Dame Cathedral reopening ceremony was purely a diplomatic courtesy rather than a reflection of his religious faith.

Mysterious drone swarms

Note that ‘drone’ is just a shorthand to refer to flying objects. As people generally couldn’t make sense of them, it is better to coin them as Unidentified Aerial/Anomalous Phenomena (UAP), a termed used by the Pentagon in its preliminary report in June 2021. Thanks to crowd sourcing, myriad of photos and videos have been uploaded to the social media and we can check them out for ourselves. There is no room to go over them in details here, but my general conclusion is that: (I) they were least likely operated by foreign countries, allowed to hover above sensitive military base without being blasted, as Donald Trump succinctly pointed out (one can make reference to the ‘spy balloons’ being shot down over U.S. airspace earlier); (II) they cannot be drones in search for radioactive materials. Technically, aerial radiological survey (on which I have working experience) requires specific flight patterns and strategies. The behaviour of those UAPs simply didn’t match up. Besides, the Biden Administration was bold enough to provoke Russia to nuclear war (see Part 2) with the U.S. Would it be so caring for its own people to scramble vast number of drones just to find a lost nuclear warhead?

When we discuss UAPs, there are only two possibilities – either they are ‘real’ or they are ‘fake’. For the ‘real’ ones, there are two sub-categories: (I) they are man made (i.e. by human technology), (II) they are not man made (i.e. not of this world); for the ‘fake’ ones, there are also two sub-categories: (I) they are Project Blue Beam (a not-so-secret technology of holographic projection in the sky which gives the visual effect of UAPs), and (II) they are computer-generated graphics or CGI (we won’t see them in the real world but in photos and videos proliferated in the social media).

From multiple eyewitness reports as well as media footages, the UAPs over the U.S. seemed to have two types. First, there were those with three lights oriented in triangular shape, regular flashing lights, roughly constant moving speed and direction. To me they resemble man made crafts of reverse-engineering secret technologies (some refer them as TR-3B). There have been historical precedents of such triangular-shaped UFO/UAP sightings. Notable events include the Belgium waves in 1989, the Cosford incident in 1993, and the Phoenix lights in 1997. Second, there were those more bizarre orbs which had otherworldly brane-like shapes and behaviours. Some researchers speculate them to be life-form ‘plasmoids’. There have even been unverified reports of them being able to communicate with humans. Now, what we don’t know is which types of UAPs came first, and whether they have relationships with each other.

Yet, the most important aspect of this event is the impact the sightings posed. Many people freaked out upon such sightings. There were so many wild speculations and theories that leave the mass population in a mixture of awe, panic and wonder. Fuelled by the media, it instantly became the hottest topic of the town. Things do not happen without a purpose. Should there be a plot behind, it would most likely be a psyop which serves to prepare the mind of people for what (much more significant) is yet to come. It resembles the so-called ‘Predictive Programming’ we find in some Hollywood movies. It can be understood as follows:

“Predictive Programming is theory that the government or higher-ups are using fictional movies or books as a mass mind control tool to make the population more accepting of planned future events. This was first described and proposed by researcher Alan Watt who defines Predictive Programming as ‘a subtle form of psychological conditioning provided by the media or acquaint the public with planned societal changes to be implemented by our leaders.”

In the upcoming Antichrist kingdom (subject of future piece), the mass population would be under heavy surveillance and control for the beast system to operate effectively. These drone swarms, apart from their military purpose, might be used as one of the powerful tools.

How should we respond to this event? I think we need not be panic and should refrain from delving into wild theories, as this will only fit the purposes of the perpetrators. On the other hand, we should not bury our heads in the sand and pretend that nothing has happened. I believe the worst victims in the future will be those who are totally ignorant to what’s happening in the world right now.

Special Update: Strange fog

Recently, there have been reports of strange fog which has the smell of chemicals in certain cities in the U.S. and U.K. which went viral in the social media. A number of people have reported sickness after inhaling such fog. No definite conclusion can yet be drawn on the nature of the fog and its impact on health. There has been speculation that this fog might be related to ‘smart dust’, a DARPA project which deploys minuscule sensors to transmit data in the atmosphere. However, dubious footages show that the ‘fog particles’ were like snowflakes, much larger than one would expect for the invisible smart dust. There were also other speculations that it might be related to some covert military exercises. But there is no solid evidence of this.

Could this strange fog be related to the mysterious drones which were spotted by some to have sprayed something into the atmosphere? Further investigation is needed on this. Biological/chemical warfare experiment is no secret and not new. But to conduct them on civilians is totally unacceptable. Even worse, some believe that the technocrats have been developing methods/tools to hack human bodies, ultimately connecting them to quantum computers to form an Internet-of-Bodies/Humans for total surveillance and control of the world population. It belongs to the agenda of transhumanism that key figures like Klaus Schwab and Yuval Harari have been vehemently advocating. The Neuralink being pushed forward by Elon Musk is a prominent step toward this goal. More on this topic in the special session on Elon Musk in future piece.

Jeju Air Flight 2216

There were a series of aviation accidents since the beginning of the year. Among them the tragic Jeju Air disaster was a truly mind-boggling event. In my view it is the greatest aviation mystery since the disappearance of Malaysian MH370, of which I posted my investigation report earlier. I presume most readers have followed the case to certain extent, so will skip the detailed background information on the flight, and just provide a brief timeline of the event in this diagram.

Bird strike on aircrafts is not a rare phenomenon. A small proportion of these incidents has caused engine problems, but never serious enough to cause a fatal plane crash. Many pilots and aviation experts who have reviewed this case find that it makes absolutely no sense. There were so many glaring anomalies and coincidences that defy explanations. Just to list a few:

1. When an aircraft encounters bird strike upon landing, the pilot can proceed to land (with engine failure, it is indeed the best option). But why Jeju Air 2216 chose to go around? A good case for reference is Ryanair flight 4102 in 2008.

2. Suppose Jeju Air 2216 decided to go around trying to troubleshoot its problems. The normal way is to make at least two 180 degrees turns (total 360 degrees, see this diagram) that makes it land in the same direction on the runway (i.e. northbound on runway 01), instead of the 180 degrees sharp turn that makes it land in the opposite direction (i.e. southbound on runway 19). If the runway is not suitable for emergency landing, the plane may even fly to a nearby airport given enough fuel and engine power.

3. Why didn’t the plane deploy its landing gear and extend its flaps while landing, which are such important but straightforward routines for any professional pilot?

4. Why the plane lost its communication systems that transmit ADS-B data? Bird strikes should not have impacted the system. Even if the electrical generator is down, there are still redundant systems that support the communication according to experts.

5. The plane belly landed about 1,200 metres down the runway, which was near the mid-point of the runway (with a length of 2,800 metres). What have caused this significant misjudgment in the final approach?

On point 2, according to comments by some B737 pilots the only condition which requires an immediate landing is that the plane runs out of fuel or has both engines inoperative. Video captured a small explosion in the right engine, therefore one can suppose that at least the right engine might have been struck by birds and suffered damage. Meanwhile, experts have found that the vertical speed and ground speed of the aircraft were inconsistent with the One Engine Inoperative landing procedure, which means either the procedure was not properly applied, or the situation was worse than one engine failure. A close look at the plane’s crash landing showed that the right-wing engine thrust reverser deployed. But what happened with the left engine was inconclusive.

On point 3, even if there was a problem in the hydraulic system that caused the malfunction of the landing gear, many experts have pointed out that the pilot could still deploy it manually by gravity. Moreover, it was reported that the landing gear was down during the initial approach. The pilot had never declared hydraulic system or landing gear malfunction. Besides, with no landing gear deployed there would be Ground Proximity Warning System (GPWS) warning alarm in the cockpit. How could this alarm possibly be ignored? This point remains to be addressed.

Regarding point 5, the plane was known to have veered to the left before making its 180 degrees turn. In this case, only the first officer sitting on the right had a clear view of the runway. The captain who sits on the left must then rely on the observation of the first officer which is undesirable in such urgent situation. Why was this abnormal manoeuvre made?

The direct culprit of the disaster, of course, was the concrete berm supporting the ILS antennas 250 metres off the runway (shorter than the recommended safety zone of 300 metres length). Many experts have questioned the legitimacy of setting up such a concrete structure off the runway, with the clear danger posed to aircrafts should they skide off the runway. Note that this concrete bern was not present on the other (northern) side of the runway, which means the accident should have been far less lethal if the plane didn’t opt to land in the opposite direction. Furthermore, it happened that the Engineered Materials Arrested System (EMAS) was not installed at the Muan airport (some reports stated that it was under maintenance). If there were EMAS installed, the speed of the skidding aircraft and thus the force of impact should have been substantially reduced. Astonishingly, upon interviews many aviation trainers and pilots who have takeoff/landing experience in Muan airport were unaware that the berm off the runway was a concrete structure!

So, what really happened that lead to this tragedy? We can formulate different working hypotheses. First, if one solely focuses on the no flaps, high speed bellying landing near the mid-point of the runway, one might suspect it to be pilot suicide. But this is ignoring what had happened before that, including the bird strike and MAYDAY call. Therefore, the pilot suicide hypothesis can be rejected.

Second, could it be a series of human errors in decision making due to a highly pressurous situation? One needs to evaluate the probability of this: The pilot (1) wrongly decided to go around instead of the conventional ‘proceed on landing’ as discussed above; THEN (2) if the engines were still operating, wrongly decided to rush into landing, failing to consider the probably better option of maintaining a holding pattern to troubleshoot any problem; THEN (3) wrongly decided to make the 180 degrees turn to land in the opposite direction instead of the conventional 360 degrees go around to land in the same direction, and coincidentally the concrete berm was in that opposite direction; THEN (4) wrongly touched down near the mid-point of the runway; PLUS (5) neglected the deployment of flaps and landing gear; PLUS (6) ignored the GPWS warning alarm. Note just how improbable it is for ALL these errors to come together for a well-trained professional pilot!

There have been some insane comments lurking in the social media that the pilot shut down the wrong engine (?!) or even forgot to deploy the landing gear (just after retracting it when aborted landing!). These sound to me not only direct insult to the whole aviation industry, but a distraction to researchers in finding the truth. This ‘blame the pilot’ mentality (which we have already seen in the MH370 case) is truly sickening.

When so many coincidences come together, one might question whether they are really coincidences. When there exist so many anomalies, one should look further beyond a mere accident. The case cannot be simply attributed to bird strike. With fairly good safety record of Jeju Air, one can’t easily blame it on poor pilot training.

If we discount the ‘accident+human errors’ hypothesis, what other possibilities remain? We should now work from Gound Zero of the event. While many commentators focus on the flaps and landing gear, it is sparsely mentioned that the key issue was that the plane could not stop itself after belly landing on the runway! To address this issue, it is necessary to go through some technical stuff here.

This diagram shows the flight control surfaces of a B737-800 (the aircraft model of this flight). Note that the function of flaps and slats is to increase wing lift and decrease stall speed during takeoff and landing. It is the spoilers that function as speed brakes after landing (see photo). The flight spoilers also supplement the ailerons to provide roll control. The ailerons and spoilers along with other flight controls, as well as the landing gear are powered by redundant hydraulic sources – system A and system B. The fact that Jeju Air 2216 could make the turn around (requiring roll control) and was seen to have deployed the landing gear during the initialapproach (and retracted it when aborted landing) strongly indicates that the hydraulic systems were operative. If they were not, the pilots should have noticed and declared earlier in the flight. Reference could be made to Poland’s LOT Airlines B767 case in 2011 which suffered a hydraulic system failure resulting in landing gear malfunction, but subsequently conducted a well-planned and successful belly landing. In that case the pilot had early on noticed and declared the hydraulic system failure. One should also note that while bird strike can damage the engines which are exposed in air, it can hardly disable the hydraulic systems, because even if the engines fail to power the hydraulic system, there is still the electric pump to maintain their operation. A classic case of bird strike occurred on January 15, 2009, when US Airways flight 1549 struck a flock of birds shorty after takeoff from LaGuardia and lost all engine power. The pilots (including the then famous Captain Sully) glided the plane and subsequently ditched it on the Hudson River, with many injuries but no fatalities.

Now, could it be a similar case here that Jeju Air 2216 lost all engine power after the bird strike and that the pilots decided to glide the plane, but this time to the runway? For effective gliding, it is preferable to have the plane flying ‘clean’ with flaps refracted and landing gear up to reduce drag, which was exactly what we saw prior to its final landing. Some footages (example) in the media showed an ominously large flock of birds over Muan that could have seriously damaged the engines. But why not deploy the landing gear near touchdown? One possible reason was that the pilot deliberately not deploy it. In the final approach, the pilot should already have noticed that the plane was too far off the start of the runway and it was inevitable to overshoot it. Under such scenario, is it really better to have the landing gear down? Try to experiment with two model vehicles, one with wheels and the other without. Apply the same force to them such that they move on a surface with the same initial speed. Think about friction and see which vehicle will stop at a greater distance? In this case, to conduct a belly landing while deploying the speed brakes to slow down the plane might be the best way to minimize the overshoot. One should also bear in mind that the pilot might be unaware that there existed a killer concrete berm off the runway which they would bump into!

So now the survival hinges on one critical mechanism, i.e. the speed brakes and thus the spoilers. First, we need to get familiarised with the mechanics. The B737-800 has 8 flight spoilers and 4 ground spoilers (with half of them on each wing). Each hydraulic system A & B is dedicated to a different set of spoiler pairs to provide isolation and maintain symmetric operation in the event of hydraulic system failure (see schematic). The flight and ground spoilers are powered differently and operate with different logics. Half of the flight spoilers are powered by hydraulic system A and half by system B. They supplement roll control in response to control wheel commands, and their movement proportional to the ailerons is determined by the spoiler mixer. The ground spoilers are powered by hydraulic system A only. They will deploy when the right main landing gear (MLG) strut compresses (B737-MAX requires both).

The speed brake lever in the cockpit has four different positions: DOWN, ARMED, FLIGHT DETENT and UP. On landing, the auto brake system operates when: (i) speed brake lever is in ARMED position; (ii) radio altitude <10 ft (<6 ft for B737-MAX); (iii) thrust levers are at IDLE; (iv) landing gear strut compresses; (v) MLG wheels spin up to >60 kts. The speed brake lever automatically moves to UP position and the spoilers deploy. In addition, if not armed for landing (i.e. speed brake lever is in DOWN position), the speed brake will also deploy when reverse thrust is selected.

We need all these technical details as we want to know what really happened after Jeju Air 2216 touched down. As the landing gear was not deployed, conditions (iv) and (v) were not met and thus the auto brake system would not operate. However, the plane would ‘think’ that it was in flying mode and thereby the in-flight operation still applies. Under this scenario, given either one of hydraulic systems A & B works, the pilot could manually operate the speed brake lever (shifting to FLIGHT DETENT position) which causes all flight spoiler panels to rise symmetrically to act as speed brakes to slow down the plane.

But why this didn’t happen? It is worth noting that in the LOT Airlines case, the spoilers can be clearly seen to have deployed (photo), and the flaps were extended (note in that case it was the hydraulic system failure instead of engine failure, thus no need for gliding), while in the US Airways case the plane was seen to have its flap retracted during the glide before the Hudson River ditching (one can check online videos). In the final moments after the belly landing, a photo captured that the pilot was stretching his arm toward the overhead panel. Was he using his last and best effort trying to do something to save the plane?

This extraordinary scenario leads one to suspect whether something much more sinister was behind the scenes. Given the failure of the speed brake system, one cannot rule out the possibility that it might have been tampered with. If this was the case, then it warrants a criminal investigation! Of course it would be a highly sophisticated plan, with foreknowledge of the concrete berm, mobilisation of the flock of birds (it is possible given the habitats nearby), and even the involvement of the air traffic control. As of this writing, the CVR transcript is still not yet made available (why take so long?). It is suspected that if there was indeed a nefarious plot behind, the most critical data would be covered up in the media, and public information would be massaged to support the official narrative in blaming on pilot errors.

The Human Sacrifice Conspiracy

A number of Chinese commentators found many eerie parallels between the Jeju Air disaster and the sinking of 「世越號」 Sewol disaster on April 16, 2014. The related discussions could only be found on Chinese social media platforms which are banned in the western world. Some striking parallels include: (1) many anomalies occur together leading to the accident; (2) location in the southwest of Korean Peninsula; (3) unreasonable sharp turn in the final track; (4) inexplicable loss of AIS data of the ferry (ADS-B data for Jeju Air); (5) the delay of rescue; (6) absence of the president (though for different reasons) and the following crisis they face. They conclude that both disasters were a nefarious plot to sacrifice human lives as an occult ritual. Others went further to speculate that the addition of three other anomalous historical tragedies – the collapse of Sampoong Department Store in 1995, Daegu subway arson in 2003, and Itaewon Halloween trampling accident in 2022, would make up the full occult ritual of human sacrifice in the 五行five elements which form a pentagram – 金metal, 火fire, 水water, 土earth, 木wood (in chronological order), with one element 剋overcoming the previous one. This oriental esoteric knowledge of five elements can be found in 太極Tai-Chi (陰陽yin-yang). However, due to the extreme superstition of South Korean presidents (all of them were found to be ill-fated) in their firm belief of the curse in their national flag (which shows the Tai-Chi symbol, but lacks one 「卦」according to the concept in 易經I-Ching) as well as the curse on their presidential palace 青瓦台Blue House, this knowledge was distorted and perverted into occult practice. Moreover, one would find that this oriental esoteric knowledge converges with the esoteric knowledge of Freemasonry. But that is beyond the scope of this piece.

There is no intention in promoting conspiracy theory and esoteric knowledge here. But that the aforementioned historical tragedies did raise a lot of red flags, and that most presidents of South Korea were extremely superstitious and wicked are plain truths.

Concluding remarks

The two seemingly unrelated enigmatic aerial events in this piece do have one thing in common: there are swarms of objects (drones/UAPs and birds respectively) in the sky that bring fear and terror to people on earth. Would these events also be a sign, precursor, or counterfeit of what has been prophesied in the Bible to happen during the Tribulation period?

“And there came out of the smoke locusts upon the Earth: and unto them was given power, as the scorpions of the earth have power.” – Revelation 9:3, KJV

Reference

B737 NG Flight Controls

Further Reading

Leslie Kean, UFOs: Generals, Pilots, and Government Officials Go on the Record, 2010.

Anyone who understands the Hegelian Dialectics will grasp the essence that the powerful perpetrators have a firm control on both sides of a conflict, as I explained with the checkerboard analogy. When the dialectic is used within the society, the effect could be chaos, following by some sort of new social order that takes away the liberty of civilians for the sake of security. In the worldwide scale, especially through wars, the prominent effect is causing massive suffering and fear, upon which people will cry for peace and safety, and have their mindset tuned to readily welcome a new world order.

When the Russia-Ukraine war broke out in February 2022, no one could have imagined that it would sustain for nearly three years. It is now clear that the financial support plus incessant supply of weapons to Ukraine by western nations represented by NATO purportedly sustain the war. The recent lift of the restriction to allow Ukraine to use long-range missiles to strike deep inside Russia, provoking the latter to revise its nuclear doctrine works to heighten the fear of an escalation to World War III.

In the Middle East, following the October 7 massacre, Israel’s war against Hamas has escalated to an all-out war with Hezbollah and even direct missile exchanges with Iran. Many commentators have warned that the conflict between Israel and Iran will spin out of control and might escalate beyond regional level. Now both proxies of Iran have been substantially weakened. But has the conflict really spun out of control? It does not appear to me to be the case. The actions taken by both sides simply did not commensurate with the strong words they spoke. Human casualties have been kept to a minimum (unless one is credulous to the moronic genocide narrative in the media!). Contrary to the military bellicose depicted by the media, Iran has manifested exceptional restraint to avoid further direct confrontation with Israel. Of course, some may argue that Iran is buying time to complete the uranium enrichment in its nuclear program in order to effectively counter strike Israel, which currently has overwhelming military superiority.

But don’t we see the same kind of exceptional restraint shown by Vladimir Putin? So now we have two war fronts reaching a critical moment in which a slight perturbation could cause the eruption of WW III. The principal effect of this tension is the generation of constant fear by the world population.

In fact, there have been myriad of KOLs and ‘prophets’ in the social media making dire prognoses of various crises to come. Before we truly witness the materialisations of these prognoses, the mindset of many people has already been programmed in a stage of fear. It is exactly this mindset of fear that makes the Hegelian dialectic work effectively.

Recall the sinusoidal sequence: War➡️Peace➡️ War➡️Peace introduced in Part 1, we are currently no doubt in the ‘war’ phase. Obviously, the next phase we now expect is ‘peace’. But isn’t that what has been promisedin the upcoming Donald Trump presidency? Doesn’t anyone wonder how perfect the timing is for the multiple lines of Hegelian dialectics to converge? We can see that Putin is eagerly looking forward to the Trump administration to end the war in Ukraine; Benjamin Netanyahu is expecting ceasefire when Trump takes office; Iran is so fearful of the impending Trump regime. Doesn’t one see that something extraordinary is going to take place? Can’t one picture that the high cabals behind Donald Trump (himself being unwittingly controlled as I argued in Part 1), in turn being directed by principalities, power and rulers of the darkness (Ephesians 6:12), have the total control of the checkerboard war game?

Wars in the End Times

Ezekiel 38 (Gog & Magog) War – the timing

The conflict between Israel and Iran and the latter’s growing coalition with Russia and Turkey led many Bible scholars to conclude that the stage is being set for the Ezekiel 38 (Gog & Magog) War. The prophecy in Ezekiel 38 (specifically also includes the first few verses of Ezekiel 39) is one of the most controversial in the Bible and has stirred up many debates on the timing of the fulfilment. Most preterists (who believe that all/most Bible prophecies have already been fulfilled) maintain that Ezekiel’s prophecy was fulfilled in the 2^nd century B.C. at the defeat of the Greek/Syrian invaders of Palestine by Judas Maccabeus. However, a closer look will find very few similarities between this invasion and the one prophesied in Ezekiel 38, unless one relies heavily on allegorical interpretation of scripture, which is self-defeating as Preterism entails a literal interpretation of scripture. Hence a past fulfillment of the Gog-Magog War is very unlikely.

On the other hand, it is incorrect to conclude that the current war in the Middle East is the Ezekiel 38 war, as the nations/parties involved in the war (Hamas in Gaza, Hezbollah in Lebanon and Houthis in Yemen) are clearly different from those described in Ezekiel 38 (to be discussed later). Still some others confuse the Ezekiel 38 war with the Battle of Armageddon in Revelation 19.

"...it's important to understand that the war described in Ezekiel 38 is not the same as the war that will come at the end of the tribulation when Jesus returns to defeat the Antichrist and establish his millennial kingdom. How do we know this? The war at the end of the tribulation, known as Armageddon, is a world war. Revelation tells us that this battle will involve all nations. The war described in Ezekiel includes specific nations that invade Israel. Also, Armageddon is at the climax of the tribulation, while the war described in Ezekiel comes well before then." – ["The Coming War of Gog and Magog, an Islamic Invasion?" by Jennifer Rast, Contender Ministries]

Moreover, the Antichrist (hereafter AC) is the head of the Armageddon campaign (Revelation 19:19), whereas Gog is the head of the invading force in Ezekiel’s prophecy (Ezekiel 38:7). The Ezekiel 38 war is also different from the war described in Revelation 20 (the same name ‘Gog & Magog War’ may have caused the confusion), which will happen at the end of the Millennial reign of Jesus Christ on the earth, when Satan is released from the bottomless pit to deceive the world to battle before ultimately cast into the lake of fire.

So, what is the timing of the Ezekiel 38 war? Having rejected the view that it is the same war as Armageddon, there are two prevalent views for futurists (who believe that many Bible prophecies have yet to be fulfilled) on the timing of this war: 1) Before the 7-year Tribulation, 2) During the 7-year Tribulation.

There is some difficulty in the second view if one follows the exact text in Ezekiel, as it will take 7 months for Israel to bury the dead and 7 years to burn the weapons of war (Ezekiel 39:12,9). Scripture implies that 75 days after Christ’s return, the thousand-year (Millennial) kingdom will commence (Isaiah 65:17-25; Daniel 12:11-12). It would be absurd that the burning of weapons would extend into the Millennial kingdom. As such, the first view seems to be most plausible.

"As things heat up in the [Middle] East, it seems as if Bible prophecy is coming true in this generation. There is reason to believe that the War of Gog / Magog (Ez. 38) will happen close to the date that Daniel's 70th Week begins - most likely directly before the 7-year Treaty of Daniel 9 is signed." – ["War of Gog Prophecy Ezekiel 38: The Coming of Antichrist & End Time Deception"]

Ezekiel 38 (Gog & Magog) War – the players

Ezekiel prophesied that a massive military coalition would invade Israel in the latter days. This mighty army will come "from thy place out of the north parts," and will be massive "like a cloud covering the land" (Ezekiel 38:15-16).

A detailed matching of the ancient place names listed in Ezekiel 38:2-6 with modern days nations/territories reveals that the military coalition will probably consist of Russia (Rosh), Iran (Persia), Turkey + Caucasian countries (Meshech/Tubal/Togarmah/Gomer), Sudan + part of Ethiopia (Cush), Libya + part of Algeria (Put), as well as mid-Asian territories to the south of Russia including Kazakhstan, Uzbekistan, Tajikistan, Kyrgyzstan and Turkmenistan (Magog). See the map below.

Source: Olive Tree Ministries

Obviously, this military coalition (Gog & Magog) is different from and far exceeds those now at war with Israel. Furthermore, this coalition will not be defeated by Israel’s military force (i.e. the IDF), but will be destroyedsupernaturally in God’s fury (Ezekiel 38:18-23).

"Ultimately, their alliance will grow to include a huge force that includes Russia, Iran, Ethiopia, Libya, the Germanic nations and the nations of southeastern Europe. Students of the Bible have evoked the imagery of the battle of Gog more times than can be recalled. The bottom line: The entire invading force will not only be slain, but allowed to rot in the sun. Israel will require seven months to bury them all. Dismantling the weapons of war will take seven years! Gog’s dishonorable defeat will be monumental." — [Prophecy in the News, by Gary Stearman]

With a closer tie building up between Russia, Iran and Turkey, the situation seems to be moving toward the direction of the Gog & Magog coalition. But so far there is no hint of the other aforementioned countriescoming into place. Besides, it is mentioned that God puts hooks in the jaws of Gog which draws his army towards Israel (Ezekiel 38:4). What these ‘hooks’ are remains unknown. So we are not there yet, and it is premature to conclude on an impending Ezekiel 38 war for the time being.

Ezekiel 38 (Gog & Magog) War – the outcome

Witnessing the supernatural destruction of their invaders in the Ezekiel 38 war, many Jews will be convinced that God intervened for Israel to save them. “I will set My glory among the nations; all the nations shall see My judgment which I have executed, and My hand which I have laid on them. So the house of Israel shall know that I am the Lord their God from that day forward” (Ezekiel 39:21). This may stimulate their determination to renew their old covenant (the Law) with God and rebuild their third temple in Jerusalem. But they may still not accept Jesus as their Messiah at that moment. Their recognition of Jesus as the Messiah and confession of their national sin will only happen following Jacob’s Trouble (Jeremiah 30) when they will be heavily prosecuted by the AC during the second half of the 7-year Tribulation.

However, for the secular nations which do not believe in God, this supernatural event would only leave them in shock and perplexity. They might even be deceived by the elites’ possible false narrative of an advanced extraterrestrial civilisation’s intervention.

Psalm 83 and Isaiah 17 Propecies

One important yet intriguing aspect of the Ezekiel 38 war is that it occurs at a time when the Jews dwell safely in their land (Ezekiel 38:11). This is clearly not the situation of Israel today. It is a prerequisite for Israel to enter the phase of ‘peace’ for this unexpected invasion to take place. How would this be possible? We will try to connect three important Bible prophecies together to shed light on what may happen in the future.

Bible prophecy expert Bill Salus wrote an insightful book on Psalm 83 Prophecy. Though Psalm 83 was presented as a prayer, various scholars noted the prophetic elements in it. Briefly, this prophecy involves a ten-member Arab confederacy that seeks to destroy the Jewish State of Israel (Psalm 83:4-5). These are most of the nations that fought against Israel in the War of Independence in 1948, Six-Day War in 1967 and Yom Kippur War in 1973. The prophecy has only been partially fulfilled as Psalm 83:9-18 points out that when the prophecy is fulfilled, these nations will never be capable of fighting against Israel again. Dr. Salus categorized these nations in relative proximity of Israel as the ‘Inner Circle’, which is distinctive from the ‘Outer Ring’ nations in the Ezekiel 38 invasion (see figure below). These nations manifest the Arabs’ ancient rooted, evil hatred of the Jews (God’s chosen people) and waging wars against them. But this is an ignorance of God’s ‘policy’ (Genesis 12:1-3) and will invoke the Lord’s wrath and judgement. Note that Hamas in Gaza, Hezbollah in Lebanon as well as Syria all belong to the ‘Inner Circle’ in Psalm 83. The defeat of Hamas by the IDF and desolation of Gaza has also fulfilled the Zephaniah 2:4-7 prophecy, which can be viewed as a subset of Psalm 83 prophecy. Furthermore, Iran is subject to dual end-times judgement prophecies according to Dr. Salus. Before engaging itself in the Ezekiel 38 invasion, a part of Iran (namely Elam, located in the southwest near the Persian Gulf) will be devastated in the Jeremiah 49:34-39 prophecy. Interestingly, this prophecy might have nuclear implications as the place (now known as Bushehr) is where one of Iran’s nuclear facilities is located.

Credit: Bill Salus

Meanwhile, the recent surprise fall of Assad regime in Syria might be the initial fulfilment of the Isaiah 17 prophecy. For total fulfilment of this prophecy, Damascus will be completely destroyed and left in desolation (Isaiah 17:1,9). This is not unforseeable according to the current development. While Sunni militants are conquering Damascus, Israel is launching a tremendous strike in Syria, targeting to destroy the whole Syrian Navy as a pre-emptive action in concern that the military hardware might fall into the hands of radical militants. Since Syria has long been an important strategic proxy of Iran in transporting weapons to Hezbollah in Lebanon, the regime change in Syria signifies a great defeat of the Iranians. It also means a defeat of Russia as the strategic bridge to the Mediterranean Sea has now been blocked. One can see a major military force in the Middle East being pushed to the corner, which strikingly resembles what NATO has done to Russia. The upshot might be the hastening of Iran to go nuclear. But Israel and the U.S. would not allow that to happen.

Daniel’s 70^th Week Prophecy (excerpt from CAST, Annex 2, pp.358-367)

In order to understand the time elements in the tribulation period, it is necessary to go back to the prophecy of Daniel where the chronology of Israel's future history is outlined in the great prophecy of the seventy weeks (Dan. 9:24-27).

The beginning of the seventieth week. It is evident from Daniel 9:27 that the seventieth week begins with a covenant that is made with 'many' for one week, or for seven years. This 'one week,' following the method of interpretation established for the sixty-nine weeks, demonstrates the fact that the period in question will be of seven years duration. The question that must be faced is the identity of the one who makes the covenant that marks the inception of this seven-year period. Daniel identifies him as 'he' in 9:27. This must refer back to the 'prince that shall come' in the previous verse. McClain, identifying this individual, writes:

. . . Concerning this individual Gaebelein says: “Out of the Roman empire there shall arise in the future a prince. This prince or chief of the fourth empire is identical with the little horn of Daniel 7.” He is further to be identified with the ‘king’ of Daniel 11:36, with the ‘man of sin’ of 2 Thessalonians 2, and with the 'beast out of the sea' of Revelation 13:1;10. Inasmuch as all the covenants made by Messiah with Israel are eternal covenants, Messiah cannot be the one making the covenant, inasmuch as it will be temporary. This covenant, which will guarantee Israel the possession of their land and the restoration of their religious and political autonomy, is to be viewed as a false fulfillment of the Abrahamic covenant. This covenant deceives many in Israel into believing that this 'man of sin' is God (2 Thess. 2:3). It is the proclamation of this false covenant that marks the beginning of the seventieth week.

The program of the seventieth week. McClain has stated six features of this program that well summarize its relation to the prophetic picture.

1. This Seventieth Week is a period of seven years which lies prophetically between the translation of the church and the return of Christ in glory.

2. This Seventieth Week also provides the exact chronological framework for the great events recorded in chapters six to nineteen of the Book of Revelation.

3. The Seventieth Week will begin with the making of a 'firm covenant' between the coming Roman prince and the Jewish people.

4. In the middle of the Seventieth Week, the Roman prince will suddenly reverse his friendly attitude toward the Jews and 'cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease.'

5. The breaking of the 'firm covenant' between the Jews and the Roman prince will make the beginning of a period of unparalleled 'desolations' for the Jewish people.

6. The end of this final seven-year period will bring to its close the entire series of the Seventy Weeks, and therefore usher in the great blessings promised to Israel in Dan. 9:24.

The Case for a Two-stages Peace Treaty

The ‘Roman prince’ mentioned above is the Antichrist (AC). Some Bible scholars such as Dr. Mark Hitchcock, opined that the AC’s ‘covenant with many’ during the inception of the 7-year tribulation or Daniel’s 70^th week may not be a new covenant, but rather a reaffirmation of an existing covenant or peace treaty. But this reaffirmation only makes sense if it is preceded by war. On the other hand, the Ezekiel 38 war is preceded by peace. It has been discussed earlier that the Ezekiel 38 war is unlikely to take place during the 7-year tribulation period, and that it involves invaders (outer ring) which are distinctive from those described in Psalm 83 (inner circle). So logically there needs to be another ceasefire peace treaty that fills in the gap between Psalm 83 and Ezekiel 38.

Recalling the sinusoidal sequence of war and peace under the Hegelian dialectic, the following sequence is herewith proposed:

War (evolving Psalm 83 war) ➡️ Peace (1^st peace treaty, before 7-year tribulation) ➡️ War (future Ezekiel 38 war, before 7-year tribulation) ➡️ Peace (2^nd peace treaty, 1^st Seal/White horseman that starts the 7-year tribulation) ➡️ War (future WW III, 2^nd Seal judgement/Red horseman)

With the stepping in of Turkey in Syria in attempt for a resurrection of the Ottoman Empire, and foreseeable internal conflicts between the Sunnis and Shiites, more chaos and disorder will follow in the region. Compounded with the incessant bombing by Israel, the radical Islamic militants might be entirely crippled not far in the future, in fulfilment of Psalm 83 prophecy. It is here that the first ceasefire peace treaty, probably propelled by the upcoming Trump administration, may be established. The peace treaty may ride on the existing Abraham Accord, which can include diplomatic negotiations involving Egypt, Saudi Arabia, U.A.E., China, etc. It may also facilitate the building of the third Jewish Temple, in which the Trump administration would play a significant role (a large topic to be covered in Part 3). It would be under the ‘peace’ phase that the Ezekiel 38 war suddenly breaks out. Then, the supernatural defeat of the military might of Gog & Magog coalition of Ezekiel 38 will leave the world in utter shock and perplexity. Moreover, it would lead to a power vacuum amongst the world’s nations.

It was discussed at the beginning of this piece that controlled conflict is the gist of Hegelian dialectic. The outcome is the generation of fear and anxiety among the people. The escalating military actions between Russia and Ukraine and nuclear threats from Vladimir Putin, together with all-out war between Israel and its Islamic antagonists plus the potential violence between the Jewish state and a soon-to-be nuclear Iran, will add to the fears. Jesus said in His Olivet Discourse, “And there shall be signs in the sun, and in the stars; and upon the earth distress of nations, with perplexity…” (Luke 21:25). In the absence of peace, people under distress and perplexity will cry for peace and safety. This will set the ideal stage for the AC to climb onto the political platform and conquer the world by peace (Daniel 8:23–25). He will reaffirm a false covenant with Israel and others (Daniel 9:27), which will kick start the 7-year Tribulation/Daniel’s 70^th Week.

I believe that the current worldwide military conflicts will NOT evolve into World War III. They are all stepping stones that pave the way for the planned peace treaty designed by the high cabal, leading up to prophecy in Daniel 9:27. The phase of peace would also be the synthesis of the ongoing Hegelian dialectic. The real WW III will indeed break out unexpectedly during the first half of the 7-year Tribulation, when the world will be disillusioned to dwell in peace and safety. “For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape.” (1 Thessalonians 5:3).

In the future piece, the second, third and fifth key principles in CAST (see Part 1) in the context of Satan’s counterfeit program will be elaborated. In particular, how the ongoing war is related to the attempt to build the third Jewish Temple in Jerusalem, the rise of the Ten Kings (Daniel 7:24), AC and False Prophet will be discussed. Topics will also include Rapture of the Church, New/Golden Age deception and exotic secret weapons/technology, as well as a special session on Elon Musk. Due to the extreme sensitivity of some contents, readers may wish to subscribe to the upcoming publications.

Further Readings

Alva J. McClain, Daniel's Prophecy of the Seventy Weeks.

John F. Walvoord, 'Is Daniel's Seventieth Week Future?' Bibliotheca Sacra, 101:30, January, 1994.

Subscribe now

War in the Middle East has been escalating, with Iran and Israel kept retaliating against each other. Many fear that an all-out war is imminent, or even think that we are on the brink of the third world war.

On the other side of the globe, the United States of America is approaching the pivotal moment of the November 5 Presidential Election. Many Americans believe that they are at the crossroads of history.

In witness of various perils in the world in recent years – the COVID-19 pandemic, multitude of natural disasters such as deadly earthquakes and hurricanes, wars in Ukraine & Middle East, rumours of wars in the Korean Peninsula and Taiwan, many people believe that we are living in the end times.

The big question is: Have we already entered the biblical apocalypse as described in the book of Revelation? Indeed, scholars of Bible prophecy have noted that many signs seem to be converging – earthquakes in various places, wars and rumours of wars, plan of building the third Jewish Temple in Jerusalem, rise of false prophets, etc.

But, WHAT IF everything we see today, including wars and natural disasters, were all designed, planned and run by humans (strictly, those minions of the devil) who deliberately make them resemble the end time events as described by the Bible? My earlier post on CAST presented the framework of the counterfeit plan of Satan. Indeed, the Antichrist system of the end time will orchestrate a false fulfillment of Bible prophecy before the true fulfillment of Scripture actually takes place.  What is happening around the world might well be a simulation of the events of the Tribulation Period underway, and this meticulously planned deception will go far toward misleading the mass population including Christians.

CAST systematically outlines how the book of Revelation will be counterfeited for consumption. The five Key Principles (5 Ps in bold) are recap as follows:

1. Satan’s Purpose is to be like God. – Isaiah 14:14; Satan has purposed to usurp God’s authority from the beginning of the world. – Genesis 3:1, Matt. 4:8-9, Rev. 13:2

2. Satan’s Program is to counterfeit God’s Messiah, His Millennial Temple and Millennial Kingdom. – Matt. 24:4-5, 24-25, John 5:43, Thes. 2:3-4

3. Satan’s Plot is to conspire with apostate Israel. – Jeremiah 11:9, Ezekiel 22:25, Isaiah 28:15,18

• Then to destroy mankind. – John 10:10; Destroy the earth. – Rev. 11:18; Destroy God's Israel. – Rev. 12:1, 4-8; Destroy God's saints. – Dan. 7:21, Rev. 13:7; Destroy all flesh. – Matt. 24:21-22; Destroy Jesus Christ.  – John 8:39-44, Rev. 19:19; Destroy God's Millennial Kingdom. – Rev. 20:7-10

4. Satan’s Pattern is to use past events in Israel as precedents for future deception. – Eccles. 3:15

5. Satan’s Principle Man to deceive the world will be a counterfeit Solomon, i.e.the Antichrist. The Jews believed that King Solomon, rather than Jesus Christ, was the Messiah. – Luke 11:29,31, Luke 20:41-44

Operation Apocalypse

This figure shows the timeline of the programs run by God and Satan in parallel.

One caveat here is that one must bear in mind Satan does NOT know the exact time of the Second Coming of Jesus Christ, thus the onset of the 7-year Tribulation or Daniel’s 70^th week (Dan. 9:27). Hence the kick start of the counterfeit program might not be exactly 3.5 years before the true 7-year Tribulation. However, Satan can interpret signs used by God and thereby should have a sense that the time of Jesus’ return is near.

As mentioned in the previous post, we have already witnessed the first four counterfeit Seal or Dreadful Horses judgements (conquering by coronavirus – white horse, wars in Ukraine followed by the Middle East – red horse, global famine and inflation – black horse, excess deaths or depopulation, abortion included – pale horse), and perhaps the fifth Seal (Satan followers’ martyrdom), and may soon see the counterfeit sixth and seventh Seal as well as the Trumpet judgements. But these are still under the counterfeit plan of Satan. The true 7-years Tribulation in God’s plan has NOT yet started.

To learn how the plans of Satan have been and will be executed throughout the history, it is important to have a deep understanding the so-called Hegelian dialectics used by the Luciferians (Satan’s top servants – the high cabal or the elites) to be discussed in the next section. There are two ongoing lines of Hegelian dialectics – the regional wars and U.S. presidential election. The current piece focuses on the latter. We shall later see how these two lines will ultimately converge, setting the stage for the coming Antichrist (hereafter AC) which marks the commencement of the true 7-years Tribulation.

Hegelian Dialectics

Brief background

The German philosopher Georg Wilhelm Hegel’s view that all things unfold in a continuing evolutionary process whereby each idea or quality (the Thesis) inevitably brings forth its opposite (the Antithesis), wrote Corinne McLaughlin and Gordon Davidson in 1994. “From that interaction, a third state emerges in which the opposites are integrated, overcome and fulfilled in a richer and higher Synthesis. This synthesis then becomes the basis for another dialectical process of opposition and synthesis. Hegel believed that the creative stress of opposing positions was essential for developing higher states of consciousness. In the moment of synthesis, the opposites are both preserved and transcended, negated and fulfilled.”

In general, Hegelian dialectics can be used anywhere in the world as a mechanism to replace traditional beliefs and social policies with a new world order. First, a problem must be created (e.g. civil unrest, economic crisis, weather disasters, etc.) by various means. Then a resolve of the problem will follow.

War and Peace

Albert Pike, a high-level Freemason, wrote a letter dated 15 August 1871, to Mazzini in which he outlined plans for three world wars, after which every nation would eventually be willing to surrender its national sovereignty to a world government which is necessary to bring about the One World Order. For a while, this letter was in display in the British Museum Library in London.

According to the plan:

The first war (WW I) was to overthrow the power of the Czars (protector of Orthodoxy), ending the czarist regime and to establish an atheistic communist state in Russia.

The second war (WW II) was to allow the Soviet Union to control Europe, and to strengthen communism as antithesis to Judeo-Christian culture and establish a Zionist State in Israel.

The third world war (WW III) will originate in the Middle East involving the religious conflict between Judaism and Islam, i.e. between the Jews and Muslims. It will spread internationally and eventually result in Armageddon.

“The operational history of The New Age New World Order can only be understood within a framework of the Hegelian dialectic process…it follows that controlled conflict can create a predetermined history.”

The gist of the above is that controlled conflict can be used as a powerful tool to establish a new order, whether within the society or between world nations. In the historical sequence, one can see alternative periods of war and peace, much like a sinusoidal curve, after each cycle emerges a new distribution of world superpowers.                                  

                                            War➡️Peace➡️ War➡️Peace

We shall discuss in Part 2 how this sequence will play out in the Middle East towards the Tribulation, with Israel being the epicentre of the conflict.

Left vs. Right

The Hegelian dialectic process can also be operated in politics and within the society:

“In Hegelian philosophy the conflict of political ‘right’ and ‘left’, or thesis and antithesis, is essential to the change in history. Conflict between thesis and antithesis brings about a synthesis, i.e. a new historical situation. Karl Marx, in Das Kapital, posed capitalism as thesis and communism as antithesis.”

“The synthesis sought by the Establishment is called the New World Order. Without controlled conflict this New World Order will not come about. Random individual actions of persons in the society would not lead to this synthesis. It is artificial, therefore must be created. This is being done with the calculated, managed use of conflict. While this synthesis is being sought, there is no profit in playing the involved parties against each other. This explains why the international bankers funded the Nazis, Soviet Union, North Korea, North Vietnam…against the United States. The ‘conflict’ built profits while pushing the world ever closer to One World Government.”

“The clash of opposites must in the Hegelian system bring about a society neither capitalist nor communist. Moreover, in the Hegelian scheme of events this new synthesis will reflect the concept of the State as God and the individual as totally subordinate to an all-powerful State (i.e. a fascist One World Government).”

– [America’s Secret Establishment, P.115-117]

In the U.S., there has always been a political conflict between the Leftist (representing the democrats or liberals) and Rightist (representing the republicans or conservatives). In light of the Hegelian dialectic discussed above, this conflict can also be viewed as a controlled conflict. The left vs right (liberal vs conservative) is a false paradigm. Civilians engaged in this conflict will become part of this false paradigm game, resulting in a divided society. One must understand that the Luciferians have controlled both sides of the political spectrum.

When I was a kid, I had the knack of playing chess with myself. It was not merely for self-training of skill and strategy, it was for the pure enjoyment of having total control of the game. Now imagine the whole political system as a checkerboard with black pieces and white pieces. Different political leaders, and under them the government officials, might play different roles such as the king/queen/rook/bishop/knight/pawn, depending on their ranking. But it is always the same Luciferians moving both black and white pieces, in control of the whole game on the checkerboard. Some coin these Luciferians the ‘Deep State’.  But this term is rather vague, as there is a complex hierarchy behind the Deep State including the Council of Foreign Relations (CFR), Trilateral Commission, Bilderberg, and secret societies such as the Skull and Bones, Bohemian Grove, Illuminati etc., and even higher order cabals behind. Basically, it’s these high cabals that run the whole world, under the directive of principalities (fallen angels in the league of Satan) through secret occult practices.

U.S. Presidential Election and Trump Prophecy

I’ve published a series of posts on Trump’s Butler rally shooting because my years of research indicate that he is a very special case.

There have been many prophecies on Trump since he ran for president in 2016, then in the 2020 election. Of course, many prophets who predicted that he would win a second term in the 2020 election, with some doubling down that the election result would be overturned were proven wrong. In this year as the election approaches, the spate of ‘Trump prophecy’ has returned again like tsunami. Moreover, there is an emerging narrative that Donald Trump is the chosen man by God to save America, or even an instrument for spiritual revival of the Americans. This narrative is strongly reinforced by the Butler rally shooting on Jul 13, where Trump was alleged to have survive an assassination attempt by a miracle. In my earlier posts I’ve delved into the technical details, including acoustic, ballistic and forensic analyses, to show that the shooting was most likely stagedand meticulously orchestrated, that Crooks was just a patsy and there were highly sophisticated phantom snipers who executed the plan. The ‘instant spiritual conversion’ when he hided behind the podium was equally questionable. The connections of Crooks with FBI and even the financial guru BlackRock (see the commercial) which is possibly involved in the Trump campaign (beyond the scope of this piece) is revelatory.

Can one sense that everything has become different after the shooting? It is reminiscent of the dramatic shift of the political trajectory of former U.S. president Ronald Reagan following his survival from an assassination attempt. With the viral photo in the media showing Trump holding his fist crying out flight, flight, flight in front of the American flag right after his survival, an everlasting powerful visual impact has been created in the mind of American people. Emotions have been stirred up in the mass population, and the hype of supporters has been immensely boosted.

Whether Trump has undergone true spiritual conversion remains inconclusive. However, thanks to the effort of some high-profile prophets and popular YouTubers, a deeply religious atmosphere or halo surrounding Trump has suddenly formed.

The most important outcome of this radical change was the convergence or unification of mindset of the conservatives as well as Christians, to a singular direction.

Trump has always been regarded as a defender of American values, antagonist to the globalist. He vows ‘America First’ and to ‘Make America Great Again’. It’s a very appealing slogan, particularly for American patriots. However, events that happened during his presidency did suggest fingerprints of the Deep State.

First, Trump included many members of the CFR in his administration during his presidency. He couldn’t be unaware of their association with the ‘Deep State’ that he talked about. Second, during the COVID pandemic, he issued the National Emergency Declaration in March 2020, which empowered individual states to enforce medical tyranny in ways that the federal government couldn’t do constitutionally. Third, don’t forget that it was under his direction that the now proved deadly COVID vax injections (see Pfizer Papers by Naomi Wolf) were produced and rolled out. Moreover, he appointed Moncef Slaoui, who was onboard Moderna, to oversee Operation Warp Speed. He should have downright noticed the conflict of interest. Behind the scenes, I believe that he may be controlled by some high cabals, rather than simply being duped by his advisers.

Many Trump supporters ignore his reputation as a vile and merciless businessman. They are oblivious to the fact that he made his wealth in the porn and gambling industries in Las Vegas and elsewhere, which almost ensured dirty hands. He was involved in numerous sexual affairs and immoral dealings, with inch-thick criminal files and hundreds of lawsuits. Perhaps this shady past posed him the vulnerability that makes him compromised and easy to control. He might not be willing to abet the Luciferians, but is effectively used by them. On the checkerboard, he is most likely an unwitting pawn in the Luciferian game. But why use him? For the elites/globalists, the conservative mass is always an obstacle to their push of agenda such as vaccination. As such, it would be much easier to put a conservative in office to ensure as many people as possible to comply with their agenda.

There is no dispute that the uprise of populism in 2016 was a contributing factor to his surprise victory in the presidential election. But one can see how the same election in 2020 could be blatantly rigged. Should one not question whether there might also be an invisible hand behind his first campaign in 2016? It is my belief that in the Luciferian-controlled political system there is no real democracy nor real election, but only selection.

How can all these be interpreted in the context of Hegelian dialectic? Let’s go back to the checkerboard analogy. Suppose Trump and the rightist/conservatives represent the white pieces (thesis). There needs to be the antithesis i.e. the Biden-Harris administration and liberal leftists who represent the black pieces. When Trump has done his job during the pandemic, then it’s time to take him out. The black pieces then played the role of the villain through which the ‘Woke Left’ agenda such as abortion, LGBTQ, etc. were pushed forward. While so many Americans have become intolerant of their agenda, the shifting hype for Trump to be re-elected to ‘counter the Woke Left’ will serve perfectly to foment civil unrest and deep schism within the nation, which is exactly what the Luciferians wish to achieve.

The conspiracy could be much wider and deeper than one thinks. Many people with good purposes might be deceived. I think we should take a viewpoint from outside the left/right paradigm. Is Donald Trump the chosen man to save America, or is he the selected puppet by the elites to serve their purposes? Or BOTH? In any case, it is far too precarious to pledge allegiance to a single person.

An intriguing side note is that Ivanka Trump, Donald Trump’s oldest daughter and formerly one of his most prominent campaign surrogates, is noticeably absent during the current campaign. One might ask: does she know something deeper about the possible conspiracy, or herself is part of the conspiracy?

Be cautioned that the enemy of God has a strong incentive to harness the Christian world especially during the end times, which might lead to the falling away or apostasy as described in the Bible (2 Thes. 2:3). One powerful tactic is to galvanise their minds in a single direction and lead them astray. Christians should bear in mind that we are members of God’s kingdom which transcends any world kingdoms. So don’t be too carriedaway by worldly politics. We can certainly exercise our civil right to vote for our favoured candidate, with due consideration that the promised policies align with Christian values such as morality issues, and continue praying for the future leader of the nation.

During this critical moment for America when all eyes focus on the tight presidential race, there emerges in the social media an enigmatic novel series written in the late 19^th century, referred to as The Baron Trump Collection, penned by the seemingly prophetic hand of American lawyer and novelist Ingersoll Lockwood. There were eerie parallels or similarities between these fictional tales and the real-life Trump family, particularly Donald Trump and his youngest son, Barron. Most notable is the third book, ominously titled The Last President. In the story, an unlikely candidate for president, a businessman, is elected, and political upheaval and societal discord follow.

The stage seems to be set for a uprising if President Trump is elected again, possibly leading to major cities rioting, similar to what The Last President portrayed.

Could this fictional novel hold clues to the 2024 presidential election? Were Lockwood’s novels prophetic? How did Lockwood seemingly foresee what was going to happen so far in the future? Did God give him a prophetic vision that he included in his novels? Most scarily, it generates the wild speculation that Donald Trump could be the last U.S. president!

A recently published book The Trump Code: Exploring Time Travel, Nikola Tesla, the Trump Lineage and America’s Future by Troy Anderson, delves into the connections between the novels and the enigmatic Trump family legacy. Of particular interest is that the book uncovers John G. Trump’s involvement with the remnants of Nikola Tesla’s groundbreaking research on time travel and other hidden scientific secrets. John Trump was Donald Trump’s uncle who was one of the top premier scientists of MIT and an electrical engineer with the National Defense Research Committee. Through a mysterious turn of events involving the FBI, John Trump was hired by the U.S. government and granted access to examine sixty to eighty trunks of Tesla’s research, following the inventor’s death in 1943.

It raises many questions on how Tesla’s research may have been used over the decades. Note that Tesla’s inventions involved “forbidden science”, including time travel, teleportation and antigravity technologies, death ray weapon, and free energy that could solve global energy and climate change problems (though it remainssuppressed due to vested interests in maintaining current oil industry that generate trillions of dollars annually). Despite John Trump’s dismissive assessment of Tesla’s ideas on death ray, the U.S. military did try to incorporate particle-beam weaponry in the decades following World War II. Sarah Pruitt wrote in a History Channel article, “Notably, the inspiration of the ‘Death Ray’ fueled Ronald Reagan’s Strategic Defense Initiative, or ‘Star Wars’ program, in the 1980s.”

The sudden reveal of these discoveries in conjunction with the deluge of other Trump prophecies in this historical moment of America is truly mind boggling. Does the Trump family still possess information on Nikola Tesla’s secret technology? Or much worse, the high cabals that control them do? The use of secret technologies is central to the counterfeit apocalypse program of Satan, which will be subject of future piece.

Please refer to Report 3 for nomenclature of personnel and structures.

There was a recent video on Fox News allegedly filmed by one of the victims James Copenhaver (i.e. VA1 in Report 3) which captured a suspected shooter, allegedly Crooks, moving on the roof of AGR Building 6 about 3 minutes before the shooting. At first glance, it seemed to be a valuable piece of information for the ongoing investigation. However, I somewhat felt that the video was a bit strange for unknown reasons. Upon many repeated viewings, I started realising that it had something to do with the spectators’ reactions during Trump’s speech.

Before moving on, it is important to take note of the timeline of events (summarized in figures 1a, b, c (sources from Peak Prosperity video, see my previous reports). After a thorough search of videos showing the spectators in the Butler rally, I noted that shortly before Trump’s taking on stage (at 6:03pm), the spectators were rather excited and those on the bleachers were standing, enthusiastically waiting for Trump’s appearance. Note that over the railings of the bleachers were long banners showing the American flag of Stars and Stripes. Before Trump’s taking on stage, since the spectators were all standing in the bleachers, the banner on the side railing was blocked by the spectators and thereby could not be seen (e.g. figure 2). However, after Trump took on stage and started speaking, the spectators generally sat down on the bench except those standing in the uppermost row (figure 3, see also this video).

In the Copenhaver video, to the right of the stage where Trump was speaking were spectators standing in Bleachers C such that the Stars and Stripes (S&S) banner could not be seen. Further in the background showed the suspected shooter jogging quickly to the right behind Building 6, then disappeared for about 6 seconds (perhaps eclipsed by the ridge of Building 6), before re-emerging near the ridge of the roof. Note the timestamp showed 6:08pm. The time was after Trump took on stage. Therefore, we expect that most spectators should have been sitting down in Bleacher C and the S&S banner should be seen.

Let’s take a look at a photo of Bleacher C taken at 5:54pm (figure 4). That’s near 10 minutes before Trump took on stage. Here we can see the spectators all stood up, covering the S&S banner. Compare it with the photo taken right after the hero Corey (VC) was shot (figure 5). Clearly most spectators were in a sitting position except those yelling for help. Which photo better resembles the position of the spectators in Bleacher C as shown in the Copenhaver video? I would say the earlier photo (figure 4).

But now comes the paradox: we do see Trump speaking on stage in the video. It was reported that Crooks was seen crawling up the roof of Building 6 at roughly 6:06pm. This was corroborated by eyewitnesses on the west side of Building 6 who cried out the sighting of the gunman. But that was 3 minutes after Trump took on stage. So the timing was NOT right! One can also see the video taken from the west side of Building 6. It shows Crooks crawling very slowly from the rear edge of the roof, lying down from time to time, and it took him definitely more than half a minute to move from the edge to the ridge of the roof. This is in contrast with the swift motion of the person captured in the Copenhaver video (only 6 seconds time lapse!).

There are more suspicious aspects of the Copenhaver video. It should be the top priority of the law enforcement officers to retrieve every possible filming of the rally which might have captured the building where the shooter was located. First, why it took so long to obtain the video from Copenhaver? Second, there should be more photos/videos taken from spectators other than Copenhaver which might have captured the shooter. But why none of them had been retrieved earlier?

All these anomalies lead one to suspect that the Copenhaver video might have been tampered with, purported to frame Crooks as the lone shooter. Could the shooter in the video be the PS1 (see Report 3) who might have accessed the roof of Building 6 before Crooks, and Trump taking on stage? His swift motion and position near the east side of the roof might be missed by people walking on the west side of the building. Perhaps Crooks’slow motion and position closer to the west side of the roof were designed to be seen by the spectators in order to have him framed as the lone shooter?

Note also that there was a time lapse of over ten minutes between the last shooting (that took down Crooks) and officers reaching the roof of Building 6. With local police knowing much earlier about the gunman on the roof, this delay simply doesn’t make sense. Over these >10 minutes void period, the crime scene could well have been tampered with. Indeed there was a photo (figure 6) which captured an FBI officer cleansing the roof after the shooting (though the exact time was unknown). Was it a deliberate action to destroy the evidence needed in forensics (e.g. DNA matching, etc.)?

Conclusion

Reminiscent of my investigation on MH370 (report), whenever there is a conspiracy involved, one must treat every new piece of information, especially those come in serendipity, with extreme care. Information released to the public was often distorted or silently massaged to support the false official narrative. The perpetrator would release new pieces of misinformation from time to time which would lead the researchers further and further away from the truth. The most crucial data often comes shortly after the event (within the first few days) before it is gradually and intentionally drowned by disinformation. One should always go back and focus on the ‘point zero’ of the event to unravel the mystery. Indeed, I found so many parallels between the Trump rally shooting and the disappearance of MH370, both pointing toward a massive cover up and deeply nefarious plot behind the scenes.

“We know they are lying. They know they are lying.

They know that we know they are lying.

We know that they know that we know they are lying.

And still they continue lying.” - Alexander Solzhenitsyn

So where were those covert shooters positioned and what’s their purpose? Over the past few days, more witness reports flooded in, including the spotting of an unknown person moving on the water tower near the rally venue (video), and a witness on TikTok (link) claiming that there were shots coming from the left of Trump, which was the opposite direction of Crooks. We shall come back to this later. Moreover, two pieces of work caught my attention. The first was a 3D illustration of the shooting produced by Azget Industries (full video). The second, riding on the rigorous audio forensics work of Mike Adams (named “Health Ranger” on Brighteon Broadcast News), Dr. Chris Martenson on Peak Prosperity channel conducted an excellent analysis of the audio files (full video), which I found highly interesting and credible. Readers may wish to go through the details themselves and make their own judgement. In summary, he found that there was a total of 10 shots, originated from at least 3 different weapons. They could be grouped as follows:

Group 1 consisted of 3 shots (Shot #1 – Shot #3) from Weapon A of an unknown shooter located at the same warehouse as Crooks. The first shot might have injured Trump’s ear and then a spectator (hereafter Victim A1) on the bleacher behind (hereafter Bleacher A).

Group 2 consisted of 5 shots (Shot #4 – Shot #8) in quick succession from Weapon B, believed to have been fired by Crooks with his semi-auto AR-15 (there was a speculation that Shot #6 came from a location further back than Crooks’ position, but that is inconclusive).

Group 3 was a single shot (Shot #9) that sounded differently from the shots by Weapons A & B. It seemed to have come from an even further position. But the shot was bizarre and remained unexplained.

Group 4 was an isolated shot (Shot #10) fired much later (>10 seconds). It was believed to be the shot fired by the Security Service counter-sniper (hereafter CS) that neutralised Crooks by Weapon C.

This finding is in line with my previous conclusion that the bullet which injured Trump was not fired by Crooks, but our theories diverged in other aspects which I’ll discuss later.

From the Azget Industries 3D illustration, Shot #1 was the bullet that grazed Trump’s ear and then injured Victim A1 on the top right of the Bleacher A behind (figure 1). Was it true? Without detailed ballistics reports we can’t tell for sure. But we can try to do our own ballistic analysis to verify this. The following section is rather technical which requires close scrutiny of many photos as well as some geometric analysis. Readers might wanna familiarize themselves first with the venue setting of the rally (including the types, distribution and orientation of various buildings, structures, etc.). Otherwise it would be difficult to follow.

Ballistic analysis

In the Peak Prosperity video, Dr. Martenson suggested two scenarios for Shot #1: (i) the shooter fired from the roof of the warehouse (figure 2a); (ii) the shooter fired from inside the warehouse through a window (figure 2b). Note that the position of the shooter in both scenarios is different from the position of Crooks as discussed in Report 2 (link). Hence this must be a phantom shooter (hereafter PS1) never mentioned in the mainstream media.

So which scenario is more plausible? Let’s do some geometry. First, we can estimate the height above ground level (AGL) of Trump’s upper ear. Various close-up photos of the stage were examined. One photo shows an agent standing next to the stage and the level of the stage is slightly lower than his shoulder (figure 3). Taking the agent has a height of near 6 feet, the level of the stage should be 5 feet or slightly less. Then from various sources it was found that Donald Trump is a rather tall guy (near 6’3”). So his upper ear level might be around 6 feet, hence the height AGL should be 10 to 11 feet.

Now let’s estimate the height of PS1’s rifle on the roof of the warehouse. From the photo showing the entrance of the warehouse (figure 4), one can see 3 steps from the ground before reaching the level of the door (that’s around 1-2 feet). The height of the door is estimated to be 6 feet for a normal person to get in. Then judging from naked eye, the height of the pinnacle of the warehouse might be around 15 feet. No wonder Crooks was seen to have used a ladder to climb to the roof.

For PS1 to fire the shot at the stage, it’s reasonable to assume that he must crouch just behind the pinnacle of the roof. Therefore, one can deduce that the bullet would take a downward pitch to hit Trump’s ear, which has an estimated height of 10-11 feet AGL.

Let’s now estimate the height AGL of Victim A1. He was standing on the uppermost row near the right-hand corner of Bleacher A, apparently with his lower chest hit by the bullet. From a combination of photos and the crowd of people standing in front of Bleacher A, it can be estimated that the height at which Victim A1 was hit is roughly the total height of two average adults (i.e. slightly less than 12 feet). This would be nearly the same height level of Trump’s ear on stage. This is in line with the 3D illustration showing the near horizontal trajectory of the bullet between Trump’s ear and the chest of Victim A1 (figure 1). However, the downward pitch of the bullet in scenario (i) above would be incompatible with this trajectory, as the bullet would have hit the lower rows of Bleacher A by extrapolation and thereby could not have hit Victim A1 standing on the uppermost row.

Then let’s examine the plausibility of scenario (ii). From figure 4, it can be estimated that the height of the rifle through the window of the warehouse should be around 5 feet. This means the bullet would take an upward pitch to hit Trump’s ear.  But the bullet would then pass well above Bleacher A and miss Victim A1 (one can calculate the approximate height of the bullet as it passed Bleacher A by trigonometric method).

So we encounter a major technical problem: both scenarios (i) & (ii) couldn’t produce a horizontal bullet trajectory as shown in figure 1. The horizontal trajectory implies that the bullet must be fired from the height level near the edge of the warehouse roof, which would be an unfeasible position for a shooter (who might slide off the roof or even worse, being observed/filmed by many in the rally venue).

One possible solution to resolve this problem is – the bullet that injured Trump and that injured Victim A1 were two different bullets!

Referring to my first investigation report (link) (hereafter Report 1), it was conjectured that the bullet which injured Trump was shot from behind (i.e. left of the stage) based on the forensics of the blood streak on his face. Indeed, it was only after posting that report that I found witnesses claiming there were shots coming from the left of the stage.

Re-examining the ‘bullet photo’

To further probe into the problem, it’s time to re-examine the famous photo taken by NY Times photographer Doug Mills with his Sony digital camera (figure 5). It was explained in Report 1 (link) that the bullet could not have been from Shot #1 or #3, but only possible to be from Shot #2. But did that bullet really graze Trump’s ear as stated by the media? A closer re-examination indicates that it maybe an optical illusion. Note the blue sky in the background with no spectators on the central bleacher (hereafter Bleacher B) captured. This means the photo was taken from a low angle. As such, the trajectory of the bullet should be further back at a level higher than Trump’s head (see figure 6 for illustration). One can also see the bullet was on a horizontal trajectory. This is consistent with a shot fired horizontally from the pinnacle of the warehouse. Note that the bullet with this trajectory would then probably pass slightly above Bleacher A. Indeed it might be the bullet that hit the piston of the hydraulic lift behind Bleacher A which led to the spraying of the fluid (figure 7).

We know that there was then another person injured (hereafter Victim A2) on Bleacher A who was positioned to the upper left of the bleacher as viewed from the stage (figure 8, indicated by arrow). Now one can infer that Victim A1 was injured by Shot #1, whilst Victim A2’s injury was caused by Shot #3, unless the latter was hit by the subsequent shots (i.e. Group 2 of the 5 shots fired by Crook). But that was considered unlikely if Crooks fired those shots towards the stage, as the angle would be too far off (see figure 1a in Report 2).

Why all these complicated discussions? It’s because they have profound implications. We know that there was one more victim, i.e. the hero firefighter Corey (hereafter Victim C) who was tragically killed on the bleacher to the right of the stage (hereafter Bleacher C). Was Victim C killed by the shots in Group 1? It doesn’t make sense that any of the bullets from Shots #1 to #3 could maintain their trajectory to Bleacher A after penetrating through Victim C’s body. From videos showing the crowd looking at his dropped body and crying for help (figure 9) it is evident that Victim C was standing in a position which was sheltered behind from possible shot by PS1 due to the inclination of the bleacher. Here comes the astonishing conclusion: Victim C might have been killed by a shot fired by another phantom sniper (hereafter PS2) positioned to left of the stage! It was discussed in Report 1 (link) that a vintage point for PS2 would be the trees behind Bleacher A. From figure 10 (a photo taken from the right of the stage), we do see the tall trees behind. Whether the shot that killed Victim C was the same shot that grazed Trump’s ear or it was another shot remains inconclusive.

Back to PS1, if his intention were to take Trump’s life, he could have easily done so given his ideal position, supposedly superior skill and better weapon than Crooks. It is quite inconceivable that he constantly missed his target, with shots even progressively deviating away from the podium (from right to left), and further missed the opportunity when Trump has squatted down and the security agents were yet to sluggishly run onto the stage for protection. It also makes no sense that he fired before Crooks, rather than finishing the job after Crooks’ missing shots. I can only think of two possibilities: (a) he collaborated with PS2, such that they positioned at two opposite directions of Trump, designed to fire a near miss shot (otherwise fatal) to warn him while at the same time boost up his popularity for the coming presidential election (see Report 1); (b) he was a secret sniper hired by Trump’s team in combat with PS2 (hired by their enemy), given that their request on security measures was rejected earlier. This sounds a bit far fetched. Yet I was very suspicious why PS1 consistently fired shots towards the top of Bleacher A, which were in the direction of PS2.

Another perplexing information was that a photo seemed to capture the dead body of PS1 near the right side of the roof as viewed from the stage (figure 11a). The dead body with blood apparently draining down the rear pitch of the roof (figure 11b) was often mistaken for Crooks by commentators. In Report 2 it was clearly shown that Crooks was positioned near the left end of the warehouse roof. It’s impossible for the body in figure 11 to be visible from the ground on the other side of the warehouse (see figure 2b in Report 2, compared with figure 12).

If scenario (a) above is true, why was he killed? And by whom? It was reported by some that the shooter was shot by the CS positioned on the roof of the building behind the rally venue (see figures 1 & 3 in Report 1 for the CS position). But the position of PS1 was blocked by a tall tree as viewed from the building where the CS was stationed (figure 12). There is a photo of the FBI cleaning up roof after the shooting (figure 13). But it has been established that Crook was the lone shooter on the roof. Why the rush to clean up? Were they trying to destroy the evidence of another shooter?

What about the shots fired by Crooks? I tend to believe that he was responsible for Shots #4 - 8 in Group 2. [Updated note: Video footage showed Crooks was lying still on the roof during the first three shots, without the slightest movement of the shoulder which is expected when one fires a rifle. So Shots # 1- 3 should be fired by another gunman.] Perhaps they were just random shots targeting no one (discussed in Report 1 that he might be mind controlled by MKUltra), otherwise more injuries could be expected. Maybe he didn’t fire any shots after all, and the Group 2 shots were fired by yet another phantom sniper? Note that the CS did have a clear view of Crooks on the other side of the roof. So it’s reasonable that Crooks was neutralised by the CS with his left eye shot (i.e. Shot #10 in Group 4).

It was mentioned in the beginning of this report that an unknown person was spotted moving on top of the water tower near the rally venue. What was that person doing? Some said he was responsible for some shootings while others claimed he was killed by another shooter. There is little evidence to support any claims. Maybe he was connected with the mysterious Shot #9 in Group 3?  I have no clue. It just seems to me that the water tower is too high to be a vantage point for shooting. However, it might be a strategic position for a visual observer to have a bird eye view of the whole rally venue, given helicopters and drones were absent.

Enough for this report. It might take some time to digest. I was just trying to connect the dots and certain observations might not be correct. Comments are welcomed.

See also:

Report 1

Report 2

Updates on July 26

There were recently leaked reports (figures 14a, b, c), as well as a footage which showed law enforcement officers (with body camera turned on) surveying the roof of the AGR warehouse where Crooks was located (hereafter Building 6). In brief, there were eyewitnesses who saw snipers inside the 2/F of the two-story building (hereafter Building 5) behind Building 6 before the shooting. It was even reported that one of the snipers inside Building took two photos of Crooks and shared it with the commander (figure 15). The snipers in Building 5 belonged to a local tactical team operated by the Beaver County Emergency Unit (ESU). Afterwards, the Secret Service was notified by PA State Police of a suspicious person with a rangefinder on the ground, and shared this information with the counter-sniper team. Minutes before the shooting, people on the ground spotted Crooks crawling onto the roof of Building 6 with a rifle and alerted police officers on the ground. There was an eyewitness Greg Smith who claimed that he saw a sniper on the 2/F of Building 6 looking right at the shooter (i.e. Crooks).

Moreover, Dr. Martenson on Peak Prosperity channel conducted an updated detailed audio analysis of the 10 shots recorded at several different locations (full video). He concluded that shots #1 – #3 (Group 1) were clearly different from shots #4 – 8 (Group 2), whereas shot #9 (the mysterious shot) and shot #10 (unequivocally the shot from Secret Service counter sniper that neutralised Crooks) were clearly distinguished from Group 1 & 2. This inferred that there were 4 weapons involved in the shooting. In the audio analysis, shots #1 – #3 recorded by a cell phone near Building 5 had a more muffled sound with a lack of echoes, while shots #4 – #8 sounded sharper with prominent echoes (figure 16). There was no echo for shot #9. Besides, he also noted that the sound of shot #1 was a little bit softer than that of shots #2 & 3.

These two pieces of information provided vital clues to help solve the mystery of the shooting. A critical review of my former hypotheses (see above) was made. Basically, I found it quite impossible that the bullet which grazed Trump’s ear could then killed Victim C (i.e. the hero Corey), based on the necessary position of the phantom sniper (i.e. PS2) to the left of the stage (it had to be about 260 degrees to Trump’s position to make a shot that grazed his ear while he made the slight right turn of his head). If shot #1 was fired by PS2, then the phantom sniper on Building 6 (PS1, with dead body disguised as Crooks’) could only fired shots #2 & #3, thereby could not have injured Victim A2 as he didn’t have enough shots to do so. Furthermore, it makes more sense that Victim C was killed by one of the shots in Group 2, since Corey was said to be protecting his family members, which was only be possible if he had already noticed some shots fired (probably those in Group 1).  Based on the above, there is the new hypothesis that Victim A2 and Victim C were hit by two of the five random shots (i.e. shots #4 – 8) fired by Crooks, which was entirely possible from Crooks’ position on Building 6.

Based on this new hypothesis, a coherent theory is now formulated which connects all the dots. The theory is formulated solely from a technical perspective (i.e. from audio and ballistic analyses). The motive behind and possible conspiracy operated sophistically at high level requires further investigation. The theory can’t be proved unless all bullets in the shooting have been retrieved and analysed, with detailed ballistic reports released, which I think would be unlikely or perhaps distorted if a conspiracy was involved.

The theory with sequence of shots explained is summarised below, with an image showing each shot.

Shot #1 (blue line): Fired by phantom sniper PS2. Grazed Trump’s ear. The bullet should have ended up somewhere near Building 6.

Shot #2 (yellow line): Fired by phantom sniper PS1. Missed Trump. Bullet captured by NY Times photographer, then hit the hydraulic piston at the back of Bleacher A causing the spray of fluid.

Shot #3 (yellow line): Fired by phantom sniper PS1. Missed Trump. Injured Victim A1 (VA1) on Bleacher A.

Shots #4 – #8 (black lines, only two were shown for clarity): Fired by Crooks randomly towards the general direction of the bleachers. One of the shots killed Victim C i.e. Corey (VC) on Bleacher C, while another shot injured Victim A2 on Bleacher A.

Shot #9 (red line): Fired by the local sniper (LS) of ESU on 2/F of Building 5 through one of the windows. Killed PS1 by shooting his head.

Shot #10 (orange line): Fired by the Secret Service counter sniper (CS) from the building where they stationed. Killed Crooks by shooting his left eye.

The dead body of Crooks was quickly removed and the dead body of PS1 (always blurred in available photos) was disguised as Crooks in the media. One could smell a possible deep conspiracy between different parties and see how the mainstream media has been controlled. Even the conspiracy theories lurking in the social media might be part of the conspiracy, purported to muddle the water.

To be continued in Report 4

With more images retrieved from the media, I was able to review whether any of my assumptions might be wrong. One major premise was the exact position of the gunman Crooks. Images from various sources showed Crooks was at a position pretty close to the left end of the AGR building roof as viewed from the stage (figures 1a, b, c, d, e). This was verified by the photos taken on his dead body lying not far from the edge of the roof (figures 2a, b), and further corroborated by the trees captured behind the building (figure 3). The horizontal angle of Crook’s position from the estimated position of Trump at the podium was measured to be near 70 degrees (figure 4). This ambush position of Crooks does make sense because if he had positioned himself closer to the right end of the roof, his line of sight to the podium would be partially obstructed by the bleacher to the right of the stage, particularly the big screen on top of it. Besides, his bullet would unlikely have injured the spectator sitting on that bleacher because he was shielded at the back due to the bleacher’s inclination. But this point is less clear as the elevation angle of the incoming bullet is not yet determined.

Now let’s take a close look again at Trump’s slight right turn of his head which was claimed to make him marginally dodge the bullet (figure 5). Though a precise measurement is impossible, by naked eye estimation the angle he was facing should be >= 80 degrees. From Crooks’ point of view, Trump would be facing at least 10 degrees to his left. In this case, it was virtually impossible for Crook to be able to shoot his right ear. Try to face a mirror and turn your head to the right by 10 degrees, you will probably not be able to view your right ear.

Another photo has also been leaked to the media which allows one to take a close-up view of Trump squatting down behind the podium right after he noticed the shooting and his injury (figure 6). One can see a fresh strain of blood flowing down his face which was distinct from the blood streak observed after his rose up from the podium. Here one can deduce that the latter was formed earlier and might have started drying up. This is consistent with the hypothesis (see the previous post) that the blood streak was formed by spattering. Apparently, the fresh blood strain had been wiped before he stood up, but whether that also wiped a part of the older blood streak near his ear remains unknown. One might suspect why he didn’t wipe the whole blood streak? Was it deliberately retained in order to maximise the visual effect on the crowd when he held his fists up and cried out ‘Fight! Fight! Fight!’?

In light of the new evidence, I maintain my speculation that Crooks was used as a patsy in the rally shooting event to cover up a more sophisticated operation and nefarious plot, very much like the role of Oswald in the JFK assassination.

I’m well aware of how those powerful elites can control the narrative in the mainstream media. Now it is that Trump has miraculously dodged the bullet by a slight motion of his head, and this seemed to be divinely ordained!

I can feel that Trump’s supporters should have been infuriated by this statement. In his moving speech at the Republican National Convention, Trump attributed his survival to the grace of God. I have absolutely no dispute to this and even appreciate his taking a humbler tone compared to the past. But let’s think more deeply: what could be the upshot of the whole shooting event and the pervasive narrative in the media? It would be the sentiment of many Americans that Donald Trump must be the next U.S. president ordained by God to save America!

But what if it is NOT the case?

I often think that it is unwise to put all the faith, especially for a nation like America, on a single human being who is prone to sins and errors. According to my research on the background of Trump, he was not really the kind of righteous person many have believed, not to say a truthful servant of God. Whether his religious faith might have changed or would change after this shooting remains to be seen. Let us first not exercise judgment driven by emotion.

Another possible upshot would be the schism within the Church. I know many intellectual Christians who do not endorse Donald Trump. The heightened polarisation would only further exacerbate the schism in due course.

Beware of False Prophets

There is a viral YouTube video that a pastor had some sort of vision and prophesied the assassination of Trump four months ago, with minute details up to his ear injury. It has created such an intense hype that the pastor has become an internet celebrity.

What makes this phenomenon so perplexing to me is that a person with obscured background suddenly showed up in the social media and made such extremely precise prediction that happened to come true. This reminds me of some notable popular ‘prophets’ like Parker and Anand, who have received worldwide fame after making some very accurate predictions. Of course, it is well known that Parker performs psychic and Anand studies astrology, while the pastor claimed his visions came from God.

Should we take his word on the surface? It is incomprehensible to me that the Lord would give such private message to a particular person on such specific aspect of a worldly event! In the video he even stated that Trump fell on his knees worshiping Jesus and got instantly reborn (see figure 6 and judge for yourself). For a man just terrified by the shooting and the injury, isn’t it quite a stretch to undergo instant conversion? Another mind-boggling thing is that he seems to ride on the hype and voice out other visions such as a major U.S. economic crash and a great earthquake in the West Coast!? In stark contrasts these predictions sounded so general, and have been envisaged by so many other people (one just need to study the current economy of the U.S. or learn some basic seismology to make such predictions!).

When people gain high popularity in this way, especially taking a firm grasp of credibility from undiscerning Christians, I’m of grave concern. Based on my study on the occults, the demons do make accurate predictions, as many world events or catastrophes are indeed planned or orchestrated by their boss Satan and his minions, which would eventually unfold. The real danger is that the demons could convey these plans to humans by various deceptive means (e.g. time travellers, planetary visitors, etc.), or via disguised dreams and false visions.  We can now see a surge of books, videos etc. about different prophets who have earned their credibility by making some excellent predictions in the past. What if these so-called predictions are then mixed with deceptions?

It is time to pray for wisdom and a discerning heart from the Lord.

“And many false prophets shall rise, and shall deceive many.” – Matthew 24:11, KJV

To be continued in Report 3

It was well established that the gunman was the 20-year-old Thomas Matthew Crooks, a registered Republican employed at a nursing home, who was equipped with an AR-15 purchased by his father earlier and somehow made his way to the rooftop (with a ladder!), approximately 410 feet at roughly three o’clock (90 degrees) position from Donald Trump on the stage (more details later), with direct line of sight to Trump for the shooting (figure 1).

Many readers who have been following the case should immediately realise several anomalies on the shooting. Just to list a few: 1) how Crooks managed to climb to and remain on the roof without notice or intervention by the Secret Service or the police, 2) why did the authorities ignore the repeated warnings of the witness who spotted the suspicious person on the roof? 3) why was the gunman allowed to fire reportedly eight shots before he was gunned down? 4) why did it take so long for the agents to get to Trump after he was injured?

Commentators were quick to point out the incredible incompetence of the Secret Service. Some were taking a step further to suggest conspiracy theories that the shooting was an insider job directed by the Deep State.

This ‘sudden’ failure or incompetence of a top-level Secret Service is rightfully questioned. It reminiscences the intelligence failure of Israel during the Oct 7 massacre by Hamas, which was discussed in my earlier post on Zionism. One might also recall the suspicious lone-wolf assassination of Shinzo Abe, the former prime minister of Japan in 2022.

Let’s suppose the whole event evolved as follows: the Secret Service had foreknowledge of the assassination plan of Crooks, but deliberately let down their guard to make it happen as directed by the Deep State. Crooks, an amateur gunman, had most shots missing his target but one shot grazing the ear of Trump and other shots inadvertently yet tragically killed or injured other spectators near the bleachers.

This narrative seems to make sense. It’s known to many that Trump appeared to fight against the Deep State during his former presidency, therefore it’s not unthinkable that the latter might desire to take him down before he is re-elected to be the U.S. President, which is very likely. But should the story end here? Or should we be satisfied with such a simple narrative? I don’t think so.

If one believes the Trump rally shooting was an insider job, it would be of interest to compare the case with the JFK assassination in November 1963. There is no room to go into the details of the JFK case here (readers might do their own research). Now let’s suppose Crooks was playing the role of Lee Harvey Oswald. It’s easy to frame Crooks as suffering from mental problems due to being bullied (total bullshit imo) which culminated in the attempted assassination. But wait! In the JFK case there were professional snipers who made sure to get the job done. But what about the Trump rally case? One can only feel as if there was eternal time lapse between Trump dropping at the podium and being sloppily escorted to safety. Second, if they’re really determined to take Trump’s life, would they be so naïve to fully entrust and put the bet on an inexperienced and unskilled kid shooter? Shouldn’t their professional snipers already be well in place to finish the job?

Red flags are now raised. We gotta scrutinise the whole case more deeply. Readers may wish to view the videos of the shooting (widely available on the Internet) multiple times, and see if you could discern something very unusual, as I did.

Sound analysis of gun shooting

In the video of the shooting, Donald Trump slightly leaned to the left behind the podium, with his body and head turned a bit to the right, making him face approximately 80 degrees toward the right side of the podium. Shortly after he uttered the sentence “…take a look what happened though”, one can hear three successive shooting sounds. Almost simultaneously with the first shooting sound (precisely between he uttered the word ‘happened’ and ‘though’ if the video is played in slow motion), he turned his head approximately 5 degrees further to the right, aiming to look at a statistical chart of illegal immigrants on the screen. Then perhaps nanoseconds before the second shooting sound, he covered his right ear with his right hand, apparently having felt the pain of being shot. Then during the third shooting sound, he was dropping vertically to the ground with his head lowered. There were subsequently five shooting sounds after he dropped down.

Judging from the speed of sound generated by Crooks firing his gun at his position (some 400 feet from the podium or the location of the video recorder which should be put close to the podium), it is very unlikely that Trump was injured by the second shot, as his response time would be too quick. However, if Trump was injured by the first shot, it seemed to be a too slow response. I will come back to this subtle point later.

There was another narrative in the media that the slight right turn of his head saved his life (figure 2). It states as follows: if Trump didn’t make that slight turn, his head instead of his ear would have been shot which would be fatal. This theory is not convincing to me. First, it is based on a graphical visualisation which simulated the situation according to Trump’s own recount, or best to say, speculation! There is zero physical evidence that the actual trajectory of the bullet and the movement of his head were exactly what the simulation showed. Indeed, the visualisation could be arbitrarily fine tuned to demonstrate what the producer wants. To illustrate why this scenario is implausible, we can take a closer look at this map (figure 3). Note that the position of Crooks was roughly 70-80 degrees (definitely <90 degrees) to Trumps position. With Trump’s original posture (turned approximately 80 degrees to the right) nearly facing the Crooks directly, a further rightward turn of his head would not make his ear more exposed to the trajectory of the bullet than his head, but rather the opposite! Furthermore, the speed of the AR-15 bullet is about 975 m/s, which is nearly three times the speed of sound in air (343 m/s). From the video observation that the turning of his head was almost simultaneous with the first shooting sound, the bullet of the first shot should have already passed him before his head turning! How would that movement have saved his life??

Forensic analysis of blood streak

When Trump was held up by the agents from the podium, one can discern two blood streaks running diagonally on his face (figure 4). Has anyone figured out how exactly those blood streaks were formed? There could be several possibilities:

1.        It was due to the bullet grazing his face.

• Quite impossible. If this were the case, he would have covered his face with his hand with great anguish.

2.        It was due to his blood-soaked hand/finger touching his face after covering his ear.

• Very unlikely. If so the blood on his face should exhibit an irregular coverage pattern instead of the neat straight streak.

3.        It was formed when he dropped to the ground and the blood from his ear drained downward across his face by gravity.

• Unlikely. Note that there was a gap between his injured ear and one end of the blood streak (figure 5). There shouldn’t be such discontinuity if the blood was flowing from his ear to his face.

4.        It was formed when the blood from his ear was spattered toward his face following the passage of the bullet through his ear.

• Very likely. The high-speed flight of the bullet would generate a shock wave which would drift the blood on the bullet’s trajectory path laterally. Looking more closely, the blood streak looked narrower at the end near the ear and a bit wider near the centre. This is consistent with a high-speed spattering in air.

Now comes the problem. If the blood-laden bullet came from Crook’s gun, it would have exited in the rear part of his ear and the blood would not have been spattered to his face. The spattered blood streak is consistent with a bullet exiting from the front part of his ear, which means, the bullet entered from the rear part of his ear!

The second blood streak which ran from his lips to this cheek is harder to explain. One plausible explanation might be that the blood streak extending to his lips continued flowing from his lower lips laterally after he has lowered his head. But that’s inclusive.

Should this scenario be true, then the whole story changes radically. The bullet which injured Trump was not originated from Crook’s gun, but from an invisible gun located at the opposite direction!

There is another photo in the media that was claimed to have captured the flight of the bullet right behind Trump (figure 6). I’m no professional photographer and can’t judge the authenticity of the photo.  But let’s assume that the photo did really capture the bullet flight. That would further disprove the bullet has injured Trump. Note from the photo that the right hand of Trump was raised slightly above the podium. From the video, his right hand had always been downward behind the podium, until he raised it to cover his ear after he noted his injury. But the moment he raised his hand was already well after the sound of the first shot. Hence the bullet captured could not have been the first shot from Crook’s gun. Moreover, it could not be the bullet that have exited from the rear part of his ear after causing injury, because one would expect a shed of blood spattering near the bullet’s trajectory. That bullet could only be the second shot from Crook which totally missed Trump but possibly injured the spectator in the bleacher behind.

Where could that invisible gun be located? Let’s look at another map which covers a larger portion of the environment of the rally (figure 7). There is a bunch of trees near the eight o’clock position (230-250 degrees) of Trump’s stage. The distance between the stage and the closest trees was less than 400 feet. That’s even shorter than the distance from Crook! The dense trees over the area would provide a strategic position for ambush of a covert sniper. Viewing Trump from an opposite direction than Crook, Trump’s ear would become more exposed to the shooter (in contrary to Crook’s viewpoint) after he made the slight rightward turn of his head. That would be the precise moment for the covert sniper to shoot his ear (figure 8, see the yellow line indicating possible sniper shoot).

In this hypothesis, the covert sniper could have shot at Trump’s ear in high precision, probably with a sound dampener, at the short interval between the first and second heard shooting sound. This would resolve the paradox that Trump’s response time to cover his ear was too long for the first shooting sound, and too short for the second.

But what’s the meaning of all these? It comes to my mind – the entire event was a shooting by a highly sophisticated covert sniper, meticulously designed to cause minor injury to Trump but not to take his life!! The shooting by Crooks was planned to serve as a distraction, though it illegitimately caused the tragic death and injuries of innocent spectators. Perhaps Crooks had been mind controlled by MKUltra, like what they did with the Shinzo Abe assassin? I have no idea, but readers can try to compare the two cases.

There is another conspiracy theory that the shooting was orchestrated by Trump himself, purporting to boost the support from American people before the election. Reference has been made to the Mar 19 shooting incident of Taiwan President Chen Shui-bian in 2004, the day before presidential election. Critics of this theory often focus on the fact that Trump’s support had already far surpassed Biden’s after the first TV debate. But this argument is flawed, as no one knows whether Biden might suddenly drop out and be replaced by another more popular Democrat candidate. I’m not convinced by this theory for a different reason. For a fake assassination targeting at the head would be far too risky. If Trump had known the plan, it’s unbelievable that he didn’t show any signs of stress during his speech.

Conclusion

Readers who have studied my previous posts discussing the Hegelian dialectic would realise that there is really no big difference whether the Democrat or Republican Party governs America. The fight between the Left and Right wings is just a controlled game by the elites. The president is no more than a puppet selected by the Bilderberg Group or those with the highest power. One reason of keeping Trump on board might be the polarisation he generates on the American society. A divided nation with civil unrests is what the elites need to pave the way for the downfall of America and establishment of the One World Government. American patriots should unite together instead and resist the dark power controlling them.

Donald Trump has the unique status that he plays the role of antidote to the Deep State. I have due respect to Trump supporters, including many evangelical Christians, though I think many haven’t delved deep enough into his personal background. He might genuinely think that he did, and would do something good for America. This reminds me of JFK, himself a great leader with high calibre who exalted himself above the secret society despite his family’s occult bloodline (refer to my earlier posts). In comparison, the narcissistic character of Trump poses a problem. Would he get out of control if he has received too much power? Could the designed shooting be a ‘gentle reminder’ that he should always follow the order and not to go his own way?

Trump’s lineage also has a deeply rooted history which makes him instrumental in the planned future peace treaty in the Middle East following the current phase of war. But that is a large topic well beyond the scope of this report.

Finally, it is my sincere wish that Trump would not follow the fate of JFK.

To be continued in Report 2

Recently, the portrait of King Charles III as well as Catherine, Princess of Wales’ portrait in Tatler magazine have received mixed opinions, or even set off a wave of backlash.

One would realise the profound implication of the fate of British Monarchy on the end times by studying its history. While it’s impossible to elaborate the details here, some crucial prophecies on Prince/King Charles based on historical events have been extracted from the Counterfeit Apocalypse Symmetry Thesis (CAST) in an earlier post (see Chapter IV, Sections A.2, E.3; Chapter V, Section A.2):

• The restored Hashemite Kingdom, falsely portrayed as the 10-horned beast, will align with [King] Charles, who will play the role of fake Antichrist. Propaganda implicating [King] Charles as an Islamic sympathizer issues from various media. 

• The occult establishment variously portrays a Muslim leader, the Pope or [King] Charles as the Antichrist.  This deflects recognition of the true Antichrist (a Merovingian) and molds public opinion against Islam, the Roman Catholic Church and the House of Windsor -- all slated for elimination.

• The restored Hashemite Kingdom will align with [King] Charles, who will play the role of counterfeit Antichrist. Propaganda implicating Prince Charles as an Islamic sympathizer issues from various media.

    "Charles—who reads the Koran every day and often adopts Islamic dress at home—spends long hours discussing the Middle East's problems with Saudi royal family members.” – ["Hold Your Peace," Clive Goodman, Royal Editor, MER World]

    "The moving speech given by Diana's brother, Charles, Earl Spencer, held back nothing in reminding the royal 'firm' that William and Harry were only half Mountbatten-Windsor, and that the Spencer family saw it as their duty to uphold and perpetuate the socially motivated upbringing begun by the princes' mother...  She will be remembered just as she had wished - as the people's own 'Queen of Hearts', and her romantic island repose will, no doubt, add to the mystique. Indeed, the nation has, in Diana, a truly compassionate 'Lady of the Lake' - a devoted and humanitarian Grail Queen. 

    "Prince William will indeed succeed to the Crown of St Edward, but not simply because of he is his father's heir; he will succeed in the hearts and minds of the populace because he is his mother's son. Young Prince Harry, with his Spencer characteristics, will doubtless add to the popularity of a house which, in time to come, might well feel justified in dropping the Germanic Mountbatten-Windsor name for that of Spencer, thereby honoring the English people in memory of Diana Frances. It must be remembered that their father, Prince Charles, holds his present heirship in his own mother's line, not in the line of his father. Just as the people of Scotland look forward to a brighter future in the 21st century, so too are the people of England and Wales due for a new light to shine, and the House of Hanover-Saxe-Coburg-Windsor's light is fading fast." (Prince Michael Stewart) – [HRH Prince Michael of Albany. THE FORGOTTEN MONARCHY OF SCOTLAND. Element, 1998.]

    "The AntiChrist and a Cup of Tea uniquely offers HARD-EVIDENCE concerning the identity of the antichrist of Bible prophecy, who appears to be PRINCE CHARLES OF WALES.  Prince Charles, unlike all previous candidates, fulfills the following scriptural criteria: His name calculates to 666 in both English and Hebrew; the symbols in his heraldic achievement or coat of arms are identical to those of the 'first beast' of Revelation 13; he claims descent from David, Jesus, and Mohammed, but is most likely from the tribe of Dan and Odin (Satan); he literally serves the red dragon (Satan), which was central to his 1969 investiture as the Prince of Wales; he wants to be the King of Europe; he heads the United World Colleges; he steers the environmental ethics and business agendas of over 100 of the world's largest multinational corporations; he is credited for the success of the Rio Earth Summit and thus the Kyoto Protocol, and he has spearheaded the push for enforceable environmentalism worldwide; he initiated the Global Security Programme and its lecture series, for which Mikhail Gorbachev has become a spokesperson; he has partnered with the United Nations and the World Bank; he appears to be responsible for the initiation of the current Mideast 'peace process', and has been directly involved since Yitzhak Rabin's funeral; he has taken a traceable bio-chip implant; and his media exposure has exceeded that of every other man in history.  The book also details the British Monarchy's centuries-long conspiracy for a 'New World Order' using the Order of the Garter, which is the core leadership of the Priory of Sion, the Knights Templar, the Rosicrucians, English and French Freemasonry, the Illuminati, as well as the overarching 'Committee of 300.'  This work is a must read for all who are interested in the modern fulfillment of Bible prophecy." – [Book review of THE ANTICHRIST & A CUP OF TEA by Tim Cohen, Prophecy House]

The association of British Monarchy with the reptilian race has been exposed by various conspiracy theorists such as David Icke. Whether true or not, with his genetic inheritance from Queen Elizabeth II and Druid ancestry, King Charles III could contain 50% reptilian DNA, while it’s possible that he contains 0% Merovingian DNA that came from the Nephilim race, which could be traced back to Satan’s seed via Cain, subsequently inherited by the tribe of Dan (which became the crypto Jews) and preserved throughout the history in the Merovingian bloodline. The reptilian bloodline has been inherited by Druids, themselves apostate Jews and ‘saints’ of the Merovingians (see my previous post on Types of Jews), who practiced human sacrifices and vampirism (see Chapter V, Section F.2). For further details on the lineage of Satan’s seed, readers may refer to Ryan Pitters’ book The Final Nephilim.

The Da Vinci Connection

A closer scrutiny of King Charles III’s portrait would show astonishing resemblance to a special method employed in the paintings of Leonardo Da Vinci.

Notably, both paintings show a hidden image of an entity. This image is only revealed when a mirror image was superimposed on the original image. In some cases, clones of images could even produce a pattern of new images. King Charles III’s mirrored portrait shows the Baphomet, a pagan or gnostic idol whose worship is strictly prohibited by God. On the other hand, Da Vinci’s mirrored paintings often show entities that resemble the ‘greys’ aliens.

Why this remarkable connection? There is no doubt Da Vinci is one of the greatest intellectuals in human history. However, research on the life of Da Vinci revealed that he was no born genius. His intellectual enlightenment seemed to have originated from a supernatural event. The detail of this sudden revelation is beyond the scope of this article. Nevertheless, some hints on the ‘mirror image method’ employed in his paintings can be found in the following excerpts from CAST (see Chapter II, Section B.3):

   "...Renaissance men such as Michelangelo, Leonardo da Vinci and Marsillio Ficino of the Platonic Academy in Florence revived the artistic styles and metaphysical values of classical antiquity, notably in Italy."

    "The Gospel of Thomas states: Finally, detach yourself from everything feminine; for even feminine beings must become male if they are to enter the Kingdom. In this way you will reach the fullness, the unity of the elect... and finally, within yourselves, let perfect unity take the place of primitive dissociation and 'division': in other words, let the 'outside' become as 'inside', the 'upper' like the 'lower', the male like the female; let the first become last: in short, let there be reunion of opposites and COMPLETE REVERSAL OF EVERYTHING, of all values cosmic and human." – [Aho, Barbara. "The Nineteenth Century Occult Revival." CHRISTIAN CONSCIENCE, July/Aug 1997.]

The keywords here are ‘reunion of opposites’ and ‘complete reversal’. A similar kind of esoteric wisdom is evident in the Hegelian Dialectic adopted by the high cabal, i.e. to create a ‘conflict’ (antithesis) and then ‘resolve’ (synthesis). This Hegelian Dialectic often results in the dynamic redistribution of global powers, as evident in World Wars I & II.

Though filled with outrageous lies and misinformation, The Da Vinci Code written by Dan Brown has some elements of truth regarding Da Vinci’s heavy propensity on paganism:

    “Da Vinci...incorporated in many of his Christian paintings hidden symbolism that was anything but Christian--tributes to his own beliefs and a subtle thumbing of his nose at the Church. Langdon had even given a lecture once at the National Gallery in London entitled 'The Secret Life of Leonardo: Pagan Symbolism in Christian Art'." (The Da Vinci Code) – [Brown, Dan. THE DA VINCI CODE, Doubleday, 2003.]

It’s a staggering fact that Leonardo Da Vinci was the Grand Master of the Prieuré de Sion during 1510 – 1519. This top position in the globalist hierarchy has been held by some towering historical figures such as Sir Issac Newton, Victor Hugo, etc. The significant connection here is that the Antichrist will take up the same position when rising to power.

Red colour of the Portrait

Another remarkable characteristic in King Charles III’s portrait is the disproportionate use of the red colour. The possible symbolic representations are summarised below (see Chapter IV, Section B.6 for details):

• Cain was identified with red, having slain Abel and spilled his blood (Gen. 4:8-11).

• Druid priests wear red robes. 

• Red garments are worn by the Druidic dragon kings (Scarlet Beast of Rev. 17:3) who will overthrow the scarlet-clothed woman (Rev. 17:4), which is the Vatican College of Cardinals.

• The Order of the Rosy Cross signifies the fall of Adam (rosy) into matter (Eden, where four rivers formed a cross); according to Rosicrucian philosophy, the re-ascent of man to spirit (godhood) is attained through self-denial and self-sacrifice.

• Satan is called the red dragon (Rev.12:3).

• The Roman Church/Mystery Babylon, whose cardinals and priests wear scarlet vestments, will be misrepresented as the Beast (Rev.17:4-5).

• The Antichrist will be clothed with red garments (Rev.17:3).

    "... Hopi prophecies ...: 'The chiefs were told that the light that would bring this reawakening would come from the east and that it would come from the True White Brother. He would wear a RED CLOAK or a RED HAT and would bring with him the sacred stone tablet..." – [Cumbey, Constance. A PLANNED DECEPTION: THE STAGING OF A NEW AGE "MESSIAH". E. Detroit, MI: Pointe Publishers, Inc. 1985.]

In addition, the red colour in the portrait might signify the vampirism practiced by Druids as discussed previously.

Restoration of the Merovingian Empire (Antichrist Kingdom)

It has been mentioned that King Charles III could well be one of the fake Antichrists to deflect recognition of the true Antichrist, who will come out of the Merovingian bloodline (see Chapter IV, Section A.7, E.1; Chapter V, Section A.2).

    "...there is no question that some of Nostradamus' prophecies were not prophecies but referred quite explicitly to the past - to the Knights Templar, the Merovingian dynasty, the history of the House of Lorraine. A striking number of them refer to the Razes - the old comté of Rennes-le-Chateau. And the numerous quatrains that refer to the advent of 'le Grand Monarch'...indicate that this sovereign will derive ultimately from the Languedoc.'" – [Baigent, Michael, Richard Leigh & Henry Lincoln. HOLY BLOOD, HOLY GRAIL; Dell Publishing, 1983.]

The Merovingian bloodline claimed to be of the lineage of King David and whose ambition was to rule the world from the Holy Land. Key points are summarised as follows:

• The Merovingians plan to depose the House of Windsor in order to restore the Merovingian bloodline in Great Britain.

• To overthrow the House of Windsor, a smear campaign is to be conducted to portray [King] Charles, heir apparent to the British throne, as the Antichrist.

• the Merovingian race was sired by the Nephilim—that demonically-bred race of giants which God destroyed in the Flood. That the Merovingian bloodline is associated with the subterranean race that inhabits earth's core.

• It was originally from Cain, whose descendants intermarried with the Nephilim, that the Grail race descended.  Enki, the twin brother of Enlil, is merely an anagram of Cain, whose twin was Abel according to occult belief.

• After the Flood, it was Noah's son, Ham, and his descendants, who preserved and carried on the occult traditions of Cain, including intermarriage with the gods.

• The Nephilim preserved their occult traditions within the oath-bound secret societies which are now programming the younger generation to accept the Grail mythology as true.

Along with descent from immortal sea beasts, the Prieuré de Sion also alleges to have "incontrovertible proof" of Merovingian descent from Jesus Christ and His continuing bloodline, and has been working to re-establish the power of the Merovingian dynasty, this time over a world kingdom.

Here one should realise that the overthrow of the British Monarchy, now represented by the House of Windsor, is a prerequisite for the establishment of the Antichrist Kingdom from the Merovingian bloodline. We can now see the gradual fulfilment of this plan through the ill-fated Royal Family.

It is envisaged that when King Charles III gets out of the scene, whoever his successor will fully grab his unparalleled power and hand it to the Antichrist. No speculation on the identity of the Antichrist is made here. Yet it is safe to conjecture that his emergence will be the continuation of the ongoing Hegelian Dialectic (war in the Middle East, climate emergency, financial crisis, etc.), that he will resolve the various conflicts, bring peace and prosperity, play the role of the world’s saviour who will be embraced and praised by the mass population.

Moving to a larger scope, the deaths of major world leaders, particularly those standing against Israel, can be interpreted as God’s judgement (Zech.12:3). On the other hand, they could also be interpreted as the martyrdom of ‘saints’ in Satan’s counterfeit plan, as we might have entered the phase of the counterfeit 5^th Seal preceding the real 7-year Tribulation (see CAST, Key Assumptions). Therefore, one can recognise how close we are to the Day of the Lord!

If you enjoy T’s Substack, it would mean the world to me if you invited friends to subscribe and read with us. If you refer friends, you will receive benefits that give you special access to T’s Substack.

How to participate

1. Share T’s Substack. When you use the referral link below, or the “Share” button on any post, you'll get credit for any new subscribers. Simply send the link in a text, email, or share it on social media with friends.

Refer a friend

2. Earn benefits. When more friends use your referral link to subscribe, you’ll receive special benefits.

• Get EBook1 for 3 referrals

• Get EBook2 for 5 referrals

• Get EBook3 for 25 referrals

Visit the leaderboard

To learn more, check out Substack’s FAQ.

Thank you for helping get the word out about T’s Substack!

“Blessed is he that readeth, and they that hear the words of this prophecy, and keep those things which are written therein: for the time is at hand.” – Revelation 1:3, KJV

The full thesis can be downloaded from the following link:

Counterfeit Apocalypse Symmetry Thesis (CAST)

Notes to the readers

The Counterfeit Apocalypse Symmetry Thesis (hereafter CAST, link near the end of this introductory article) is a consolidated work on eschatology, excerpted from Heeding Bible Prophecy by Janet Moser. It aims to provide readers knowledge, understanding and wisdom concerning the end-time prophecies of the Bible. It is a synthesis of the research by countless number of scholars. The original document has unfortunately dissolved in oblivion. It’s also too lengthy and complex to be comprehended by any readers. While retaining the essential teachings, it has been heavily edited into a highly condensed form (still near 400 pages though) which is more accessible to general readers.

To understand the current world or to project for the future, one must first learn from history. The content of CAST spans the entire human history, from Prediluvian/Pre-Flood Era all the way until the New Heaven and New Earth.

CAST is also purported to raise the reader’s awareness of the dark powers at work throughout the history… Understanding Satan’s agenda in the past will enable people to understand his deception in the future. People will thereby get better prepared for various Earth-shattering events which will unfold during the end times.

With extensive and meticulous cross references to biblical text, CAST reveals God’s plan in detail, while unraveling Satan’s plan. Readers may find many verisimilitudes or symmetric elements between both plans, hence coined “Symmetry Thesis”.  Note that the juxtaposition of God’s plan with Satan’s plan never means that the plans are comparable to each other.  It merely serves to highlight the Devil’s hubris attempt to mimicry God (Isaiah 14).  Indeed, Satan has no point to invent its own plan, as it knows very well that God is the highest and His plan is the most supreme.  Hence the best possible attempt to be made would be nothing else but to duplicate God’s plan, trying to make the plan its own…

It is well expected that the dense and heavy materials that follow will likely scare off most layman readers.  Hence the ‘Structure and format’ as well as ‘Synopsis’ of CAST were included below as the exposition.  They provide the readers the content and scope of the thesis, with an overview of many of the topics to be covered.

(Note: Throughout the text, ‘it’ instead of the conventional ‘he’ would be used for Satan to reflect the androgynous/nonsexual nature of angels.)

“And having spoiled principalities and powers, he made a shew of them openly, triumphing over them in it.” – Colossians 2:15

Structure and format

Chapters: Bible Prophecies relating to the end time are categorized into seven chapters, namely Economy, Education, Environment, Government, Society, Religion and Israel.  Each chapter follows its proper context in Scripture.

Keywords and hashtags: There is such a wide range of nomenclatures in CAST that normal readers might be intimidated or even get lost. To enable readers to have a quick overview of the key elements covered in the individual chapters, a list of keywords with hashtags were included at the beginning of each chapter. Though an intensive reading of the whole document is recommended, for some readers who might wish to focus or explore on certain topics of interest, the hashtags also serve to facilitate their search. For instance, one might find the hashtag #Zionism on the keywords list of Chapter VII, the reader may then search it in the text and thereby find more information on this topic.

Premise: Exposes Satan's plan to preempt, duplicate and counterfeit the actual fulfillment of Bible prophecy by Jesus Christ.

Program of God: Presents the program of God using prophecies from Scripture. All prophecies relate specifically to the Person and work of Jesus Christ.

Program of Satanic duplication: Traces the fulfillment of Satan's program through the dispensations to the final counterfeit fulfillment of end-time prophecy.  Prophecies about the Antichrist reveal that he is attempting to fulfill prophecies about Christ. - Is.14:12-14

Prophetic Dispensations: Delineates the respective programs of God and Satan as they relate to the various dispensations presented in Scripture, namely Pre-Flood/Antediluvian Era, Old Testament Period, Church Age, Tribulation (first 3.5 years), Great Tribulation (last 3.5 years), Millennium, New Heaven and New Earth.

Quotes and references: Selected quotes (in semicolons “”) were extracted from the original text.  They serve as elaborations of certain points under Prophetic Dispensations.  Reference or source were included at the end of the quotes (in square brackets []), with hyperlinks inserted as far as possible. There are also extensive cross references to Bible verses.

Special topics: Certain topics are of special interest which require a more in-depth discussion.  They would be included in separate ‘Special Topic’ sections.

Key Learning: Some key takeaways or lessons learned which have immediate and important personal applications were included at the end of some sections.

Further Readings: Readers may find some sections of particular interest and wish to explore in greater depth. They can refer to the materials under ‘Further Readings’, most with hyperlinks inserted.

Synopsis

Where there is money, there is power.  The control of global economy is one of the major pillars of the Satanic program.  Readers who have studied the Book of Revelation in the Bible should be familiar with the so-called Mark of the Beast (hereafter MoB), which will be administered by the False Prophet (FP) and used as a tool to enforce the worship of the Antichrist (AC). To reach this goal is far from a trivial task.  Chapter I outlines the historical preparation for people to give up private property, redistribution of wealth, and how the world will evolve into a full-fledged Socialist society.  Today we can already see some giant steps towards this goal being materialised. These include the development of cryptocurrencies, Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC), and gradual transformation into cashless society. Without the use of cash, every digital transaction will be prone to tracking and eventually full control by a central government. This may well be the technological prerequisite of the MoB.  It is elaborated in CAST that the precursor or prototype of the MoB is a kind of microchip implants under the skin for payments. This has indeed already been implemented in certain European countries.

Chapter II deals with education. While the quest for knowledge is viewed as a sublime aspiration of mankind, the excess craving for it could be potentially dangerous. Satan spares no effort in recruiting foremost intellectuals and top scholars as its servants, as they constitute some of the most influential people in the world. Looking back, the initial corruption of teachings in the early Church stemmed from the unwarranted synthesis of the Christian doctrine with Greek philosophy. Some early church fathers such as Augustine and Origen were heavily influenced by Plato. Less known was that Platonism was connected to Hermetic occultism which could be traced all the way back to the secret knowledge during the Atlantis era. Platonic philosophy formed the basis of Gnosticism. It is well established by historians that Alexandria of Egypt was a hotbed of Gnosticism, which has subsequently infiltrated the early Church and become the root of heresy. This was indeed solemnly warned by Apostle Paul.  In the modern times, occultism has never ceased. It has been inherited via mystery schools. Studies have shown that Nazism was filled with occult practices, of which mind control was used as mental weapons against humans. Today, mind control programs still exist everywhere, ranging from MK ULTRA/V2K employed by CIA to the brainwashing mainstream media, or even camouflaged in the entertainment industry such as Disneyland and Hollywood movies!

In the Tribulation one expects to see a full revival of occultism, disguised as spiritual enlightenment or elevation. The New Age movement we have seen is just a precursor.  Hermetic magic or sorcery will be practiced by the AC and FP as signs and wonders, which would deceive even the elect. The chapter also covers the attempt to replace the 10 Commandments by natural law (check what was done on Mount Sinai in 2022?). It also talks about fornication (can’t we see the raging LGBTQ+ movement as the foreshadow? One might even envisage fallen angels coming to earth again, perhaps disguised as super humans/charming Nordics to intermingle with mankind during the Last Days, repeating the days of Noah [Gen.6]!).

Chapter III is a monumental chapter on the environment which spans virtually everything from outer space to earth, or even deep underground.  Imagine the world were without humankind, there would neither be clocks nor calendars. Then what could be the measurement of time in the execution of God’s plans throughout the cosmic history? We can see from many places in the Bible that various cosmic signs are related to prophetic events, from solar/lunar eclipse to the Zodiac. As a copycat Satan may also have various cosmic signs of its own! That’s why so many fortune tellers/false prophets (from Nostradamus to Anand) use astrology as the method, and could even make some correct predictions, because they have learned the signs of the Devils’ plan! We know that God used fire and brimstone to destroy Sodom and Gomorrah (probably was an asteroid/meteorite impact with certain scientific and archaeological evidence), and this would happen again in the Tribulation during the first three Trumpet judgements. Could the most convenient tools for Satan to counterfeit this be nuclear bombs? Furthermore, one might have noticed certain missions of NASA (e.g.DART) trying to divert potentially hazardous comets, or even the more adventurous plan of migrating humans to Mars. Could those elites have somewhat smelled the Lord’s impending judgment, so they try to eschew it desperately?

Many ‘conspiracists’ (I hate using this term collectively, since some of them were genuinely serious researchers who endeavour to uncover governments’ secrets/covert operations) have pointed out the existence of various dark technologies funded by black military budget. Would skeptics please review the recent testimony before Congress of the whistleblower/former intelligence officer David Grusch. In this chapter we will go over many exotic technologies beyond imagination, including weather control, man-made earthquakes and volcanic eruptions, etc.  The linkage of pyramids, Stonehenge and crop circles to occultism will also be explained.  There is also an in-depth discussion on Atlantis (including its exact location!), and how the occult society would try to restore it during the Golden Age, I.e. the period of Great Tribulation.

Some topics in this chapter are more related to our daily lives. For example, we will talk about genetically engineered foods and how they would be connected to famines. Readers might be especially interested in the topic on pestilence, where there is a discussion on how bioweapons would be used to bring in the New World Order (eerily materialising via the COVID-19 pandemic!). But we can expect a far worse pestilence during the 4^th Seal judgement in the Tribulation period.

Readers knowledgeable in politics might be intrigued by the first topic in Chapter IV on New Government. It has been stated by many (including both Bible scholars and secular scholars) that a One-World Government will eventually be established on earth (Dan.7:23) signifying the final demise of national sovereignty. Certain globalists such as Klaus Schwab of the World Economic Forum (WEF) does not shy away from this when he is so outspoken on the Great Reset. It’s an Agenda that is no more secret. To trace back the historical preparation, one would find multiple federations (from the U.S.A. to League of Nations to U.N., E.U., G20, G7…), a long list through which the globalists proceed step by step toward the ultimate goal. One might get more familiar with those secret societies working covertly behind the Deep State such as Round Table, RIIA, CFR, Bilderberg, Skull & Bones, etc.  It’s quite clear from the eschatological text of the Bible that this One-World Government will be tyrannical, ruled by the AC and FP, together with ‘ten kings’ (Dan.7:24) – not actual kings or presidents, but likely to be extremely powerful people who can control the government, imo they could be some technological oligarchs on the level of Bill Gates, Elon Musk, Mark Zuckerberg, etc.

The topic on New Messiah goes deeper into the nature of the AC, the incarnate of Satan. One would find that many pagan gods of ancient civilisations including Egypt, Greece, Rome etc. were interconnected. They have a plethora of names such as Azazel, Dionysus, Enki, Hercules, Pan, Poseidon, Saturn …collectively worshipped as the “beast out of the sea/Bistea Neptunis” and represented by the Sun. No wonder why many sites of pagan worship have an orientation precisely aligning with the path of the sun during Equinox and Solstice. I leave this part for readers to discover by themselves. It is important to understand that the AC is related to the Merovingian bloodline (to be elaborated in Annex III), which had its origin in the tribe of Dan (a missing tribe in the Book of Revelation). This section also explains various counterfeit signatures of the occults, for e.g. red robes, symbol of the lion, the ‘X’ sign (immediately think of Elon Musk!), and the unicorn.

The topic on New Laws is scary in the sense that it details how laws will be changed during the rule of the AC. Particularly, Tribulation saints will be severely persecuted or even beheaded. One particular eye-catching statement is that ‘Hate crimes will be charged to Christians by the occult’, which strongly reflects what we start seeing today. The section on Mystery Babylon is rather complex. It reveals the historical antagonism between the Merovingians (the Freemasons/Illuminati camp) and the Roman Catholic Church (more in Annex III), with incessant persecution and mutual infiltration, right until mid-Tribulation when the ‘last Pope’ will be falsely framed as the AC and judged by the Merovingians (including the true AC), and this counterfeit judgment will overlap with the real judgement of the Mystery Babylon (I.e., the emerging One-World Religion) by God.

Readers who managed to get through the previous topics should perhaps take a break before proceeding to the climactic topic on New Military. At the time of this writing, Israel has been brutally attacked by Hamas and her conflict with Palestinian is quickly escalating. I’m among many Christians who view the impending great war in the Middle East as an important landmark in the End Times. But rest assured that we are not yet in the seven-years Tribulation of Daniel 9, though we might be only a doorstep from it.  To understand this final topic of the chapter it’s prerequisite to have a clear picture of the sequence of wars in the End Times. While the views of different scholars may vary in some details, views on the big picture generally converge. To my best understanding, the sequence of the End Times wars are as follows:

Pre-Tribulation:

1. War between Israel and her proxies (or ‘inner circle’), including Gaza-Hamas (Zeph.2, Obad.1), Lebanon-Hezbollah and Syria (Is.17), Jordan (Is.11, Ez.25), Egypt (Is.19), part of Iran (Jer.49), see also Ps.83, Zech.12

2. Gog & Magog I (Ezekiel 38-39) – ‘Outer ring’ countries, including Russia, Turkey, Iran, Egypt, Sudan and Libya attacking Israel

Tribulation (first half):

3. WW III (2^nd Seal in Rev.6)

Mid-Tribulation:

4. War of the Angels/War in Heaven (4^th Trumpet in Rev.8)

Tribulation (second half):

5. Demonic slaughter of mankind (6^th Trumpet in Rev.9)

6. Battle of Armageddon (6^th Bowl in Rev.16)

End of Millennium:

7. Gog & Magog II (Rev.20)

If one excludes (5) which resembles one-way slaughter rather than a war, then the total number of End Times wars will be six, which is my personal point of view. Interestingly, the current Israel-Hamas war is also the sixth major war involving Israel since her establishment in 1948: 1. War of Independence (1948-59), 2. Suez Crisis (1956), 3. Six-Day War (1967), 4. Yom Kippur War (1973), 5. Lebanon War (1982), 6. Israel-Hamas War (2023).

Now, the gist of CAST is that the End Times wars aforementioned would be misrepresented at their time of occurrence due to the counterfeit plan of Satan, resulting in a delusion and misidentification of the AC as the Messiah. The remaining global population will be confounded in deep perplexity.

Chapter V can be considered as an overview of Satan’s plan to control or manipulate the general population. In the first topic, the New Age movement should be interpreted as the counterfeit of Christ’s Millennium Kingdom. The mimicry indeed started in the Pre-flood era when Sun worship was viewed by the Gnostics as the Golden Age, which Satan will restore during the Great Tribulation period. The next topic gives a detailed account of the Prieuré de Sion, from its origin to how it directs the work of secret societies. No doubt the   Prieuré de Sion is at the top of the pyramid in the satanic hierarchy. There is a lengthy sub-topic which pinpoints the AC to be a Grand Master of Prieuré de Sion. I won’t be dogmatic on this and will treat it as no more than an educated conjecture.

In the topic of New Man, one will find that population control by the elites via pandemic, vaccines and whatsoever is just a prelude. The control will step into high gear during the Tribulation, when there will be a substantial population reduction. Even marriages and procreation will be proscribed. On the other hand, interbreed with extraterrestrials posed by demons and fallen angels, resembling the Pre-flood Era, will recur. Topics that follow will focus on genetic engineering of mankind. Nowadays we can already see significant technological progress, manifested in CRISPR, designed babies, etc. It’s indeed under the same kind of spirit as eugenics promoted by the Nazi. The next big step will be Transhumanism/Human 2.0, cyborgs, etc. I believe the development of Neuralink is a major milestone.

The next topic discusses the use of symbols as the universal language during the Golden Age. The pagan Zodiac and astrology practised by the occult were precursors. We know that God seals His people as an identity and for protection. In Satan’s counterfeit, similar ‘seals’ would be imposed on its followers. They are manifested in the Star of David (Solomon's Seal), hexagram, ‘X’ symbol, culminating in the MoB where it will be explicitly put in humans’ right hands or foreheads. In relation to this topic, readers must particularly beware of the occultism promoted by Harry Potter books/movies.

The chapter also covers the control of the media by the occult.  It is envisaged that the coming of the AC, miraculously survived from ‘death’ during the start of the Golden Age/Great Tribulation, will be high profile and widely broadcasted by the media. There is even the wild speculation that he would return in a spaceship/UFO!

One can imagine that the rapture of Christians will result in a great shock and chaos to the society. For crisis management, the rapture event would have to be rationalised. Would it be explained as alien abduction? Could the recent declassification of UAP documents by Pentagon, disclosure of extraterrestrial/non-human technology by ‘whistleblowers’ be deliberately planned by the secret societies in order to mentally prepare the world population for such a shock? The remaining sections discuss blood rituals and human sacrifices, persecution of Israel/the Jews (to be covered in detail in Chapter VII), cloning to achieve longevity/immortality (a variation of transhumanism).

Chapter VI is especially relevant to religious leaders. It can also be viewed as a solemn warning to those potentially apostate/woke churches. For some Christians the content of this chapter is quite disturbing, to say the least. The topic on New Religion starts with a discussion on interfaith movement, which purports to unify different religions, even those of the pagans, and establish a universal religion (One-World Religion which runs hand in hand with the One-World Government during the Tribulation) which worships the Sun god I.e., Satan. Note that this has nothing to do with the unity in Christ. It is purely pantheism put into practice. Closely related to this is the ecumenical movement which is funded by the Rothschilds. Various forms of occultism (e.g. Kabbalism, Hermeticism, Gnosticism, Mysticism, etc.), related false doctrines such as the divinity/deification of man, mythology as means to facilitate false worship will also be discussed. The false worship might include Phallic and Goddess worship, which will be practiced by the apostate ‘Christians’. There is also a section discussing the counterfeit by the FP on the pour of Holy Spirit at Pentecost.

The topic on New Scripture discusses the revision of the Bible. One should immediately realise that the change of God’s Words is great transgression. It’s worth noting that the Alexandrian Jews translated the Hebrew Old Testament into the Greek Septuagint and revised the Greek New Testament. These gnostic manuscripts were used by the apostate church to form the basis of all new versions of the Bible. During the Tribulation, Gnostic texts will replace the traditional Canon. True Christians who hold firm to the Hebrew Masoretic and Greek Received Texts will be persecuted. The perversion of Scripture will be more thoroughly discussed n Annex I. There is an important section on Allegorical Interpretation of the Bible, which we can often see in the teachings of many churches. In line with Chapter II, it is reiterated here that the Gnostic School of Alexandria, Egypt successfully promoted the allegorical method of interpretation in the early Church. Through ages of false teachings in the Church, Bible prophecy has been interpreted to have been/will be fulfilled allegorically, rather than literally.  In the final topic on New Doctrine, the secret doctrine of Lucifer/Satan, introduced by heretics to the Church, will be covered in detail. The embrace of gnostic doctrine by false teachers/Christians of the apostate Church will also be discussed.

          “God creates theologians. Theologians reinvent God?” – my own quote.

Every earnest learner of Bible prophecy will not dismiss the significance of Israel. In the penultimate Chapter VII, topics of paramount importance are discussed in detail. The present Israel-Hamas conflict has produced much confusion regarding the historical Israelites-Palestinian relationship. Is it blindness for Christians to support the secular Israel? It’s a tough question! One key to understanding the modern Israel is in-depth knowledge of Zionism (discussed in a separate article on the Jewish Conspiracy). The premise of this topic is replicated here as follows:

• When Jesus Christ returns, He will regather the remnant of Israel, dissolve the state of Palestine and establish Zion as the headquarters of the Millennial Kingdom. 

• The Zionists are presently gathering the Zionist Jews to Israel but excluding true Torah Jews. During the Tribulation period, they will attempt to destroy the state of Palestine in order to establish the headquarters of the Antichrist in Israel.

One will find two kinds of Jews from the above – the Torah-observant Jews and the apostate Kabbalist/Zionist Jews. However, to simply classify them as ‘good/true Jews’ and ‘bad/false Jews’ is naïveté. Both kinds of Jews are the ‘Remnant’ Jews originated from the southern kingdom of Judah (1 Kings 12). They should be differentiated from the Israelites (became known as the ‘Lost Ten Tribes of Israel’) originated from the northern kingdom of Israel (2 Kings 17). The latter belong to the ‘Synagogue of Satan’, who claims Jewish descent but does not fit God's definition of a Jew (Rev. 2:9-10). The most complex part of this topic is the gathering of all the Jews and creation of the nation of Israel in May 1948, while amazingly fulfilling the Ezekiel 37 prophecy, reflects an overlapping of God’s plan and Satan’s counterfeit plan. God has chosen the Jews as His people and the Israel nation as an instrument in revealing His work on earth. God has never forsaken Israel and the Jews in the Church age. Therefore, one must firmly reject Replacement Theology in the first place. What God loves and has chosen, Satan hates and wants to gain control. That’s why Satan always strives to take a strong grip on Israel and the Jews, and its servants include the Kabbalist/Zionist Jews. Many scholars have established that the Zionist movement played a crucial role in the buy back of the land of Palestine and creation of the nation of Israel. One should also not confuse Zionism with Judaism – the former is a political movement conceived in the secret societies of Judeo-Freemasonry (in particular the House of Rothschild), spearheaded by Kabbalist/Zionist Jews. Unfortunately, many undiscerning Evangelical Christians (including Dispensationalists) have been deceived or even lured to support their nefarious agenda. From the point of view of Satan’s servants, they have succeeded in executing their master’s plan. However, few may have realised that God uses secular or even wicked people as a tool to regather unsaved Jews into Palestine, a process necessary for the Tribulation judgments to commence, the Temple of Solomon (Third Temple) to be rebuilt, and the ultimate repentance of all Jews to Christ to receive salvation.

The evolving war in the Middle East may well be a controlled conflict, much similar to World War I & II. It targets to push the tension between Israel and her enemies to the limit, until the rise of the AC who will establish a false covenant with Israel and other nations to create a delusion of peace (Dan.9:27). The AC would be a false saviour who conspires to take full control of Israel/Jerusalem during the seven-years Tribulation.

A highlight of this section is the detailed chronology of events, starting from the Old Testament period in 721 B.C. when the Tribe of Dan began to migrate progressively from Israel to Europe, where they would become the Merovingian nobility. From the 19^th century onwards, significant events in virtually every decade were documented.

The section on New Age Covenant is closely related to Daniel’s 70^th week (Dan.9), stating that the AC will deceive Israel with a false covenant, which will break at mid-Tribulation leading to the Abomination of Desolation (AoD). But the prerequisite of AoD is the rebuilding of the Solomon’s Temple (the Third Temple), which is elaborated in the next section. One will find that the Third Temple would just be Satan’s counterfeit of the Millennial Temple of Christ. The role of Essene high priests and a counterfeit 144,000 monastics will also be explained.

It’s worth a little more elaboration on the Third Temple. A major sign of the End Times is preparation for the rebuilding of the Temple in Jerusalem. Jewish groups, such as the Temple Institute, would like to rebuild the Temple immediately. But where exactly will the Third Temple be built? It is intuitive that the Third Temple should be built on the place of the original Temple. However, the Muslim Dome of the Rock now sits on that site. The Mount there is also home to the Al-Aqsa Mosque, which is the third holiest place in Islam after Mecca and Medina. These have created a great hurdle. Having said that, many preparations, including the Libation ceremony etc. have already been made by The Temple Institute in Jerusalem. One significant step was that five perfect red heifers were transported from Texas to Jerusalem in September 2022. According to Num.19, a perfect red heifer is necessary to cleanse the Temple Mount as well as the priests to enable them to rebuild and offer sacrifices. Indeed, the Jews themselves believe the tenth red heifer will usher in the reign of the Messiah. The best information available shows that as of September 2023, the age of the five red heifers range from 2 to 2 ½ years old. Note that it’s a requirement that the red heifer be 3 years old, unblemished and never had pregnancy for sacrifice. Now we know that one of the red heifers has been disqualified, so there are four remaining. One can easily calculate that the earliest (latest) possible time for sacrifice will be around spring of 2024 (fall of 2025). Please note that red heifers are not being exported to Jerusalem on a regular basis. That means, in the unlikely case that ALL the remaining red heifers become disqualified, the sacrifice will no longer be possible and thereby the plan to build the Third Temple will be totally screwed up!

True Christians believe that the Bible is divinely inspired and inerrant. Yet there have been numerous attempts to corrupt and destroy the biblical text over the decades. The premise is that the Greek Textus Receptus, from which the King James Version (KJV) and New King James Version (NKJV) were translated, is the true Word of God. On the other hand, the New Greek Text, from which modern versions including the New International Version (NIV), New American Standard Version (NASV), etc. are derived, is a corrupted Greek text. 

Annex I starts with two very important documents.  Another Bible, Another Gospel is a treatise on modern translations of the Bible. Historical information concerning the translation of the KJV and modern versions is provided in the document. In particular, the heresy of Origen and reformation by Erasmus were highlighted in the historical context. It states how the modern revised versions based on the New Greek Text undermine fundamental doctrines of the Christian faith. The document also includes notes on the Nestle/Aland New Greek Text, the New American Standard Bible, KJV as well as the NIV of the Bible.

The second document, The Legacy of Westcott and Hort, is a treatise on the historical interplay between philosophy and Christianity. From the early influence of Plato to the the triumph of Aristotle during the Renaissance, then to the Romantic Period in which the philosophy of Immanuel Kant was adopted by Frederich Schleiermacher, whose extensive influence would uproot the German church from its doctrinal base, giving rise to new principles of higher criticism which rejected the authenticity of the Gospels and the cardinal doctrines of the Christian faith. Then came the Occult Revival where there was the formation of numerous Spiritualist societies, including the Ghost Society at the University of Cambridge, The Society for Psychical Research (of which Sigmund Freud and Carl Jung were Corresponding Members!), Theosophical Society, Fabian Society, etc. It was under this modern Spiritualist movement that B.F. Westcott and F.J.A. Hort were employed to take part in a comprehensive “New Testament Scheme”, i.e. to undertake a joint revision of the Greek New Testament of the English Bible.

Annex I then provide a comprehensive summary of all the changes/omissions made in modern translations, which might have distorted/perverted the meaning of the original biblical texts, thereby producing negative impacts on the Christian doctrine. Some of the changes were so subtle that it may require multiple readings to notice the difference.

An important key to understanding the 7-years Tribulation concerning the fate of Israel is Daniel’sgreat prophecy of the seventy weeks (Dan. 9:24-27).  Annex II gives a detailed account of this prophecy. It explains the importance of the prophecy, its key elements, as well as the meaning of weeks. In particular, the mathematical calculation of the extraordinary fulfilment of the first 69 weeks was explicitly stated. A notable point of uncertainty is whether the start of the 69 weeks (calculated from the commandment of Artaxerxes to restore Jerusalem) should be in 445 B.C. or 444 B.C.  This uncertainty is critically related to another point of controversy, i.e. whether Jesus Christ was crucified in A.D. 32 or A.D. 33 (I inclined toward the latter). The two major schools of thought are equally compelling, yet the detailed arguments will not be covered here.  One more point of controversy by scholars is whether there is a gap between the 69^th week and the 70^th week. In this Annex the ‘no-gap’ view is plainly refuted as fallacious. Finally, the program of the 70^th week is summarised.

Annex III gives an overview of the Merovingian Dynasty/Empire in highly condensed point form.  It can be considered as the sublimation of CAST.  It was originally intended to be put to the Preface.  However, numerous unfamiliar nomenclatures such as Nephilim, Knights Templar, Prieuré de Sion, Mystery Babylon, etc. might be difficult for ordinary Christians to begin with.  Upon second thought, it was decided to be put in the last Annex as a recap of the whole thesis.  The first part of this Annex explains the historical origin of the cult worship of the Mother Goddess, also known as the Black Virgin, which is connected to the Gnostic culture of Alexandria.  Then it gives a detailed account of the lineage of the Merovingian race, which can be traced back to the Nephilim and even Cain! The Merovingian’s connection to the Sumerian mythology of Enki, Enlil, etc. is briefly mentioned.  It then exposes the origin of Prieuré de Sion, and the fact that the Knights Templar was in service of Prieuré de Sion during the Crusades.  It is argued that the AC will come from the Merovingian bloodline.

The second part highlights the clandestine confrontation between the Merovingian Dynasty and the Roman Catholic Church throughout the history.  It presents a detailed analysis of Daniel 2 & 7 in conjunction with Revelation 13 to clarify the interpretation of the final beast system, which is often mis-represented as the Revived Roman Empire. 

In conclusion, it is genuinely hoped that readers with high stamina will ultimately find strong yet positive repercussions after digesting the whole thesis!

Maranatha!

INTRODUCTION

The true Antichrist system of the end time will orchestrate a false fulfillment of Bible prophecy before the true fulfillment of Scripture actually takes place.  The simulation of the events of the Tribulation Period is already underway and this carefully planned deception will go far toward misleading even the elect, if possible. [Matt. 24:24]. CAST systematically outlines how the book of Revelation will be counterfeited for Christian consumption. There will be a counterfeit Tribulation Period, counterfeit Antichrist, counterfeit False Prophet, counterfeit Abomination of Desolation, etc.  At mid-Trib, the pseudo-Antichrist (eg., King Charles/UN/WEF/global government) and pseudo-Mystery Babylon (Pope Francis/Roman Catholic Church/Vatican) will be judged and ostensibly destroyed in a mock trial and execution. The world and undiscerning Christians, believing that the Beast has been destroyed, will receive a descendant of the Merovingian bloodline as "The Christ." The Bistea Neptunis -- the Beast out of the Sea of Rev.13:1 -- will ascend the throne of a rebuilt Temple in Jerusalem and the Great Tribulation will commence.

KEY PRINCIPLES

1. Satan’s Purpose is to be like God. – Isaiah 14:14; Satan has purposed to usurp God’s authority from the beginning of the world. – Genesis 3:1, Matt. 4:8-9, Rev. 13:2

2. Satan’s Program is to counterfeit God’s Messiah, His Millennial Temple and Millennial Kingdom. – Matt. 24:4-5, 24-25, John 5:43, Thes. 2:3-4

3. Satan’s Plot is to conspire with apostate Israel. – Jeremiah 11:9, Ezekiel 22:25, Isaiah 28:15,18

   Then to destroy mankind. – John 10:10; Destroy the earth. – Rev. 11:18; Destroy God's Israel. – Rev. 12:1, 4-8; Destroy God's saints. – Dan. 7:21, Rev. 13:7; Destroy all flesh. – Matt. 24:21-22; Destroy Jesus Christ.  – John 8:39-44, Rev. 19:19; Destroy God's Millennial Kingdom. – Rev. 20:7-10

4. Satan’s Pattern is to use past events in Israel as precedents for future deception. – Eccles. 3:15

5. Satan’s Principle Man to deceive the world will be a counterfeit Solomon. 

   The Jews believed that King Solomon, rather than Jesus Christ, was the Messiah . – Luke 11:29,31, Luke 20:41-44

   Jewish Kabbalism, the basis of Freemasonry, teaches that Solomon is the Jewish messiah. This Synagogue of Satan teaches that Solomon, rather than Jesus Christ, will come again to establish the Millennial Kingdom. – Morals & Dogma, p. 210, 785; Parisian Jewish review, La Vérité Israélite, vol. V, p. 74, 1861.

   Solomon’s apostasy from the Lord resulted in his severe chastisement by God but not his eternal damnation. Therefore the Antichrist will be a counterfeit Solomon, not a “reincarnated” or “resurrected” Solomon. – II Sam. 7:12-15, I Kings 11:9-12

   King Solomon was both a type of Jesus Christ and a type of the Antichrist.

   Satan will  recreate Solomon's Kingdom as God's Millennial Kingdom 3.5 years ahead of schedule.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

• The Book of Revelation follows a strict chronological order. "Write the things which thou hast seen, and the things which are, and the things which shall be hereafter." Rev. 1:19

• The pre-Tribulation Rapture of the true Christian Church will be the event that God uses to kick start the 7-year Tribulation Period.

• During the first 3 1/2 years of the Tribulation period, the Synagogue of Satan will set up a false Antichrist, a false False Prophet, a false Dragon, a false Babylon the Great, false Mark of the Beast and other counterfeits of Bible prophecies.

• These counterfeits will function as decoys and scapegoats in order to (1) prevent recognition of the true Antichrist, the true False Prophet, true Mark of the Beast and Synagogue of Satan's Gnostic religious system, and (2) to justify the elimination of established governments and traditional religions.

• Near the midpoint of the Tribulation period, the real Antichrist and False Prophet will destroy the false Antichrist, the false False Prophet, the false Dragon and Mystery Babylon the Great.

• During the last 3 1/2 years of the Tribulation period - the Great Tribulation - the Antichrist and False Prophet will conduct their reign of terror - the Golden Age of Saturn - which is the prelude to their version of the new heavens and new earth.

• The Synagogue of Satan will attempt to fulfil all of the Tribulation judgments and the Millennial promises concerning Israel during the 7 years of the Tribulation period. They are attempting to go "back to the future", i.e., going through time in reverse: from Moses to Sodom and Gomorrah, to Abraham's separation from Ur of the Chaldees to Babylon, to the post-flood days of Noah, then to the pre-flood days of Noah, to the Garden of Eden and finally to Creation.

• The Synagogue of Satan will attempt to destroy the heavens and the earth at the end of the Tribulation period. (Rev.15:18)  

• Since Gnostics believe they are God, they will attempt to fulfill the Bible's prophecies of recreating the earth. (Acts 3:20,21, Rev. 21:5)

• The timeline above is the gist of CAST. Of particular importance is the complex overlapping of the first 3.5 years Tribulation in God’s plan with the last 3.5 years Tribulation under Satan’s counterfeit plan. People in the world might be perplexed by the sudden resolve of global crises and deceived by the arrival of a ‘Saviour’, which is indeed a false Messiah, following the endurance of a false 3.5 years Tribulation triggered by man’s wrath.

• What have been happening and unfolding in the world since the COVID-19 pandemic did strongly resemble the first four Seal judgements (advent and world conquering of the coronavirus – white horse, wars in Ukraine followed by the Middle East – red horse, global famine and inflation – black horse, post-pandemic excess deaths worldwide – pale horse). But we can see from the chart above that these world-changing events were still under the counterfeit plan of Satan when the spirit of the Antichrist and wrath of man were being unleashed. The real 7-years Tribulation in God’s plan and outpouring of His wrath has not yet started. From this perspective, it can be expected that what will follow in the near future is the counterfeit 5^th seal (i.e. Satan’s own martyrs), counterfeit 6^th seal (cataclysmic seismic event) and 7^th seal (global silence), as well as the first 3 counterfeit Trumpet judgments (cosmic impact events). Many seismologists have repeatedly warned that the Eurasian-Pacific-Philippine Sea plate boundary is at high risk, and the next giant earthquake might occur in northeast Asia between Japan and Taiwan. This should be a major focus in the coming year. But how the cosmic impact events could be counterfeited is less clear. Would they be nuke strikes? ‘Alien’ invasion? Or perhaps visual delusion by Project Blue Beam?

• In any case, it is expected that the real Tribulation would commence near the mid-point of the counterfeit tribulation. While we may have heard some false narratives promoting the mindset of ‘Messiah 2030’, note that they might indeed be promoting the commencement of the ‘Golden Age’ when the One World Government/New World Order and One World Religion/New World Religion will become full fledged under the control of the Antichrist (False Messiah) and administration of the False Prophet. But that period might exactly overlap with the Great Tribulation when God’s wrath will raise to the extreme (Rev. 6:15-17, 8:13) before His Second Coming (Rev. 19)!

Supplementary presentation slides

The full thesis can be downloaded from the following link:

Counterfeit Apocalypse Symmetry Thesis (CAST)

Special note: Readers who find CAST useful may wish to print out the whole document on sturdy and durable materials. Keep them in highly secured places all over the world. This needs to be done before the complete seizure of the free Internet during the reign of the One World Government, when every valuable online biblical resource might be destroyed.

“That if thou shalt confess with thy mouth the Lord Jesus, and shalt believe in thine heart that God hath raised him from the dead, thou shalt be saved. For with the heart man believeth unto righteousness; and with the mouth confession is made unto salvation.” – Romans 10:9-10, KJV

末後備忘錄

編者感言

2023年春季，我遠赴南太平洋島國，在沒有工作和家庭的枷鎖下，得以專注地整合了我對末世 (End Times)的研究，並把其中最重要的部份結集成這份「末後備忘錄」。這份備忘錄不僅涵蓋了我過去末世三部曲講座系列(1, 2, 3) 的幾乎所有內容，而且更廣泛而深入，讀者需同時具備聖經知識，和掌握許多關於世界歷史（包括政治、社會、經濟、加上科學領域方面）的知識，才能消化其內容。為方便讀者，我把原著Heeding Bible Prophecy 重新整理編輯，讓讀者更容易吸收。由於中文序言希望盡量精簡，內容梗概請看英文序言。

為什麼我會從事末世的研究？這一切起源於我自從2014年心靈感動，花了數年時間鍥而不捨地追查MH370失蹤之謎。在這過程中，我逐漸發現自己原來不單是在破解這懸案，而是逐步追查到背後的特工網絡，甚至深入到控制世界的深層政府或秘密組織，意想不到是所有的研究最終開啟了我查考聖經預言的道路。

2021年，我在開講座後約了「中神」黃國維院長及幾位教授晚飯，席間熱烈地談到許多關於人類社會、教會甚至神學院所面對的問題。我開始醒覺到自己徒有專業知識，對聖經之了解在經過多年怠惰之後嚴重貧乏。於是「的起心肝」專心一致地開始硏究。坊間有很多關於陰謀論的書籍、社交媒體KOL，但我發現大多數陰謀論硏究者都並非基督徒，雖然他們偶爾會查到某些不為人知的真相，但在缺乏聖經基礎上，有時反會錯誤詮釋、甚至陷入迷惑。另一方面，又有許多信徒有豐富的聖經知識，卻對一直控制世界的黑暗力量一無所知，甚至不聞不問，最終亦可能永遠活在舒適圈中，不斷受到蒙蔽。因此，我認為搭通這兩邊的橋樑是有需要的。對深層政府、秘密組織的硏究，最終目標是去揭露魔鬼撒旦在地上的計劃，知道牠的魔抓如何無遠弗屆，怎樣利用在地上擁有最多財富、最高權勢的奴僕實行計劃，直至基督再來將之捆綁在無底淵。

對聖經的預言毫無認識，連讀書時上主日學都是「半桶水」，神學訓練近乎零，但很記得大學期間曾深入閱讀奧古斯丁的City of God, 並視為其中一本最重要的讀物。多年過後，好像全無用途，不料如今倏地發現其對整個神學體系影響之深，縱使是負面的。

關於聖經中Eschatology 的教導，唯一的印象是在大學時期聽過吳主光牧師和李滌生博士的講道。雖然當時未能領悟，但總覺他們對聖經裡關於基督再來的預言十分認真，而且硏究很有見地。如今才醒覺當代教會在這方面教導接近完全缺乏的世代裡面，倍感到當時教導的可貴。

這份備忘錄, 絕不是憑什麼異象造成的，只是整合了無數的理性硏究，從中引經據典，推敲出一份末後的藍圖，留給最後的世代參考。而另一主要目的，是針對一些偏差的學說或被歪曲了的教義作出批判，激發反思。此語一出，想不免會得罪一部分德高望重的教師與牧者，還望海涵。寫這篇序言時，適逢以哈衝突，中東局勢開始急轉直下。環顧現今絕大部份教會都對中東局勢、以色列面對的危難都採取冷眼旁觀的態度。有感世情危急，是時候將之推出，希望能適切地揭露魔鬼在背後跨越人類歷史的全盤邪惡計劃。若這份備忘錄有機會流傳後世，或許教會已經被提(rapture)？縱使世界步向破滅，但信徒在基督裡總有安慰與盼望。

願榮耀歸上主！

                                                               2023年10月22日

                                                                          於萬山群島